B.sc Syllabus

VERY IMPORTANT INSTRUCTIONS: Kindly refer the official communication of the University in the B.A. R&S file .UNIVERSITY OF MADRAS BACHELOR DEGREE COURSES: UNDER THE FACULTY OF SCIENCE (B.Sc) CHOICE BASED CREDIT SYSTEM. (Effective from the academic year 2008 – 2009) REGULATIONS 1. ELIGIBILITY FOR ADMISSION: Candidates for admission to the first year of the Degree of Bachelor of Science courses shall be required to have passed the Higher Secondary Examinations (Academic or Vocational Stream) conducted by the Government of Tamil Nadu or an Examination accepted as equivalent thereof by the Syndicate of the University of Madras. Provided that candidates for admission into the specific main subject of study shall be Possess such other qualifying conditions as may be prescribed by the University as given in the APPENDIX-A. 2. ELIGIBILITY FOR THE AWARD OF DEGREE: A candidate shall be eligible for the award of the Degree only if he /she has undergone the prescribed course of study in a College affiliated to the University for a period of not less than three academic years, passed the examinations all the SixSemesters prescribed earning 140 Credits (in Parts-I, II, III, IV & V). 3. DURATION: a) Each academic year shall be divided into two semesters. The first academic year shall comprise the first and second semesters, the second academic year the third and fourth semesters and the third academic year the fifth and sixth semester respectively. b) The odd semesters shall consist of the period from June to November of each year and the even semesters from December to April of each year. There shall be not less than 90 working days for each semester. 1 4. COURSE OF STUDY: The main Subject of Study for Bachelor Degree Courses shall consist of the following and shall be in accordance with APPENDIX-B PART – I PART – II PART – III TAMIL / OTHER LANGUAGES ENGLISH CORE SUBJECTS ALLIED SUBJECTS PROJECT/ELECTIVES WITH THREE COURSES PART – IV 1.(a) Those who have not studied Tamil up to XII Std. and taken a NonTamil Language under Part-I shall take Tamil comprising of two course (level will be at 6th Standard). Those who have studies Tamil up to XII Std. and taken a Non-Tamil Language under Part-I shall take Advanced Tamil comprising of two courses. Others who do not come under a + b can choose non-major elective comprising of two courses. SKILL BASED SUBJECTS (ELECTIVE) - (SOFT SKILLS) ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES VALUE EDUCATION (b) (c) 2. 3. 4 PART – V EXTENSION ACTIVITIES 5. EXTENTION ACTIVITIES: 2 A candidate shall be awarded a maximum of 1 Credits for Complusory Extension Service. All the Students shall have to enrol for NSS /NCC/ NSO (Sports & Games) Rotract/ Youth Red cross or any other service organizations in the college and shall have to put in Complusory minimum attendance of 40 hours which shall be duly certified by the Principal of the college before 31st March in a year. If a student LACKS 40 HOURS ATTENDANCE in the First year, he/she shall have to compensate the same during the subsequent years. Students those who complete minimum attendance of 40 hours in One year will get HALF A CREDIT and those who complete the attendance of 80 or more hours in Two Years will ONE CREDIT. Literacy and population Education Field Work shall be compulsory components in the above extension service activities. 6. SCHEME OF EXAMINATION: 3 Scheme of Examination shall be given in APPENDIX - C Model Scheme Exam Hours Inst. Hour Course Component Name of the course PART-I Language PART-II English PART-III Core subject : Core Subject Allied Subject PART – IV 1.(a) Those who have not studied Tamil up to XII Std. and taken a Non-Tamil Language under Part-I shall take Tamil comprising of two course (level will be at 6th Standard). (b) Those who have studies Tamil up to XII Std. and taken a NonTamil Language under Part-I shall take Advanced Tamil comprising of two courses. (c) Others who do not come under a + b can choose non-major elective comprising of two courses. 75 75 25 25 100 100 75 25 100 75 25 100 Credits Max. Marks Int. Ext.mark mark 75 25 100 Total 2*Skill based subjects(Elective) – (Soft Skill) The following procedure be be followed for Internal Marks: Theory Papers: Internal Marks 25 INTERNAL MARKS Tests (2 out of 3 ) = 10 Attendance = 5 Seminars = 5 Assignments = 5 ----25 marks ----- 4 Break-up Details for Attendance Below 60% - No marks 60% to 75% - 3 marks 76% to 90 % - 4 marks 91% to 100% - 5 marks Practical: Internal Marks 40 Attendance 5 marks Practical Test best 2 out of 3 30 marks Record 5 marks Project: Internal Marks Viva Project Report best 2 out of 3 presentations 20 marks 20 marks 60 marks 7. REQUIREMENTS FOR PROCEEDING TO SUBSEQUENT SEMESTER: i. Candidates shall register their names for the First Semester Examination after the admission in UG Courses. ii. Candidates shall be permitted to proceed from the First Semester up to Final Semester irrespective of their failure in any of the Semester Examination subject to the condition that the candidates should register for all the arrear subject of earlier semesters along the current (subsequent) Semester Subjects. iii. Candidates shall be eligible to go to subsequent semester, only if they earn, sufficient attendance as prescribed therefor by the Syndicate from time to time. Provided in case of a candidate earning less than 50% of attendance in any one of the Semesters due to any extraordinary circumstances such as medical grounds, such candidates who shall produce Medical Certificate issued by the Authorised Medical Attendant (AMA), duly certified by the Principal of the college, shall be permitted to proceed to the next semester and to complete the Course of study. Such Candidates shall have to repeat the missed Semester by rejoining after completion of Final Semester of the course, after paying the fee for the break of study as prescribed by the University from time to time. 8. PASSING MINIMUM: A candidate shall be declared to have passed: a) There shall be no Passing Minimum for Internal. b) For External Examination, Passing Minimum shall be of 40%(Forty Percentage) of the maximum marks prescribed for the paper for each Paper/Practical/Project and Viva-voce. 5 c) In the aggregate (External + Internal) the passing minimum shall be of 40% . d) He/She shall be declared to have passed the whole examination, if he/she passes in all the papers and practicals wherever prescribed / as per the scheme of examinations by earning 140 CREDITS in Parts-I, II, III, IV & V. He/she shall also fulfill the extension activities prescribed earning a minimum of 1 Credit to qualify for the Degree. 9. CLASSIFICATION OF SUCCESSFUL CANDIDATES: PART- I TAMIL / OTHER LANGUAGES TAMIL/OTHER LANGUAGES: Successful candidates passing the Examinations for the Language and securing the marks (1) 60 percent and above and (ii) 50 percent and above but below 60 percent in the aggregate shall be declared to have passed the examination in the FIRST and SECOND class, respectively. All other successful candidates shall be declared to have passed the examination in the THIRD Class. PART – II ENGLISH ENGLISH: Successful candidates passing the examinations for English and securing the marks (i) 60 percent and above and (ii) 50 percent and above but below 60 percent in the aggregate shall be declared to have passed the examination in the FIRST and SECOND Class, respectively. All other successful candidates shall be declared to have passed the examination in the THIRD class. PART – III consisting of CORE SUBJECTS, ELECTIVE with three courses: ALLIED SUBJECTS, PROJECT / Successful candidates passing the examinations for Core Courses together and securing the marks (i) 60 percent and above (ii) 50 percent and above but below 60 percent in the aggregate of the marks prescribed for the Core courses together shall be declared to have passed the examination in the FIRST and SECOND Class respectively. All other successful candidates shall be declared to have passed the examinations in the Third Class. PART – IV (consisting of sub items 1 (a), (b) & (c), 2, 3 and 4) as furnished in the Regulations 4 Part-IV supra. PART – V EXTENTION ACTIVITIES: Successful Candidate earning of 1 credit SHALL NOT BE taken into consideration for Classification/Ranking/ Distinction. 10. RANKING: 6 Candidates who pass all the examinations prescribed for the course in the FIRST APPEARANCE ITSELF ALONE are eligible for Ranking/ Distinction. Provided in the case of Candidates who pass all the examinations prescribed for the Course with a break in the First Appearance due to the reasons as furnished in the Regulations. 7 (iii) supra are only eligible for classification. 11. TRANSITORY PROVISION: Candidates who have undergone the course of study prior to the academic year 2008 – 2009 will be permitted to appear for the examinations under those Regulations for a period of TWO years i.e. up to and inclusive of April/May 2012 Examinations. Thereafter, they will permitted to appear for the examination only under the Regulations then in force. Question Paper Pattern SECTION – A ( 30 words) 10 OUT OF 12 - 10 X 2 marks = 20 marks SECTION – B (200 words) 5 x 5 marks = 25 marks SECTION – C (500 words) 3x 10 marks = TOTAL 5 out of 7 3 out of 5 30 marks -------------= 75 marks -------------QUESTION PAPER FOR PRACTICALS The external examiner will prepare a question paper on the spot with the help of the Question Bank supplied by the Controller’s office. 7 SC DEGREE COURSE IN NAUTICAL SCIENCE: 8 .APPENDIX – A ADDITIONAL ELIGIBILITY CONDITIONS FOR ADMISSION TO THE FOLLOWING COURSES (1) CANDIDATES FOR ADMISSION TO THE FOLLOWING COURSES SHALL HAVE PASSED THE QUALIFYING EXAMINATION WITH THE SUBJECTS NOTED AGAINST EACH: (i) (ii) BIOCHEMISTRY COMPUTER SCIENCE : : ANY SCIENCE GROUP COMPUTER SCIENCE/ MATHEMATICS/STATISTICS/ BUSINESS MATHEMATICS (iii) (iv) (v) (vi) (vii) CLINICAL NUTRITION AND DIETETICS } } } : NUTRITION FOOD SERVICE } MANAGEMENT AND DIETETICS } ELECTRONICS SCIENCE MARINE SCIENCE MATHEMATICS : : : CHEMISTRY MATHEMATICS/PHYSICS BIOLOGY MATHEMATICS / PHYSICS CHEMISTRY/STATISTICS/ COMPUTER SCIENCE : BIOLOGY / BOTANY / ZOOLOGY (viii) (ix) (x) (xi) MICROBIOLOGY PHYSICS STATISTICS STATISTICS/MATHEMATICS SOFTWARE ENGINEERING : : MATHEMATICS / PHYSICS : MATHEMATICS/PHYSICS (2) B. / J.C.I. Government of Tamil Nadu or any other Diploma as equivalent thereto.Candidates are also required to pass an Entrance Test except by those who have qualified I.E. PROVISION FOR LATERAL ADMISSION FOR BACHELOR OF COMPUTER APPLICATION (B.A) Candidates with Diploma (3 years) in Computer Science and Engineering or Electrical and Electronics Engineering or Electronic and Communication Engineering awarded by Director of Technical Education. 9 .C. shall be admitted to the Second year of the B.Candidates for admission to the First Year of the Degree of Bachelor of Science Course in Nautical Science shall be required to have passed the Higher Secondary Examination conducted by the Government of Tamil Nadu or an Examination accepted as equivalent thereto by the Syndicate of this University with a minimum of 60 % aggregate marks in Physics.T.E Tests. and Mathematics but not less than 50% in any of the Subjects separately and minimum of 50% in English. Chemistry.A Degree Course. HOTEL AND CATERING MANAGEMENT B. 8.Sc.Sc.Sc. B.Sc.Sc. 4. 3. ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION SCIENCE B. Italian. PART .B COURSE OF STUDY The Course of Study shall comprise the study of Part-I to Part-V Courses. (ii) & Russian (iii) Classical . Modern (Indian) . 2. Arabic & Persian.I TAMIL/OTHER LANGUAGES comprise the study of: Tamil or any one of the following Modern (Indian or Foreign) or classical languages at the optional candidate. CLINICAL NUTRITION AND DIETETICS 10 . Malayalam.Sc. Urdu & AND PART – II ENGLISH according to the syllabi and text-books prescribed from time to time. French.Sc.APPENDIX . 5. (C) Project / Electives with three courses: (A) MAIN SUBJECTS: Each candidate shall choose any one of the following Main Subjects [core courses] under the FACULTY OF SCIENCE: 1.Telugu. (i) Hindi. . BIOCHEMISTRY B. according to the syllabi and text-books prescribed from time to time. Foreign -Chinese. PART – III CORE COURSES Comprise the study of (A) Main Subjects. COMPUTER SCIENCE B. 7. ADVANCED ZOOLOGY AND BIOTECHNOLOGY B. 6.Sc. Kannada. Japanese.Sanskrit. BIOTECHNOLOGY B. German. (B) Allied Subjects. CHEMISTRY B. Sc. Others who do not come under a + b can choose non-major elective comprising of two courses.Sc MICROBIOLOGY 13.Sc PSYCHOLOGY 17.A. Syllabi for Allied subjects in Statistics for BA/BSc degrees (B) ALLIED SUBJECTS: Each candidate shall choose the Allied subjects prescribed in the Scheme of Examinations. PHYSICS 15. FOOD SERVICE MANAGEMENT & DIETETICS 11. VISUAL COMMUNICATION 22.C.(a) Those who have not studied Tamil up to XII Std. BACHELOR OF COMPUTER APPLICATIONS 20. PLANT BIOLOGY AND PLANT BIOTECHNOLOGY 16. B. 4 11 . B. B. B. (C) PROJECT / ELECTIVES with Three Courses PART – IV 1. B.Sc. Those who have studies Tamil up to XII Std. B.Sc SOFTWARE ENGINEERING 18.Sc.Sc. B. 3.Sc. MATHEMATICS 12. B.(SOFT SKILLS) ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES VALUE EDUCATION PART – V EXTENSION ACTIVITIES (b) (c) 2. B. B. B. INTERIOR DESIGN AND DÉCOR 10. and taken a Non-Tamil Language under Part-I shall take Tamil comprising of two course (level will be at 6th Standard). NUTRITION. B.Sc. and taken a Non-Tamil Language under Part-I shall take Advanced Tamil comprising of two courses. ELECTRONIC MEDIA 21.Sc ZOOLOGY 19.Sc. B.Sc NAUTICAL SCIENCE 14. SKILL BASED SUBJECTS (ELECTIVE) .9. 4 7 3 75 25 100 2 3 3 60 40 100 75 75 25 25 100 100 2.* Skill based subject (Elective) (Soft skills) 12 .I Language Paper – I Part – II English Paper – I Part III Core Subject – Paper – I Invertebrate-I (Theory) Core Subject Paper – II Invertebrate. Subjects Credit Max.Sc.APPENDIX – C Scheme of Examinations 1. – shall take Tamil Comprising of two courses (level VI std. mark 25 25 Total 100 100 Part .MARKS Ext. mark 75 75 Int.) (b) Studied Tamil upto xii std. B. DEGREE COURSE IN ADVANCED ZOOLOGY AND BIOTECHNOLOGY First Semester HoursIns. (c) Others who do not comes under a & b can choose non-major elective comprising of two courses. (a) Not studied Tamil upto xii std. HourExam.I (Practical ) Allied Paper – I Botany Part – IV 1. – taken Non-Tamil under Part – I shall take advance Tamil comprising of two courses. MARKS Ext.* Skill based subject (Elective) (Soft skills) 02. Max. mark 75 75 Int. (c) Others who do not comes under a & b can choose non-major elective comprising of two courses. mark 25 25 Total 100 100 Subjects Credit 4 Part – I Language – Paper – II Part – II English . – taken Non-Tamil under Part – I shall take advance Tamil comprising of two courses.) (b) Studied Tamil upto xii std. B. (a) Not studied Tamil upto xii std.Paper – II Part III Core Subject – Paper –III Invertebrate-II (Theory) Core Subject Paper – IV Invertebrate-II (Practical. HoursIns.Second Semester HourExam. – shall take Tamil Comprising of two courses (level VI std.I& II ) Allied Paper – II Part – IV Botany 7 3 75 25 100 2 3 3 60 40 100 75 75 25 25 100 100 1.SC DEGREE COURSE IN BIO-CHEMISTRY 13 . 2. and taken a Non-Tamil Language under Part-I shall take Advanced Tamil comprising of two courses. Marks Int.FIRST SEMESTER Exam Hours Inst. and taken a Non-Tamil Language under Part-I shall take Tamil comprising of two course (level will be at 6th Standard). (b) Those who have studies Tamil up to XII Std.(a) Those who have not studied Tamil up to XII Std. Hour Course Component Name of the course PART-I Language paper I PART-II English paper I PART-III Paper I: Cell Biology AS 1: Paper I: Chemistry PART – IV 1. Skill based subjects(Elective) – (Soft Skill) Credits Max. Ext. (c) Others who do not come under a + b can choose non-major elective comprising of two courses.mark mark 75 75 75 75 25 25 25 25 100 100 100 100 Total 5 5 5 +3 6 3 3 4 5 3 3 3 3 14 . (a) Those who have not studied Tamil up to XII Std.SECOND SEMESTER Exam Hours Inst. Marks Int. and taken a Non-Tamil Language under Part-I shall take Advanced Tamil comprising of two courses. and taken a Non-Tamil Language under Part-I shall take Tamil comprising of two course (level will be at 6th Standard). Ext.mark mark 75 75 75 60 60 25 25 25 40 40 100 100 100 100 100 Total 5 5 7 3 6 3 3 4 5 5 3 3 3 3 3 Paper –III Practical . (b) Those who have studies Tamil up to XII Std. Hour Course Component Name of the course PART-I Language paper II PART-II English paper II PART-III Paper II: Chemistry of Biomolecules Credits Max. (c) Others who do not come under a + b can choose nonmajor elective comprising of two courses. Skill based subjects(Elective) – (Soft Skill) 15 .I AS 1: Paper II: Practicals PART – IV 1. 16 . 03. hours 4 4 5 5 6 Credits 3 3 4 4 5 Theory/ Practical (External : Internal) 75 : 25 75 : 25 75 : 25 60 : 40 75 : 25 Max.major elective comprising of two courses. 100 17 . c.a. Course No component 1 Part I 2 3 4 5 6 Part II Part III Part III Part III Part IV Name of course Language/ Tamil Paper 1 English Paper 1 Core: Paper1: Cell biology Core: Paper 2: Practical 1* Allied :Paper1: Microbiology 1. b. Those who have studied Tamil upto XII std and taken a non.Tamil language under PartI shall take Advanced Tamil comprising of two courses.tamil language under Part – I shall take Tamil comprising of two courses ( level will be at 6th std).Sc. Others who do not come under a+b can choose non. Those who have not studied Tamil upto XII std and taken a non.Skill based subject 3 2 75 : 25 (Elective): Soft skill * practical examination will be conducted at the end of second semester. Inst. marks 100 100 100 100 100 3 2 75 : 25 100 7 2. B. DEGREE COURSE IN BIOTECHNOLOGY FIRST SEMESTER S. Skill based subject 3 2 75 : 25 (Elective) : Soft skill * practical examination will be conducted at the end of second semester. Those who have not studied Tamil upto XII std and taken a non.Tamil language under PartI shall take Advanced Tamil comprising of two courses. hours 4 4 5 Credits 3 3 4 Theory/ Practical External : Internal 75 : 25 75 : 25 75 : 25 Max.SECOND SEMESTER S. a. b.tamil language under Part – I shall take Tamil comprising of two courses ( level will be at 6th std).major elective comprising of two courses. Course No component 1 Part I 2 3 Part II Part III Name of course Language/ Tamil Paper 2 English Paper 2 Core: Paper3: Molecular Developmental Biology Core: Paper 4: Practical 2* Allied :Paper2: Chemistry 1. Those who have studied Tamil upto XII std and taken a non. Inst. Others who do not come under a+b can choose non. 100 18 . c. marks 100 100 100 4 5 6 Part III Part III Part IV 5 6 4 5 60 : 40 75 : 25 100 100 3 2 75 : 25 100 7 2. *** Allied Subjects involving practicals – Int Theory Practical 25 40 Ext 75 60 Theory – 4 Hrs – 3 credits Practical – 2 Hrs – 2 credits Total 100 100 19 Total Marks Hours week Course Component Credits Course Sem .Sc. B. DEGREE COURSE IN CHEMISTRY External Marks 75 6 0 7 5 _ __ 3 Hrs ** _ 25 40 0 Part III Part IV Allied 1 Non Major Allied – 1 Foot Chemistry every Part IV Skill Elective II SOFT SKILL Based 2 2 day life/ 6 / Diary 2 2 Theory 3 Hrs 25 75 100 5 *** 75 6 100 100 __ __ __ Exam Duration Internal Marks Theory/ pract Paper Title I Part III Part III Part – Core –1 Core –2 Allied –1 Non Major General Chemistry –1 Major Practicals Allied – 1 Food Chemistry / Diary 1 5 3 6 5 2 5 Theory Practicals 3 Hrs * * 25 40 100 100 *** III Part IV Based Elective –1 Chemistry / Chemistry in Every day life / Forensic Chemistry 2 2 Theory Hrs 2 5 3 2 5 2 ___ Theory Practicals 3 25 100 Part IV Skill Elective 1 Based _ General Chemistry II Major Practicals I II Part III Part III SOFT SKILL Core –3 Core –4 Based Elective II Chemistry / Chemistry in Forensic Chemistry ** At the end of even semesters.04. Sc.. MARKS External 3 3 75 Internal 25 TOTAL 100 PART I LANG. Allied – Paper – I Mathematics – I PART IV 1.. 9c) Others who do not comes under a & b can choose nonmajor elective comprising of two courses. DEGREE COURSE COMPUTER SCIENCE FIRST SEMESTER SUBJECTS CREDITS EXAM HRS MAX.05. – taken Non-Tamil under Part – I shall take advance Tamil comprising of two courses.shall take tamil compromising of two courses (level VI std. Skill based subject (Elective) (Soft Skills) 3 4 4 5 3 3 3 3 75 75 60 75 75 25 25 40 25 25 100 100 100 100 100 20 .) (b) Studied Tamil upto xii std. . 2.PAPER I PART II ENGLISH PAPER I PART III Programming in C PART III Practical – I : Programming in C .(a) Not studied Tamil upto xii std. B. PAPER-I I PART II ENGLISH PAPER -I I PART III Digital Electronics and Microprocessor PART III Practical II . Skill based subject (Elective) (Soft Skills) 3 4 4 5 3 3 3 3 75 75 60 75 75 25 25 40 25 25 100 100 100 100 100 Syllabus for foundation courses are to be followed as prescribed for common U.. 2. – taken Non-Tamil under Part – I shall take advance Tamil comprising of two courses.SECOND SEMESTER SUBJECTS CREDITS EXAM HRS MAX.(a) Not studied Tamil upto xii std.) (b) Studied Tamil upto xii std.shall take tamil compromising of two courses (level VI std.G.II PART IV 1. . MARKS External 3 3 75 Internal TOTAL 25 100 PART I LANG.Digital Electronics & Microprocessors Lab Allied – Paper – II Mathematics .. courses 21 . 9c) Others who do not comes under a & b can choose nonmajor elective comprising of two courses. . No.) (b) Studied Tamil upto xii std. B. SOFT SKILLS Credits 3 3 4 5 Total Credits 6 4 5 2 3 4 5 22 . 1 Subjects Part I Tamil / Other languages-I Part II (ii) English – I PART III Core Subjects: Core – 1 Electricity and Basic Electronics PART III Allied subjects: Mathematics – I Part IV 1... 9c) Others who do not comes under a & b can choose non-major elective comprising of two courses.shall take tamil compromising of two courses (level VI std.(a) Not studied Tamil upto xii std.Sc Electronics and Communication Science FIRST YEAR I Semester S. – taken NonTamil under Part – I shall take advance Tamil comprising of two courses.06. II SEMESTER S.. 1 Subjects Part I Tamil / Other languages-II Part II (iv) English – II PART III Core Subjects: Core – 2 Electromagnetism and AC Circuits Core – 3 Main Practical – I PART III Allied subjects: Mathematics – II Part IV 1. 9c) Others who do not comes under a & b can choose non-major elective comprising of two courses. SOFT SKILLS Credits Total Credits 3 3 4 4 5 6 2 8 5 3 4 5 23 . – taken Non-Tamil under Part – I shall take advance Tamil comprising of two courses..(a) Not studied Tamil upto xii std. shall take tamil compromising of two courses (level VI std. No.) (b) Studied Tamil upto xii std. B.6 Allied Name of Course French – I English – I Food Production –I Food & Beverage Service – I Front Office Operation . Marks CIA 25 25 25 25 25 15 25 External 75 75 75 75 75 35 75 Total Credits : 17 24 .4 Core Paper -5 Core Paper . 3.Sc. 7.I Nutrition & Food Science . No . Hour s 2 2 3 3 3 2 2 Credi ts 2 2 3 3 3 2 2 Exa m HRS 3 3 3 3 3 2 3 Max.7. DEGREE COURSE IN HOTEL AND CATERING MANAGEMENT First Semester Sl.. I I I I I I I Inst.3 Core Paper . 2. 4.I Soft Skill – I Sem . 5.1 Language –I Paper – 2 Language –I Paper . 6. 1. Course Compone nts Paper . 7 Language – II Paper – 8 Language – II Paper . Course Compone nts Paper . Sl.9 Core Paper .. 17 .. 11 . Marks CIA French – II English – II Food Production – II Food & Beverage Service – II Accommodation Operation .I Nutrition and Food Science -II Soft Skill – II Name of Course II II II II II II II 25 25 25 25 25 15 25 Extern al 75 75 75 75 75 35 75 Course Compone nts Paper .16 Practical Total Credits : 17 Sem. 16 . 13 .15 Practical Paper . Hours II II II II 2 2 3 3 Max. 18 .12 Allied Name of Course Sem. 8.I Front Office Lab – I Accommodation Operation Lab – I Total Credit : 08 25 . 10 . Marks CIA 20 20 20 20 Extern al 30 30 30 30 Food Production Lab – I Food & Beverage Service Lab . 14 .10 Core Paper -11 Allied Paper . No .13 Practical Paper – 14 Practical Paper . Inst. Hours 2 2 3 3 3 2 2 Credit s 2 2 3 3 3 2 2 Credi ts 2 2 2 2 Exam HRS 3 3 3 3 3 2 3 Exa m HRS 3 3 3 3 Max. 15 .SECOND SEMESTER Sl. 9. 12 . No . Inst. .NO COMPONENTCOURSE HRS. B.8. 2.I Paper – I PART IV 1.) (b) Studied Tamil upto xii std. – taken Non-Tamil under Part – I shall take advance Tamil comprising of two courses.PRACT CIA EXTERNAL 75 75 75 75 75 3 4 4 NAME OF SUBJECT CREDITS 1..(a) Not studied Tamil upto xii std.EXAM S. shall take tamil compromising of two courses (level VI std. 3 4 5 PART I PART II CORE CORE ALLIED.SC. 9c) Others who do not comes under a & b can choose nonmajor elective comprising of two courses.THEORY HRS. DEGREE COURSE IN CLINICAL NUTRITION AND DIETETICS SEMESTER I HRS. Soft skills Language Paper -I English Paper –I FOOD SCIENCE HUMAN PHYSIOLOGY CHEMISTRY I 4 4 4 3 3 3 25 25 25 25 25 2 2 26 . – taken Non-Tamil under Part – I shall take advance Tamil comprising of two courses.EXAM S. Soft skills Language Paper -I English Paper –II BASIC NUTRITION FAMILY MEAL MANAGEMENT CHEMISTRY II 25 4 4 4 2 2 3 3 3 25 25 25 25 27 .THEORY CREDITS 1..) (b) Studied Tamil upto xii std. 9c) Others who do not comes under a & b can choose non-major elective comprising of two courses. 3 4 5 PART I PART II CORE CORE ALLIED-I Paper ..SEMESTER II HRS.(a) Not studied Tamil upto xii std. .NO COMPONENTCOURSE HRS.shall take tamil compromising of two courses (level VI std. 2.PRACT CIA EXTERNAL 75 75 75 75 75 3 4 4 NAME OF SUBJECT HRS.II PART IV 1. EXAM S. 2..(a) Not studied Tamil upto xii std.SC.I PRINCIPLES OF INTERIOR DECORATION . B.09.. 3 4 5 PART I PART II CORE CORE ALLIED Language Paper -I English Paper –I PRINCIPLES OF INTERIOR DECORATION .PRACT HRS.) (b) Studied Tamil upto xii std.THEORY HRS. 9c) Others who do not comes under a & b can choose non-major elective comprising of 28 .shall take tamil compromising of two courses (level VI std. – taken NonTamil under Part – I shall take advance Tamil comprising of two courses. .NO COMPONENTCOURSE CIA EXTERNAL 75 75 75 75 75 4 3 4 NAME OF SUBJECT CREDITS 1.I 3 3 3 2 2 3 3 3 3 25 25 25 25 25 PART IV 1.II INTERIOR DESIGN STUDIO AND BUILDING SYSTEM TECHNOLOGY . DEGREE COURSE IN INTERIOR DESIGN AND DECOR SEMESTER I HRS. two courses. Skill Based Subject Soft skill SEMESTER II 29 . 3 4 5 PART I PART II CORE CORE ALLIED Language Paper -II English Paper –II PRINCIPLES OF 3 INTERIOR DESIGN .shall take tamil compromising of two courses (level VI std. Skill based Elective (Soft skills) 30 CREDITS 10. – taken Non-Tamil under Part – I shall take advance Tamil comprising of two courses.II 2 2 3 3 3 3 NAME OF SUBJECT 25 25 25 25 25 75 75 75 75 75 4 3 4 PART IV 1.) (b) Studied Tamil upto xii std. 2. B.PRACT CIA COMPONENTCOURSE HRS.THEORY 1.(a) Not studied Tamil upto xii std. .SC. DEGREE COURSE NUTRITION.EXAM S.I PRINCIPLES OF 3 INTERIOR DRSIGN II INTERIOR DESIGN 3 STUDIO AND BUILDING SYSTEM TECHNOLOGY .. 9c) Others who do not comes under a & b can choose non-major elective comprising of two courses.NO HRS.HRS. FOOD SERVICE EXTERNAL .. 3 4 5 PART I PART II CORE CORE ALLIED PART IV 1.(a) Not studied Tamil upto xii std.) (b) Studied Tamil upto xii std.EXAM S.THEORY HRS..PRACT CIA EXTERNAL 75 75 75 75 75 3 4 4 NAME OF SUBJECT CREDITS 1.NO COMPONENTCOURSE HRS. 9c) Others who do not comes under a & b can choose non-major elective comprising of two courses.MANAGEMENT AND DIETETICS SEMESTER I HRS. shall take tamil compromising of two courses (level VI std. 2. – taken NonTamil under Part – I shall take advance Tamil comprising of two courses. SOFT SKILLS Language Paper -I English Paper –I FOOD SCIENCE HUMAN PHYSIOLO GY CHEMISTR Y II 25 25 4 4 4 2 2 3 3 3 25 25 25 31 .. THEORY HRS.SEMESTER II SEM HRS. 9c) Others who do not comes under a & b can choose nonmajor elective comprising of two courses.. – taken Non-Tamil under Part – I shall take advance Tamil comprising of two courses.PRACT HRS.) (b) Studied Tamil upto xii std. shall take tamil compromising of two courses (level VI std.(a) Not studied Tamil upto xii std.EXAM S.NO COMPONENTCOURSE CIA EXTERNAL 75 75 75 4 75 3 75 4 NAME OF SUBJECT CREDITS 1 2 3 4 5 Part I Language Part II English CORE CORE ALLIED PART IV 1. SOFT SKILLS MICROBIOLO II GY HOUSE II KEEPING CHEMISTRY II II 4 4 4 2 3 3 25 25 25 25 25 2 3 32 .. Marks Tot Ext. SOFT SKILLS 4 4 4 hrs 5 hrs 3 hrs 3 hrs Credit Ins. Hour Max.Sc.I Core Subject – Paper – II Calculus and Co-ordinate Geometry of 2 Dimensions Allied – Paper – I Part – IV 1. (c) Others who do not comes under a & b can choose non-major elective comprising of two courses. Mark Mark al 75 25 100 75 75 75 25 25 25 100 100 100 5 9 hrs 3 hrs 75 75 25 25 100 100 33 . – shall take Tamil Comprising of two courses (level VI std. DEGREE COURSE IN MATHEMATICS Course of Study and Scheme of Examinations: Semester . B.I Subjects Part – I Language Paper – I Part – II English Paper – I Core Subject – Paper – 1 Algebra and Trigonometry. (a) Not studied Tamil upto xii std. Hours Exam.) (b) Studied Tamil upto xii std – taken Non-Tamil under Part – I shall take advance Tamil comprising of two courses.11. Int. (c) Others who do not comes under a & b can choose non-major elective comprising of two courses. – shall take Tamil Comprising of two courses (level VI std. Int. Hours Exam. Total Mark Mark 75 25 100 75 4 4 4 hrs 5 hrs 3 hrs 3 hrs 75 75 25 25 25 100 100 100 Subjects Part – I Language Paper – I Part – II English Paper – I Core Subject – Paper – III Algebra and Trigonometry II Core Subject – Paper – IV Calculus and Differential Geometry Allied – Paper – II Part – IV 1. (a) Not studied Tamil upto xii std. Hour Max.Marks Ext.SEMESTER .II Ins. SOFT SKILLS Credit 5 9 hrs 3 hrs 75 75 25 25 100 100 34 .) (b) Studied Tamil upto xii std – taken Non-Tamil under Part – I shall take advance Tamil comprising of two courses. 2 Practical . DEGREE COURSE IN MICROBIOLOGY FIRST SEMESTER Sl.12. Course Componenet Name of the course Inst.Cell communication and signaling 3.Cellular organization 2. 3. No. Hours Credit Internal External Total Marks 1.Sc.Plant physiology system Skill Based Subject 6 6 6 3 5 2 3 3 4 4 5 2 25 25 25 40 25 25 75 75 75 60 75 75 100 100 100 100 100 100 2 2 25 75 100 35 . 4 5 6 Part-I Part-II Part-III Part-III Part-III Part-IV 7 Tamil / Other Language Paper 1 English paper 1 Core: Paper-1 General Microbiology Core: Paper. B.Developmental Biology 4. 2.I Allied: Paper-1 Chemistry-I Any one subject of the following electives 1. Hours Credit Internal External Total Marks 4.Sl. No.Methods in Biology Skill Based Subject 6 6 6 3 5 2 3 3 4 4 5 2 25 25 25 40 25 25 75 75 75 60 75 75 100 100 100 100 100 100 2 2 25 75 100 SECOND SEMESTER 36 .II Allied: Paper-2 Chemistry-II Any one subject of the following electives 1. 4 5 6 Part-I Part-II Part-III Part-III Part-III Part-IV 7 Tamil / Other Language Paper 2 English Paper 2 Core: Paper-3 Immunology & Microbial Genetics Core: Paper.4 Practical . 6. 5.Evolution and Behavior 4.Inheritance biology 2.Diversity of life forms 3. Course Componenet Name of the course Inst. Sc. (c) Others who do not comes under a & b can choose non-major elective comprising of two courses.) (b) Studied Tamil upto xii std – taken Non-Tamil under Part – I shall take advance Tamil comprising of two courses. Hours Exam. – shall take Tamil Comprising of two courses (level VI std. NAUTICAL SCIENCE Semester . Mark Tot al 100 100 100 100 Part – I Language Paper – I Part – II English Paper – I Core Subject – Paper – 1 Nautical Maths I Core Subject – Paper – II Nautical Physics and Electronics I Allied – Paper – I Environmental Science I Part – IV 1.Marks Ins. B. Mark Int. SHIPP ING 40 40 Subjects Credit Ext. (a) Not studied Tamil upto xii std.G. Hour Pass Marks (requi red as per D.13. SOFT SKILLS 75 3 3 6 6 3 75 3 3 hrs 4 4 4 6 3 hrs 6 6 3 hrs 75 75 75 75 25 25 25 25 40 40 25 25 100 100 *50 37 .I Max. Shipping 50 per centage pass marks. Mark 75 3 6 3 Int. Soft skills Ext.II Pass Marks required as per D.) (b) Studied Tamil upto xii std – taken Non-Tamil under Part – I shall take advance Tamil comprising of two courses. 38 . Hours Exam. – shall take Tamil Comprising of two courses (level VI std. Hour Max. SHIPPI NG Total 100 40 75 3 4 4 6 6 6 3 3 3 75 75 25 25 100 40 100 40 25 100 40 Subjects Credit Ins.Marks Part – I Language Paper – I Part – II English Paper – I Core Subject – Paper – III Nautical Maths II Core Subject – Paper – IV Nautical Physics and Electronics . (c) Others who do not comes under a & b can choose non-major elective comprising of two courses.G. (a) Not studied Tamil upto xii std.G.II Allied – Paper – II Environmental Science II Part – IV 1. Mark 25 4 6 3 75 75 25 25 100 100 *50 * Except allied paper I & II as per D.SEMESTER . PLANT BIOLOGY AND PLANT BIOTECHNOLOGY Course of Study and Scheme of Examination First Semester 39 .Practical ** . DEGREE COURSE IN PHYSICS Name of the Subjects Ins.Practical Examination at the end of even semester 15.. Marks CIA Course Components Theory/ Practical Extern a l 75 75 75 PART I PART II Language Paper I English Paper I Core 1 – Mechanics and Properties of Matter Core 3 – Major Practical I Allied Paper I – Theory Practical 1(a) Basic Tamil I (or) 1(b) Adv. Sc.14. Tamil II (or) 1(c) Non-major elective II 2. Tamil I (or) 1(c) Non-major elective I 2. Skill based elective I Language Paper II English Paper I Core 2 – Thermal Physics and Acoustics Core 3 – Major Practical I Allied Paper II – Theory Practical 1(a) Basic Tamil II (or) 1(b) Adv. Hours Credit Exam Duration Max.Theory P .Sc. B. Skill based elective II 4 4 5 3 5 3 2 2 2 2 4 4 5 3 5 3 2 2 2 2 3 3 5 2 5 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 5 2 5 2 2 2 2 2 T P T P T T T T T T T P T P T T T T 3 Hrs ** 3 ** 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 25 25 25 PART III 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 40 25 40 25 25 25 25 75 75 75 75 75 75 75 75 60 75 60 75 75 75 75 PART IV PART I PART II PART III PART IV T . B. MARKS Ext. (c) Others who do not comes under a & b can choose non-major elective comprising of two courses. (a) Not studied Tamil upto xii std. Subjects Credit Max.I Language Paper – I Part – II English Paper – I Part III Core Subject – Paper – I Plant Diversity – IPhycology Allied Paper – I Zoology Paper – I Part – IV 1. mark 25 25 Total 100 100 Part . HourExam. mark 75 75 Int. 4 6 3 75 25 100 75 75 25 25 100 100 2.HoursIns.) (b) Studied Tamil upto xii std. – shall take Tamil Comprising of two courses (level VI std.* Skill based subject (Elective) (Soft skills) Second Semester 40 . – taken Non-Tamil under Part – I shall take advance Tamil comprising of two courses. Sc. (c) Others who do not comes under a & b can choose non-major elective comprising of two courses.Paper – II Part III Core Subject – Paper – II Plant Diversity – II Mycology.) (b) Studied Tamil upto xii std. – shall take Tamil Comprising of two courses (level VI std. mark 25 25 Total 100 100 Part – I Language – Paper – II Part – II English . 4 6 3 75 25 100 4 8 3 60 40 100 75 75 25 25 100 100 2. (a) Not studied Tamil upto xii std. HourExam. – taken Non-Tamil under Part – I shall take advance Tamil comprising of two courses.HoursIns.II Part – IV 1. mark 75 75 Int. Bacteria and Lichens Core Subject Paper – III Practical –I (Coverning Theory core papers I & II) Allied Paper – II Zoology Paper . Subjects Credit Max.MARKS Ext. Virology. B. DEGREE COURSE IN PSYCHOLOGY 41 .* Skill based subject (Elective) (Soft skills) 16. MARKS Ext.* Skill based subject (Elective) (Soft skills) 42 .Course of Study and Scheme of Examination First Semester HoursIns.I Language Paper – I Part – II English Paper – I Part III Core Subject – Paper – I General Psychology .) (b) Studied Tamil upto xii std. (a) Not studied Tamil upto xii std. (c) Others who do not comes under a & b can choose non-major elective comprising of two courses. 4 3 75 25 100 4 3 75 25 100 5 3 75 75 25 25 100 100 2. HourExam. – taken Non-Tamil under Part – I shall take advance Tamil comprising of two courses.I Part III Core Subject – Paper – II Biological Basis of Behavior – I Allied Paper – I Principles of Sociology Part – IV 1. mark 75 75 Int. mark 25 25 Total 100 100 Part . Subjects Credit Max. – shall take Tamil Comprising of two courses (level VI std. 4 3 75 25 100 4 3 75 25 100 5 3 75 75 25 25 100 100 2.Paper – II Part III Core Subject – Paper – III General Psychology . mark 25 25 Total 100 100 Part – I Language – Paper – II Part – II English .* Skill based subject (Elective) (Soft skills) 17.MARKS Ext. HourExam. DEGREE COURSE IN SOFTWARE ENGINEERING 43 . – shall take Tamil Comprising of two courses (level VI std. B. (a) Not studied Tamil upto xii std.II Core Subject Paper – IV Biological Basis of Behavior – II Allied Paper – II Fundamentals of Social Anthropology Part – IV 1. mark 75 75 Int. (c) Others who do not comes under a & b can choose non-major elective comprising of two courses. Subjects Credit Max.Second Semester HoursIns.Sc.) (b) Studied Tamil upto xii std. – taken Non-Tamil under Part – I shall take advance Tamil comprising of two courses. **Syllabus for Allied I are to be followed as prescribed by the respective boards of Study. MARKS External 3 3 75 Internal 25 TOTAL 100 PART I LANG.shall take tamil compromising of two courses (level VI std. courses.FIRST SEMESTER SUBJECTS CRED ITS EXAM HRS MAX.(a) Not studied Tamil upto xii std. Skill based subject (Elective) (Soft Skills) 3 4 4 5 3 3 3 3 75 75 60 75 75 25 25 40 25 25 100 100 100 100 100 Syllabus for foundation courses are to be followed as prescribed for common U. .G. 2..) (b) Studied Tamil upto xii std. – taken Non-Tamil under Part – I shall take advance Tamil comprising of two courses. 9c) Others who do not comes under a & b can choose nonmajor elective comprising of two courses. SECOND SEMESTER 44 ..PAPER I PART II ENGLISH PAPER I PART III Fundamentals of Digital Computers PART III Practical – I : Digital Lab Allied – Paper – I Mathematics PART IV 1. Skill based subject (Elective) (Soft Skills) 3 3 75 3 4 4 5 3 3 3 3 75 75 60 75 75 25 25 40 25 25 100 100 100 100 100 45 . . 9c) Others who do not comes under a & b can choose non-major elective comprising of two courses..(a) Not studied Tamil upto xii std..PAPER-I I PART II ENGLISH PAPER -I I PART III Programming in C PART III Practical II – Programming in C Allied – Paper – II Mathematics PART IV 1.SUBJECTS CR EDI TS EXAM HRS Exte rnal MAX. – taken NonTamil under Part – I shall take advance Tamil comprising of two courses.) (b) Studied Tamil upto xii std. MARKS Internal 25 TOTAL 100 PART I LANG.shall take tamil compromising of two courses (level VI std. 2. 18. B.Sc. DEGREE COURSE IN ZOOLOGY First Semester HoursIns. HourExam. Subjects Credit Max.MARKS Ext. mark 75 75 4 7 3 75 25 100 Int. mark 25 25 Total 100 100 Part - I Language Paper – I Part – II English Paper – I Part III Core Subject – Paper – I Invertebrate-I (Theory) Core Subject Paper – II Invertebrate- I (Practical) Allied Paper – I Botany Part – IV 1. (a) Not studied Tamil upto xii std. – shall take Tamil Comprising of two courses (level VI std.) (b) Studied Tamil upto xii std. – taken Non-Tamil under Part – I shall take advance Tamil comprising of two courses. (c) Others who do not comes under a & b can choose non-major elective comprising of two courses. 2 3 3 75 25 100 75 75 25 25 100 100 2.* Skill based subject (Elective) (Soft skills) 46 Second Semester HoursIns. HourExam. Subjects Credit Max.MARKS Ext. mark 75 75 4 7 3 75 25 100 Int. mark 25 25 Total 100 100 Part – I Language – Paper – II Part – II English - Paper – II Part III Core Subject – Paper –III Invertebrate-II (Theory) Core Subject Paper – IV Invertebrate-II (Practical- I & II ) Allied Paper – II Part – IV Botany 2 3 3 60 40 100 75 75 25 25 100 100 1. (a) Not studied Tamil upto xii std. – shall take Tamil Comprising of two courses (level VI std.) (b) Studied Tamil upto xii std. – taken Non-Tamil under Part – I shall take advance Tamil comprising of two courses. (c) Others who do not comes under a & b can choose non-major elective comprising of two courses. 2.* Skill based subject (Elective) (Soft skills) 47 19. BACHELOR OF COMPUTER APPLICATION FIRST SEMESTER SUBJECTS CREDI TS EXAM HRS MAX. MARKS External 3 3 4 4 5 3 3 3 3 3 75 75 75 60 75 75 Internal 25 25 25 40 25 25 TOTAL 100 100 100 100 100 100 PART I LANG.PAPER I PART II ENGLISH PAPER I PART III Fundamentals of Digital Computers PART III Practical – I : PC Software Lab Allied – Paper – I Mathematics PART IV 1.(a) Not studied Tamil upto xii std., shall take tamil compromising of two courses (level VI std.,) (b) Studied Tamil upto xii std. – taken Non-Tamil under Part – I shall take advance Tamil comprising of two courses. 9c) Others who do not comes under a & b can choose non-major elective comprising of two courses. 2. Skill based subject (Elective) (Soft Skills) 48 SECOND SEMESTER SUBJECTS CREDITS EXA M HRS MAX. MARKS Exter Internal nal PART I LANG.PAPER-I I PART II ENGLISH PAPER -I I PART III Programming in C PART III Practical II – Programming in C Lab Allied – Paper – II Mathematics PART IV 1.(a) Not studied Tamil upto xii std., - shall take tamil compromising of two courses (level VI std.,) (b) Studied Tamil upto xii std. – taken NonTamil under Part – I shall take advance Tamil comprising of two courses. 9c) Others who do not comes under a & b can choose non-major elective comprising of two courses. 2. Skill based subject (Elective) (Soft Skills) 3 3 4 4 5 3 3 3 3 3 75 75 75 60 75 75 25 25 25 40 25 25 TOTAL 100 100 100 100 100 100 Syllabus for foundation courses are to be followed as prescribed for common U.G. courses. **Syllabus for Allied are to be followed as prescribed by the respective boards of Study. 49 20. B. SC. VISUAL COMMUNICATION FIRST SEMESTER SUBJECTS CREDI TS EXAM HRS MAX. MARKS External 3 PART I LANG.PAPER I PART II 3 ENGLISH PAPER I PART III 4 Introduction to Visual Communication PART III Drawing – I 4 3 3 3 3 3 75 75 75 Internal 25 25 TOTAL 100 100 100 100 100 Allied – Paper – I 5 Graphic Design –I PART IV 1.(a) Not studied Tamil upto xii std., shall take tamil compromising of two courses (level VI std.,) (b) Studied Tamil upto xii std. – taken Non-Tamil under Part – I shall take advance Tamil comprising of two courses. 9c) Others who do not comes under a & b can choose non-major elective comprising of two courses. 2. Skill based subject (Elective) (Soft Skills) 25 100 II SEMESTER 50 SUBJECTS CREDITS EXA M HRS MAX. MARKS Exter Internal nal PART I LANG.PAPER-I I PART II ENGLISH PAPER -I I PART III Core: Communication Skills PART III Drawing – II Allied – Paper – II Graphic Design – II PART IV 1.(a) Not studied Tamil upto xii std., - shall take tamil compromising of two courses (level VI std.,) (b) Studied Tamil upto xii std. – taken NonTamil under Part – I shall take advance Tamil comprising of two courses. 9c) Others who do not comes under a & b can choose non-major elective comprising of two courses. 2. Skill based subject (Elective) (Soft Skills) 3 3 4 3 3 3 75 75 25 25 TOTAL 100 100 100 4 5 3 3 75 25 100 100 100 51 21. B. SC. ELECTRONIC MEDIA I SEMESTER SUBJECTS CREDI TS EXAM HRS MAX. MARKS External 3 3 4 4 3 3 3 3 3 75 75 75 Internal 25 25 TOTAL 100 100 100 100 100 PART I LANG.PAPER I PART II ENGLISH PAPER I PART III History of Electronic Media PART III Principles of Audiography Allied – Paper – I 5 Audiography Lab PART IV 1.(a) Not studied Tamil upto xii std., shall take tamil compromising of two courses (level VI std.,) (b) Studied Tamil upto xii std. – taken Non-Tamil under Part – I shall take advance Tamil comprising of two courses. 9c) Others who do not comes under a & b can choose non-major elective comprising of two courses. 2. Skill based subject (Elective) (Soft Skills) 25 100 II SEMESTER 52 SUBJECTS CREDITS EXA M HRS MAX. MARKS Exter Internal nal PART I LANG.PAPER-I I PART II ENGLISH PAPER -I I PART III Communication Skills PART III Radio Production Allied – Paper – II Radio Production Lab PART IV 1.(a) Not studied Tamil upto xii std., - shall take tamil compromising of two courses (level VI std.,) (b) Studied Tamil upto xii std. – taken NonTamil under Part – I shall take advance Tamil comprising of two courses. 9c) Others who do not comes under a & b can choose non-major elective comprising of two courses. 2. Skill based subject (Elective) (Soft Skills) 3 3 4 4 5 3 3 3 3 3 75 25 75 75 25 25 TOTAL 100 100 100 100 100 100 SYLLABUS 53 ùTôçdLhåûW CWiPôm TìYm (Second Semester) 1. TôPkRïÅV CXd¸V YWXôñ 5. Common to all Undergraduate Courses and five year integrated Post graduate courses. YWRWôNu Gï¾V ‘SpYôrî’ (Tôà ¿ûXVm. CXdLQm – CXdLQd áÈlé Uhåm 3. DEGREE COURSE – TAMIL (CBCS) Aû]jçl ThPlT¼lél ÀÃîLðdám IkRôiå Jìeá êû\lThP úUtT¼lél ÀÃîLðdám ùTôçYô]ç. B. CXdLQm – CXdLQd áÈlé Uhåm 3.A. B. ùUôÆùTVolé – ùTôç (Be¸Xj¾Äìkç RÁr) SYLLABUS 54 . TôPkRïÅV CXd¸V YWXôñ 5.Sc.ùNuû]l TpLûXdLZLm PART – I TAMIL B. ùUôÆj¾\u 4. ùNnës – ùNuû]l TpLûXdLZL ùYÇ«å 2. ùNnës – ùNuû]l TpLûXdLZL ùYÇ«å 2. ùNuû]) 4. êRt TìYm (First Semester) 1.. EûWSûP – PôdPo ê..Com.. TôPj¾hPj¾p CPm ùTtñs[ ùNnëhLÇp 3. úSo LôQp 3. ùTôìk¾V ùNôp RìRp 4. UXìm UôûXëm Guòm ÖÄp CPm ùTtñs[ ‘úLôÅp YÆTôå’ YôrdûLj RjçYeLs Gòm RûXlÀís[ LÅûR êïûUëm. F. B\ôk¾ìêû\Âp CPm ùTtñs[ ‘Aìs Å[dL UôûXÂp ‘úLôûPÂúX’. LÅU½ úRºV ÅSôVLm Àsû[ D. ‘AZ¸u ºÃlé’ ÖÄp CPm ùTtñs[ ‘Bp’ Gu\ RûXlÀp Es[ TôPpLs. ‘RÉjRÉ’ G]j ùRôPeám Øuñ TôPpLs Uhåm. Uú]ôuU¦Vm RÁrj ùRnY YQdLm Guñ ‘¨Wôìe LPíåjR………. ‘L¾dá YÆ’. CWiPôm TìYm (Second Semester) 55 . E. TôW¾Vôo TôW¾RôNu DúWôå RÁZuTu G. ùNnës : A. CWôUÄeL A¼L[ôo ùRôPeám ‘LPpá¼jR…………..’ Guñ ùRôPeám Bñ Li½Ls. ‘LiQu Gu úNYLu’ Gu\ RûXlÀp AûUkçs[ LÅûR êïûUëm.êRtTìYm (First Semester) 1. AûUkçs[ CXdLQdáÈléLû[ Gåjçd LôhåRp.. UWéj ùRôPo. ùUôÆj¾\u 1. 5.’ ‘¾ìj¾ Gï¾V C. 4. 2. TôPkRïÅV CXd¸V YWXôñ ùTôçd LhåûW Note : CPgãh¼l ùTôìs Å[dLm ùNnës Tá¾Âp CPm ùT\úYiåm. LÅOo ûYWêjç CXdLQm CXdLQdáÈlé §oléLs Guòm ÖÄp CPm ùTtñs[ ‘¿XjûR ù_ÂjR ÅûR’ LÅûR Uhåm.LûXf ùNôpXôdLm 2. êRtTôPp ……………’ B. ‘AkR SkRû] GÃjR ùSìlÀu ÁfNm’ Gu\ ÖÄp CPm ùTtñs[ ‘Yôdáf £håLðdá Jì AojRm YWhåm Guòm LÅûR Uhåm. TôPk RïÅV CXd¸V YWXôñ ùUôÆ ùTVolé ùTôç (Be¸Xj¾Äìkç RÁr) CPgãh¼l ùTôìs Å[dLm ùNnëh Tá¾Âp CPm ùT\úYiåm. ¾ìSôîdLWNo úRYôWm áXúNLW BrYôo S[ùYiTô £\ôléWôQm LiQRôNu CXdLQm CXdLQd áÈlé – ùNnëh Tá¾Âp AûURp úYiåm. EûWSûP PôdPo ê. 3.Y.SUfºYôVj ¾ìlT¾Lm 10 TôPpLs ùTìUôs ¾ìùUôÆ –‘BûX¨s LìmTu]Yu G]j ùRôPeám úRY¸ éXmTp (êïûUëm) LÄ ¨eá LôiPm úRokùRådLlThP 40 TôPpLs Uôòdál ÀûQ ¿u\TPXm úRokùRådLl ThP 65 TôPpLs Hã LôÅVmTôPpLs Uhåm ‘TôåLÇu TôûR’-úRokùRådLlThP 56 . E. 5. ùNnës : A. ùNuû] – 60 108. B. 2.1. D. SôuLôm ¾ìêû\ . C.Åu ‘SpYôrî’ Öp êïûUëm TôÿûXVm 4. êRtTìYm (First Semester) 1...... Åû]f ùNôp.. GïjçlÀûZ) CWiPôm TìYm (Second Semester) 1.. (391) 5.. ùNVtLÃV . A.... U]jçd Li . GlùTôìs VôoVôo ..... CûPf ùNôp..Tá¾ IV... DNôl LûRLs.. áÈlé GïçRp ÀûZ ¨d¸ GïçRp (Jtñl ÀûZ.... ùUn Gïjç. TVÉûX) :Tjç-T¾û]kç ùRôPoLÇp áÈlé YûWRp Gïjç) EÃfùNôp) 2. ¨¾ ÖpLs : êRp Bj¾f Ѽ (êRp 12) (A\m ùNV Åìmé ‘J[ÅVm úTúNp’ YûW.. ùLôuû\ úYkRu ......... LûRLs. RÁr ùUôÆÂp A¼lTûPd ÏñLs. (423) GÇV ¨¾dLûRLs ..... Part IV A TsÇÂp RÁr TÂXôR UôQYoLðdLô] A¼lTûP RÁrlTôPm GÇV êû\Âp RÁr Lt\p.. (1) 2. 57 .. GïjçLs ùNôtLs ùRôPo : : : êRùXïjçLs (EÂo Gïjç.‘Auû]ëm ÀRôîm êu]È ùRnYm êRp ‘Giæm Gïjçm LiùQ]j Rám’ YûW – (7) ¾ìdá\s (5) 1.. 2....... ¸WôÁVd LûRLs.... ùNVlTåùTôìs. RÁr CXd¸VeLs :YWXôñ – áÈlé – AÈêLm... ùRôPWûUlé (GïYôn... (26) 3. (34) 4.. LtL LNP\d .(ùR]ôÄWôUu ©oTôp.. EÂoùUn YûLLs (ùTVofùNôp.. ‘ALW êRX……… ... å) á\s TtÈ GÇV ùRôPoLÇp AÈêLm RÁZLm – EQîêû\. ÅZôdLs LûXLs TtÈd áÈléLs.(G. 58 . úSo LôQp 3. 2. ‘AZ¸u ºÃlé’ ÖÄp CPm ùTtñs[ ‘Bp’Guòm RûXlÀp Es[ TôPpLs. 4. LûXf ùNôpXôdLm 2. C. TôW¾Vôo TôW¾RôNu DúWôå RÁZuTu ‘LiQu Gu úNYLu’ Gu\ RûXlÀp AûUkçs[ LÅûR êïûUëm. ùTôìk¾V ùNôp RìRp 3. ùNnës : A.. B. UWéj ùRôPo TôPkRïÅV CXd¸V YWXôñ ùTôçd LhåûW ÖÄp CPm ùTtñs[ ‘¿XjûR ù_ÂjR ÅûR’ Gu\ LÅûR Uhåm 59 . LÅOo ûYWêjç ùUôÆj¾\u 1. 4.Part IV A Tá¾ IV. ‘¾ìj¾ Gï¾V §oléLs’ Guòm Guòm ÖÄp CPm ùTtñs[ ‘Yôdáf £håLðdá Jì AojRm D. êRtTìYm (First Semester) 1. B. Advanced Tamil for those who have studied Tamil upto XIIth Std. ‘AkR SkRû] GÃjR ùSìlÀu ÁfNm’ Guòm YWhåm’ Guòm LÅûR Uhåm. B. CWiPôm TìYm (Second Semester) 1.I .HINDI (Common for all U. úSÁ ¿ÁoúRôs. (Tôà ¿ûXVm. Five Year Integrated Courses effective 60 . Lôo Sñ ¨Xm Guñ ùRôPeám Øuñ TôPpLs. As[t TZ]jç. ê¼jRûX AkRQo BùYôå Guñ ùRôPeám Øuñ TôPpLs úNWo – YôÉtá ûYVLm. S[ùYiTô Sk¾d LXmTLm LÄ ¨eá LôiPm úRokùRådLlThP 40 TôPpLs ‘¾ìÅu ùNmûUëm’ ‘ºYû] êïYçm’.Y. ùNnës : A. EûWSûP PôdPo ê. Tôi¼Vu – TôoTåT.G.G.Part IV A Tá¾ IV. 4. TôPkRïÅV CXd¸V YWXôñ ùUôÆ ùTVolé ùTôç (Be¸Xj¾Äìkç RÁr) UNIVERSITY OF MADRAS PART .Åu ‘SpYôrî’ Öp êïûUëm. & P. B. ùNuû] – 600 108. Htñôo¾Vôòm Guñ ùRôPeám Øuñ TôPpLs. ‘Auû]Vìm úRôÆVìm’. êjùRôs[ôÂWm ùRôPeám Ikç TôPpLs. 3. úNôZo – ùLô¼ U¾p. Advanced Tamil for those who have studied Tamil upto XIIth Std. 2. ‘Jå¸u\ úULeLôs’ ‘Yôòñ U¾ûV’ Guñ C. Ordering for Books 10. Computer-Ek Nayee Dastak LESSONS PRESCRIBED II. FUNCTIONAL HINDI & LETTER WRITING I . Karyalayeen Tippaniya : Kendriya Hindi Sansthan. General Correspondence: 1. by Dr. Sabhyata ka Rahasya 2. OFFICIAL CORRESPONDENCE: 1. 2. Leave Letters 3. : 1. 3. Chennai – 14. 6. Agra Government Order Demi Official Letter Circular Memo Official Memo Notification Resolution Notice 61 . Syed Rahamathulla Poornima Prakashan 4/7 Begum III Street Royapettah. Complaints 9. 1. Letter to the Editor 4. Enquiry III. Personal Applications 2. 7. 4. PROSE (Detailed Study): HINDI GADHYA MALA Ed. 5. Administrative and Business Correspondence. 8. Missing of Pass Book / Cheque Leaf 8. Badte Shore Ka Gaharata Sankat 5.from the Academic Year 2008-2009) (CBCS) I YEAR – I SEMESTER CREDITS : 3 PART – I PAPER – I . BOOKS FOR REFERENCE : 1.Yuvavon Se 3. FUNCTIONAL HINDI & LETTER WRITING Students are expected to know the office and Business Procedures. Opening an A/C 5. Tooti Hui Zindagi 4. Transfer of an A/C 7. Application for Withdrawl 6.PROSE. UNITISED SYLLABUS UNIT – I 1. Transfer of an A/C 3. Begum III Street Royapettah. Circular 4. Memo 5. Administrative Terminology Hindi to English ( 25 Words ) UNIT . Administrative Terminology English to Hindi ( 25 Words ) UNIT-III 1. Opening an A/C 4. Administrative Terminology English to Hindi ( 25 Words ) UNIT-V 1. Computer-Ek Nayee Dastak 2. Notification 5. Administrative Terminology Hindi to English ( 25 Words ) UNIT-IV 1. Tooti Hui Zindagi 2. Missing of Pass Book / Cheque Leaf 4. Leave Letters 4. Badte Shore Ka Gaharata Sankat 2. Official Memo 5. Government Order 5. Personal Applications 3. Chennai – 14. Yuvavon Se 2.2.II 1. Letter to the Editor 3. Enquiry 62 . Syed Rahamathulla Poornima Prakashan 4/7. Ordering for Books 4. Demi Official Letter 5. Sabhyata ka Rahasya 2. Prayojan Moolak Hindi : Dr. Complaints 3. Application for Withdrawal 3. Official Noting Hindi to English ( 25 words ) UNIT-VI 1. PROSE. Missing of Pass Book/Cheque leaf.e. D. Opening an A/C. a) Three Annotations out of Five (3x5 = 15) (Q. No.) SECTION C (4X 10 = 40) III. Insurance Letters. Answer in 500 Words a) Two essays out of Three from Prose (Q. Damages etc.9 to 13 annotations from Prose only) b) One Question from out of two (Q.e. Official Noting English to Hindi ( 25 words ) PART – I : PAPER – I . Personal Applications. Resolution 3. Transfer of an account.2.O.14 to 15) (Definition and references of official letter i.) (2x10 =20) (2x10 = 20) (1x5 = 5) Maximum 63 . Complaints. 16 to 18) b) Two Letter out of Three (Q. Exchange. Notice 4. Resolution. Ordering Books. Enquiry. Letter to Editor. Order.19 to 21) (From General Correspondence i. Circular. No. Notification. FUNCTIONAL HINDI & LETTER WRITING QUESTION PAPER PATTERN Time : 3 Hours Marks : 75 SECTION – A (5x3= 15) I Answer any 5 out of 8 Questions .. Application for withdrawal.. Notice Etc. No. Memo. No. Leave Letters. Answer in 50 Words i) 1 to 4 from Prose ii) 5 to 7 from Functional Hindi 5) Equivalent Administrative Terminology six from English to Hindi 6 out of 10 Q 6) Equivalent Administrative Terminology six from Hindi to English 6 out of 10 Q 7) Equivalent Official Phrases three out of five from English to Hindi 3 out of 5 Q 8) Equivalent Official Phrases three out of five from Hindi to English 3 out of 5 Q SECTION – B ( in 200 words )(3x5= 15) II. by Dr. Annapurna Rajeswari Publications 4/3. Mothilal Street T. Mukthi Dhan UNIT .Nagar. Sridhar Singh. Mai Bhi Manav Hoon only II Short Stories (Non-Detailed Study) : KATHA MATHURI Ed. Chennai – 14. STORIES PRESCRIBED: 1. Vani Prakashan. Mukthi Dhan 2. Tayee 3.II 1. Dus Hajar 2. Yah Meri Janmabhoomi Hai 4. SHORT STORY & TRANSLATION SYLLABUS I One Act Play (Detailed Study): EKANKI RATNAKAR Ed. 21-A. Chitti. Tayee 64 . Dariya Gunj New Delhi – 1. UNITISED SYLLABUS UNIT – I 1. Dus Hajar 2. By: Dr. Aadmi Ka Bachcha III Translation Practice : English to Hindi Ref. Balheen 2. Chennai – 17.Balheen 3. Book : Prayojan Moolak Hindi Dr.II SEMESTER PART – I: PAPER – II ONE ACT PLAY. Syed Rahamathulla Poornima Prakashan 4/7Begum III Street Royapettah. LESSONS PRESCRIBED: 1. Aadmi kaa Bachcha UNIT-IV 1. No. Translation Hindi to English 4 Passages PART – I : PAPER – II ONE ACT PLAY. Give Answer in 50 Words i) ii) 1 to 4 from One Act Play 5 to 8 from Katha Mathuri SECTION – B ( in 200 words) (4x5= 15) a) Three Annotations out of Five (3x5 = 15) (Q.UNIT-III 1. 14 to 15 One characteristic out of two from Short Stories) 65 CREDITS : 3 Maximum II. SHORT STORY & TRANSLATION PRACTICE QUESTION PAPER PATTERN Time : 3 Hours Marks : 75 SECTION – A (5x3= 15) I Answer any 5 out of 8 Questions . No 9 to 13 annotations from One Act Play only) b) One Question from out of two (1x5 = 5) (Q. Translation Hindi to English 4 Passages UNIT-VI 1. Mai Bhi Manav Hoon 2. Translation Hindi to English 2 Passages UNIT-V 1. Yah Meri Janmabhoomi Hai 2. . 16 to 18) 2) Literary Evaluation of Short Story 1 out of 2 (Q. 19 to 20) 3) One Translation Passage English to Hindi (Q. No. Answer in 500 Words 1)Literary Evaluation of One Act Play 2 out of 3 (Q.(4X 10 = 40) III. No. No.SECTION C . 21) (2X10 = 20) (1X10 = 10) (1X10 = 10) 66 . Bangalore University. Prasaranga.Mogksha hudukutta pritiya bandhanadalli . Bangalore-560 001 NOVEL: Chomana Dudi(Novel) Dr. Dr.Vyakti gowrava .. 2006. 2005.Parisara mattu vikaasa . Subbarao.H.Yavudu kale . B.MALAYALAM.Shivaramkaranth 4.S. M.Eradu lekhanagalu . B.A.Bartrend Russel 2. Bangalore-560 001 General Essary No Prescribed Text UNIVERSITY OF MADRAS PART – I . 67 . Prasaranga.I Paper-I-Modern Kannada Prose & Novel Credits:4 1. R.. Chandramma.A. II Edition.Sundaralal Bahuguna 3.Sc.B.P. B. B.Dr.UNIVERSITY OF MADRAS PART-I KANNADA (B. Courses effective from the Academic year 2008-2009) FIRST YEAR Semester . Ed : Prof.K.Com.Nemi Chandra Prescribed Text : Vichara Dhare. Govindaiah. Shivarama Karanatha Semester II Paper II-Modern poetry and General Essay 1 to 20 poems for Modern Poetry Credits: 4 Prescribed Text : Hosagannada Kavya. Ist Edition.G. Dr..Mahile mattu vijnana . Bangalore University.Lankesh 5.Narasimhaiah 6. etc) (CBCS) (Common for all U. Lakshmi Narayana and Prof. Ed. Books. Correction of words and Sentences. Prose.Pottekkad.Padmanabhan ( DC. Kappirikalute Nattil ( Travelogue ) By. Kottayam-1.Credits-3 Part-1 Paper-1. (c)Translation Translation from English to Malayalam . Kerala ).Credits-3 Prescribed Texts 1. Composition and Translation (a)Prescribed Texts 1. Kerala) PATTERN OF QUESTION PAPER Paper-1 Prose. Kottayam-1.( DC. 8 Questions to be asked from the prescribed Texts out of which 5 to be answered. 68 .Randidangazhi(Novel)by Takazhi Sivasankarapillai(DC Books.Puzhakadannu Marangalude Idayilekku(Collection of Short Stories) by T.Books. 2. A general passage in English about 100 words may be given. Kottayam.Books. Kerala ). Seetha Muthal Sathyavathivare ( essays) by Lalithambika Antharjanam ( DC.S.(CBCS) (Common for all UG& PG.K. (b) Composition Expansion of ideas. -Prose. I Year. Composition and Translation ( Maximum Marks – 75 ) Section – A (5*3 = 15 Marks) Answers to be of 100 words each 8 Questions to be asked from the prescribed Texts out of which 5 to be answered. II Semester-Paper-II. Kottayam-1. Nonfiction. Kerala) 2. Section – B ( 5*6 = 30 Marks ) Answers of 200 words each. Five year Integrated Course effective from the academic year-2008-2009) I Year –I Semester. Three(3) ideas may be given out of which 2 ( two) to be expanded.Section – C (30 Marks ) Correction of Sentences and words.5 Marks 2.SANSKRIT 69 .5(five) incorrect sentences and 5(five) incorrect words may be given for correction .Translation: 15 Marks A simple English passage of about 100 words may be given for translating in to Malayalam. 1. UNIVERSITY OF MADRAS PART – I . -10 Marks 3. Grammar Text : Sanskrit for Beginners. Kalidasa. S Vadhyar & Sons. (Characteristic of Sanskrit Dramas and 10 types of Drama Unit II . Semester – II Paper II .Dutakavya of Bhasa UNIVERSITY OF MADRAS PART –I.S. Bhavabhuti and King Harsha. Courses effective from the academic year 2008-2009). (3) History of Dramatic Literature (a) Origin of Sanskrit Dramas (b) Characteristics of Sanskrit Dramas (c) Bhasa Problem (d) Works of Bhasa.Prose and Grammar (3 Credits) I.Drama & History of Dramatic Literature (3 Credits) Prescribed Texts: (1) Karnabhara of Bhasa (2) Dutavakya of Bhasa Published by R.Dramas of Selected authors (Bhasa. Ramachandra Iyer. (Upto the end of Mahasveta's story). Recommended Text : History of Sanskrit Literature by T.(CBCS) (Common for all U. Semester – I Paper I . Published by R. Palghat.Drama .King Harsa. Bhavabhuti) Unit III. R. Unit wise Division : Unit I .TELUGU (CBCS) 70 . Prescribed Text for Prose : Candrapida Caritam.Kamabhara of Bhasa Unit IV . Palghat. K. Unit wise Division : Unit I Unit II Unit IIIUnit IV Unit V Grammar Lessons 1-8 Grammar Lessons 9-15 Prose text pages 1 to 5 Text pages 6 to 10 Text pages 11 to 15. S.Vadhyar & Sons. II. Pages 1 to 15. Vadhyar & Sons. Lessons 1 to 15.Drama .History of Sanskrit Lit. Palghat. (e)Dramas of Kalidasa.G. 2.Kundurti Anjeneyulu . SECTION-A ( 50 words) I.Potana .Answer any 5 out of 7 (Poetry:Annotations/Prose:Questions) SECTION-C ( 500 words) III. 3.Marks:75 PART-I.URDU (CBCS) 71 .Nagnamuni (POETRY SELECTIONS : CLASSICAL & MODERN POETRY Text Book Published by the University of Madras. Answer any 5 out of 7 (Short Answer Questions) SECTION-B ( 150 words) II.Nannya . 2. 4. 2002) QUESTION PAPER PATTERN PART-I TELUGU (Under CBCS system from the academic year 2008-09) Time: 3 hrs. Credits -3 CLASSICAL POETRY 1. Purnamma Palitakesamu Desacharitralu Simhasana (Telangana) Rachayita rayani natakam . 3.I YEAR SEMESTER-I PAPER-I.Gurajda Appa Rao .Answer any 2 out of 4 (Essay type questions) UNIVERSITY OF MADRAS 2x15=30 5x6=30 5x3=15 Max. 5.Srirangam Srinivasa Rao .Jandhyala Papayaa Sastri SEMESTER-II PAPER-II.Peddana . Kumarastra vidya pradashanam Prahlada charitra Pravrakhyuni vruttantam Kunti kumari .Duvvuri Rami Reddy . 4. Credits -3 MODERN POETRY 1. A/B.Sc/B. Umeed Ki Khushi by Sir Syed Ahmed Khan. Syed Sajjad Hussain.) FIRST SEMESTER PAPER-I PROSE AND LETTER WRITING 3 Hours (A) PROSE (following lessons only) 1. 2.. 5. 4.. By Dr. Internel – by Izhar Ahmed 3.(FOR B.Com/BBA/BCA/Etc. Letter to a Bank Manager seeking a loan Letter to the father asking money for payment of college fees. published by University of Madras. Max Marks: 75 Book Prescribed Soghath-e-Adab Ed. 72 . Khanvada-e-Walajahi ke Gumnam Shaer – by Dr. letter to the Principal asking for leave Letter to the Publisher or Book seller placing order for books Letter to a Firm Manager seeking a job. 2. 3.Syed Sajjad Hussain. (B) LETTER WRITING 1. Unit wise distribution Unit-I Unit-II Unit-III Unit-IV Unit-V (1) Umeed Ki Khushi (First Half) (2) Letter to the Principal (1) Umeed Ki Khushi (Second Half) (2) Letter to the Publisher (1) Internet (First Half) (2) Letter seeking a job (1) Interner (second half) (2) Letter to a Bankd Manager (1) Khanvada-e-Walajahi (Full) (2) Letter to the father. Expensess 4.Trade 31. 3.Share 30. Ghalib Ke Khutooth by Ghalib 2.Bank Loan 23.Inventory 25. Hayath Ifthkhar. 73 .Rate of Interest 28. Thirukkural by Dr.Customer 17. Import 9. Finance.Warehouse 12.Receipt 29. (B) GRAMMAR –following topics only.Profit. By Dr. published by University of Madras.Tranportations 16. Ism aur Uski Qismein Sifath Zameer Fel Tazkeer-o-Taneez Book Prescribed Urdu Grammar – Yaqoob Aslam (C) TRANSLATION 1.Buyer 19. Abdul Haqw Marhoom by Rasheed Ahmed Sioddqui. 3.Godown 26.Seller 18.Wages 10.Account 14. Max Marks: 75 Book Prescribed Soghath-e-Adab Ed. 1.Insurance 27.Salary 11.Loss 3.Interest 22.Export 8. 4. 2. Translation of unseen passage from English to Urdu 2.Commerce 32. Translation of commercial Words Commercial Words 1.Commission 21. Syed Sajjad Hussain.SECOND SEMESTER PAPER-II PROSE GRAMMAR AND TRANSLATION 3 Hours (A) PROSE (following lessons only) 1.Debit 6. 5. Discount 20.Invoice 15. Investment 5.Credit 7.Cash 13. 2.Voucher 24. A (5X3=15) 5 out of 7 Questions (One or two sentences) PART.B (5x6=30) 5 out of 7 Questions(Paragraph) PART -C(3x10=30) 3 out of 6 Questions (Essay Type) UNIVERSITY OF MADRAS PART – I.Unit wise distribution Unit-I Unit-II Unit-III Unit-IV Unit-V (1) Ghalib Ke Khutooth (2) Ism aur Uski Qismein (1) Abdul Haqw Marhoom (2) Sifath (1) Thirukkural (2) Zameer (1) Zameer (2) Fel (1) Tazkeer-o-Taneez (2) Translation of unseen passage from English to Urdu.PERSIAN 74 . (3) Translation of commercial Words QUESTION PAPER PATTERN PART. A / B.A: 25 + External : 75 BOOKS PRESCRIBED : 1.Com /B.ARABIC 75 .C.I BOOKS PRESCRIBED : 1.(CBCS) B.Marks:100 Credit:4 Time : 3 Hrs I. Chehal Sabaq Unit 1to 3 1.A Max .A: 25 + External : 75 FIRST YEAR SEMSETER I PAPER I – PROSE & GRAMMAR . 2. Guftugu Naama Unit 1 to 3 Farsi Ke Pahli Unit 4 & 5 UNIVERSITY OF MADRAS PART – I . Aamadan Unit 4& 5 SEMSETER II PAPER II – PROSE AND GRAMMAR -11 Max./B.Marks:100 Credit:4 Time : 3 Hrs I.Sc. Abdur Rahim(from Lesson 13 to 23) Unit 1 – Lesson 13 to 17 Unit 2 – Lesson 18 to 20 Unit 3 – Lesson 21 to 23 2 An-Nahu Al-Wadeh Part -1 (Al-ibtidaiyyah) By Ali Alijarim (From Nasb al-fel al-mudhare to Al-Nath) 76 .A (CBCS) PAPER 1 – PROSE & GRAMMAR -1 Max.SC/B.A: 25 + External : 75 BOOKS PRESCRIBED : .A / B. Marks:100 Credit:4 Time : 3 Hrs I.10 Topics SEMSETER II PAPER II – PROSE AND GRAMMAR -11 Max.A: 25 + External : 75 BOOKS PRESCRIBED : Duroosul Lugha-Al-Arbia Part-1 By DR.V.C.COM /B.V.Abdur Rahim (From Lesson 1 to 12 ) Unit1 – 1to 4 Lessons Unit 2 – 5 to 8 Lessons Unit3 – 9 to 12 Lessons An-Nahu Al-Wadeh Part -1 (Al-Ibtidaiyyah) By Ali Alijarim (From Al-Mufeedah to Al-Jumaih Al-Islamiah) Unit 4 & 5 . Dr. 1. Duroosul Lugha-Al-Arbia Part-1 By.FIRST YEAR SEMSETER I B. Marks:100 Credit:4 Time : 3 Hrs I. Unit 4& 5 -10 Topics UNIVERSITY OF MADRAS PART – I .FRENCH (CBCS) 77 . Paris.Niveau 1.G.Test 6. (The following pages are not included: pg 40 & 74) SEMESTER-II 78 . pg 167. Test 5. • Module 2 Echanger Pages 41 – 73 And the following related pages: Test 4. Régine. pg 169.Test 3. pg 170. COURSES / P. Autoévaluation du module 1. pg 38. pg 72. pg 168. pg 171. Yves.G. pg 166.(COMMON TO ALL U. Connexions . 2004 • Module 1 Parler de soi Pages 7 – 39 And the following related pages: Test 1. LOISEAU. Didier. Autoévaluation du module 2.Test 2. FIVE YEAR INTEGRATED COURSES) (Effective from the Academic Year 2008-2009) PAPER-I SCHEME OF EXAMINATION SEMSTER SYSTEM: Semester I II Title of Paper 3 3 Hours 75 75 Marks Paper I: Prescribed Text and Grammar-I Paper II: Prescribed Text and Grammar-I SYLLABUS FIRST YEAR SEMESTER-I PAPER – I PRESCRIBED TEXT AND GRAMMAR – I Prescribed Text book: MERIEUX. 79 . pg 176. Comptez et écrivez les nombres en lettres 2. pg 173. la. pg 175. pg 177. Autoévaluation du module 4.Niveau 1. pg 106. Didier.PAPER – I PRESCRIBED TEXT AND GRAMMAR – I Prescribed Text book: MERIEUX. du. Complétez avec les articles définis 3. de l’ ou de la 12. • Module 3 Agir dans l’éspace Pages 75 – 107 And the following related pages: Test 7. Régine. Complétez avec les verbes indiqués au futur proche 8. Connexions . (7x5=35) For example: [Choisissez Sept de ces questions tirées du manuel prescrit ] 1. Ecrivez les verbes entre parenthèses au présent 7. eux ou elles 10.Test 8. Regardez les pendules et écrivez l’heure en lettres 9. Complétez avec des adjectives possessifs 6. Complétez les phrases avec le.Test 12. Paris.Test 9. LOISEAU. pg 140. Yves. pg 174.PRESCRIBED TEXT AND GRAMMAR – I Section A: Questions on Grammar. Ecrivez des phrases à la forme négative Section B : Civilisation & Vocabulaire (5 x 4=20 marks ) For example: 1. (The following pages are not included: pg 108. pg 172. elle. Autoévaluation du module 3. l’. les. Transformez les phrases 11. 2004. Complétez avec des adjectives féminines 4.Test 11. b) Nommez deux chaînes de télévision française ? c) Nommez deux fêtes françaises ? d) Quels sont les plats préférés des Anglais quand ils ne sont pas chez eux ? e) Relevez deux loisirs des jeunes Français. Répondez aux questions suivantes : (5x1=5) a) Qu’est-ce que c’est un TGV. Remplacez les mots soulignés par lui. • Module 4 Se situer dans le tempsPages 109 – 141 And the following related pages: Test 10. Complétez avec les verbes à la forme qui convient 5. 142 & 143) QUESTION PAPER PATTERN FOR PART –I FOUNDATION COURSE IN FRENCH SEMESTER – I PAPER I. Complétez les phrases avec des indicateurs de temps Section B : Civilisation & Vocabulaire (5 x 4=20 marks) 1. Remettez le dialogue dans l’ordre ( tiré du texte) 4. Faites des phrases avec les expressions tirées du manuel prescrit . (5x1=5) Section C : (4x5=20) 1. Transformez les questions (Est-ce que -> l’inversion) 8. Mettez les verbes entre parenthèse au futur simple 11. Complétez avec qui. Rétablissez ces phrases familières en français standard 7. Trouvez une autre façon d’exprimer chaque phrase 3.2. Choisissez la meilleure réponse (5x1=5) 4. Remplacez l’élément souligné par un pronom 6. (7x5=35) For example: [Choisissez Sept de ces questions tirées du manuel prescrit ] 1. Ecrivez une carte postale à votre ami en décrivant vos vacances de Noël /une fête nationale ou religieuse / un repas que vous avez aimé/ votre appartement 2. (5x1=5) 80 . Lisez le passage ( tiré d’un autre manuel destiné aux débutants -Niveau 1) et répondez aux cinq questions qui s’en suivent. Chassez l’intrus (5x1=5) 3.PRESCRIBED TEXT AND GRAMMAR – II Section A: Questions on Grammar. Ecrivez des verbes soulignés à l’impératif 2. Mettez les phrases au passé 5. Mettez les verbes entre parenthèse au passé composé 9. Chassez l’intrus (5x1=5) 3. où 4. Mettez les verbes entre parenthèse au subjonctif 12. Choisissez la meilleure réponse (5x1=5) 4. Répondez aux questions suivantes : (5x1=5) a) Nommez deux jeux préférés des Français. Remplacez les mots soulignés par leur contraire 10. Faites des phrases avec les expressions tirées du manuel prescrit. ********* QUESTION PAPER PATTERN FOR PART –I FOUNDATION COURSE IN FRENCH SEMESTER – II PAPER II. que. b) Pourquoi faut-il trier les déchets ? c) Que veut dire BD ? d) Nommez deux pays francophones à part la France ? e) Quelle invention française est –elle aujourd’hui complètement dépassée par l’internet ? 2. Complétez le dialogue ( tiré du texte) 3. ********* 81 . (4x5=20 marks) Ecrivez une carte postale à votre ami en décrivant vos vacances de Noël /une fête nationale ou religieuse / un repas que vous avez aimé/ votre appartement 2. Lisez le passage (tiré d’un autre manuel destiné aux débutants -Niveau 1) et répondez aux cinq questions qui s’en suivent. Complétez le dialogue (tiré du texte) 3.Section C: 1. Remettez le dialogue dans l’ordre (tiré du texte) 4. A Friend in Need 12.Te Tables Turned 8. V.The Sparrows Unit V . Yes / No Questions. K.Stopping by Woods on a Snowy Evening Unit IV Short Stories : Spectrum of Short Stories Ed. S. A. Transformation of sentences – Negatives Interrogatives. Abbas . B. K.G Five Year Integrated Courses) CHOICE BASED CREDIT SYSTEM (Effective from the academic year 2008 -2009) SYLLABUS SEMESTER .. Rudyard Kipling – If Unit II Prose : Words of Wisdom Ed. ‘Wh’ Questions. W. Gandhi Unit III Poetry : Symphony Ed. M. K. A. Schwartz – Use Goals to Help You Grow 3. L. Question Tags.A Cup of Tea 11 Somerset Maugham .UNIVERSITY OF MADRAS PART – II – ENGLISH (CBCS) (Common to all U.I – Paper – I Unit I Touchstone : Synergy of Values (Madras University Publications) 1. Sentence Structure.Women not the Weaker Sex – M. Katherine Mansfield -. Antony Robbins – Living Excellence 2. R.. S. 82 . Antonyms. Completion of Sentences. Gandhi .Functional English Text Based Grammar : Synonyms.Reading for Pleasure 6. Strong . K. Subramanian (Anu Chitra) 4. G. Substitution of a single word for a group of Words. W. Yeats . Inge .Spoon Feeding 5. Word Classes : Sentence Types. William Wordsworth . Robert Frost .G Degree Courses and P. David J.The Lake Isle of Innisfree 8. Ragavendra 10. Devaprasad (Allied Publishers) 7. Prose – Poetry .Touchstone and Short Stories SECTION – II (Grammar & Functional English) – Choice 10 out of 12 Marks .5 x 4 = 20 Marks 83 .Choice 5 out of 7 Five marks each . Past Participle.10 x 1 =10 (i) Filling the blanks with suitable verbs given in the brackets – (2questions) (ii) Change into negatives (1 question) (iii) Change into Interrogative . Concord Comprehension (Text based) QUESTION PATTERN SEMESTER – I .comprehension .Marks .5 paragraphs . Question tags (3 questions) (iv) Correction of sentences -Tense/Concord (2 questions) (v) Answer a question. Present Participle. Wh questions. the Auxiliaries. 6 & 7 .5 x 2 = 10 Question 1 & 2 Question 3 & 4 Question 5 .( 1 questions) (vii) Synonyms of two words ( 1 question) SECTION – III .Present and Past – Aspect – Infinitive. question to an answer (2 questions) (vi) Using a word both as a noun and verb in sentence of their own .Verbs – Tense .ENGLISH I PART –A (25 MARKS) SECTION – I Short Answers – 50 words – Choice 5 out of 7 .5 MARKS) A passage of about 100 words from the prescribed texts followed by 5 questions PART – B (5 x 4 = 20 MARKS) Paragraph questions – 150 words .Yes/No questions. In what context does Schwartz refer to Dave Mahoney? 7.Short Stories Model Question Paper First Semester – English Paper I Time 3 Hrs PART –A (25 MARKS) SECTION – I (5 x 2 = 8 Marks) Answer Five of the following each in about 50 words 1. What motivated Rosemary Fell to take Miss.Choice 3 out of 5 Question Question Question Question 1& 2 3 4 5 . ‘If’? 6.Touchstone . 2. How does Frost describe the forest on the snowy evening? 4.(work) in our complex ( Fill up the blanks with suitable present tense of the verbs given in the brackets) ii You ( speak) to my sister yesterday?’ Max 75 Marks 84 .( walk) past the door --. Why is Kipling’s poem titled. Explain Inge’s reference to Lord Averbury’a ants. 5. Why does Gandhi feel that the future is with women? 3.300 words each – 3 Essays .Prose – Poetry . Smith home for a cup of tea? SECTION – II (10 x 1 = 10 Marks) 8. Rewrite as directed any Ten of the following i.Question Question Question Question 1 2 & 3 4 & 5 6 & 7 – - Prose Poetry Touchstone Short Stories PART – C (3 x 10 = 30 MARKS) Essay questions . The man in the white hat who --. Sum up Wordsworth’s criticism of intellect. they are French ( Frame a question for the above reply) v. Besides he argued. I intend to meet her next week (Frame a question for the above reply ) vi. Give the synonyms of Monotonous Obliterate SECTION – III ( 5 x 1 = 05 Marks) 9. He argued that. it did not mater what I read. Neither money nor fame have given him happiness (Correct the sentence if necessary) viii I want to know why did you not attend the meeting. But my father. if I had not. He was proved right on that point. ( Fill up the blanks with suitable verbs given in the brackets) iii She did it pretty well ( Change into negative) iv. ix (Correct the sentence if necessary) How do you come to college? ( Frame an answer to the question) x . if I had sense. if he forbade me to read these things. I should want to read them all the more because they would have the charm of being illegal. when they saw me reading penny bloods in the train on my way to school.( not see) her for some months. I ---. 85 . took a wise and tolerant view.. ( Add a question tag) vii. Read the following passage and answer the questions given below Some good people. Yes. Does she come regularly to classes? ( Frame a negative response to the above question) xi Use Waste both as noun and verb in sentences of your own xii.No. as I should be a fool anyway. would shake their heads and say they wondered my parents allowed it. I would grow out of this type of reading. a man of great sympathy and good sense. You didn’t respond to my invitation. Why did Rahim Khan decide to avenge himself on his parents. What is the charm of being illegal? PART –B (5 x 4 = 20 MARKS) Answer five of the following each in about 150 words. What. What attraction does the Lake Isle of Innisfree hold for Yeats? 13. in Inge’s view. What was the author doing while he was on his way to his school which made some good people shake their heads? b. Why did some good people shake their heads? c. 12. Describe the conflict in the mind of the traveler in Stopping by the Woods and how it is Resolved.a. What was the father’s tolerant view? e. How does the author describe his father and why? d. are the damages which civilization has been causing to man? 86 . choosing two from each section 10 Why does Gandhi want to rebel when women are called the weaker sex? What is his advice to women as to how they should fight against this libel? 11. How does Robbins show that happiness and success in life are not the result of what we have but rather how we live? 14. his family and on society and how did he execute his resolve? 16. PART – C ( 3 x 10 = 30 MARKS) Answer three of the following each in about 300 words 17. ‘Rosemary Fell was not exactly beautiful’ – Bring out the significance of this opening sentence of “ A Cup of Tea’. What are the qualities does Kipling want a man to develop to possess the earth? 15. K. A Negro Labourer in Liuverpool – David Rubadri 3. Try Prayer Power – Norman Vincent Peale 5. D. 8. S. Substitution of a single word for a group of Words. Bring out the calculated callousness and cruelty of Burton to his friend in need? SEMESTER – II – Paper . Compound. Ragavendra 10.Anand Kumar Raju Unit II Prose : Words of Wisdom Ed.Dependent.A. Search for A Stranger – Gordon S. Ecology – Barry Commoner Unit III Poetry 7. Devaprasad (Allied Publishers) Promotheus Unbound .. On Not Answering the Telephone – W..Kamals Das Unit IV Short Stories : Spectrum of Short Stories Ed. Hope Looking for a Cousin on a Swing . Plomer 6. Introductory It. K.. complex Comprehension (unknown text) 87 . Adams and Eves . There Clauses. Essential characteristics of Human Rights – H. An Astrologer’s Day – R. Infinitive and Gerund. Livingstone 12. Antonyms.18 What are the various wrong reasons for which people read books? How does Strong want us to read books? Why? 19 Why does Wordsworth call books ‘ barren leaves’ and why does he want books to be replaced by nature? 20 Why does Schwartz establish that no one stumbles into success without a goal? 21. : Symphony Ed. Voice. Ramanujam My Grandmother’s House . Word Classes : Revision of tenses. The Model Millionaire – Oscar Wilde Functional English Text Based Grammar : Synonyms. 9. K. Independent – Simple.A. Narayan 11. Conditional Sentences.II Unit I Touchstone : Synergy of Values (Madras University Publications) 1. V. Victor Conde 2. Subramanian (Anu Chitra) 4. S. QUESTION PATTERN .Touchstone and Short Stories SECTION – II (Grammar & Functional English) – Choice 10 out of 12 Marks .5 x 2 = 10 Question 1 & 2 Question 3 & 4 .SEMESTER – II PART –A (25 MARKS) SECTION – I Short Answers – 50 words – Choice 5 out of 7 .5 paragraphs . compound and complex sentences ( 2 questions) (iii).Choice 5 out of 7 Marks 5 x 4 = 20 88 . independent clauses – Transformation of simple.Comprehension – Marks – 5 An unknown passage of about 100 words followed by 5 questions PART – B (5 x 4 = 20 MARKS) Paragraph questions – 150 words .2 ( 1 question ) (ix) Changing a word class to another – 2 – ( I question) SECTION – III . There (1 question) (v) Combining a pair of sentence using a participle ( 1 question ) (vi) One word substitute – 2 (1 question ) (viii) Synonyms .10 x 1 =10 (i) Filling the blanks with suitable verbs in conditional sentences (2 questions) (ii) Completing the sentence with dependent.Prose – Poetry Question 5 . 6 & 7 . Change the Voice = active to passive (1 question).Marks . Passive to active ( 1 question) (jv) Competing a sentence in passive voice in the tense suggested (iv) Rewriting the sentence with introductory It. How did the astrologer endear himself to the hearts of his clients? SECTION – II ( 10 x 1 = 10 Marks 7. Why does Barry Commoner compare the moderns to the sorcerer’s apprentice? Max 75 Marks 3. (Fill up the blank with suitable form of the verb given in the brackets) 89 . Why is Promotheus described as a ‘ Friend of Man’ ? 4. What does the girl in Ramanujam’s poem try “to be innocent about it”? 5. Rewrite as directed any Ten of the following i.3 x 10 = 30 MARKS Question Question Question Question 1& 2 3 4 5 .300 words each – 3 Essays .Prose – Poetry .Short Stories Model Question Paper Second Semester – English Paper II Time 3 Hrs PART –A (25 MARKS) SECTION – I (5 x 2 = 10 Marks) Answer Five of the following each in about 50 words 1. How did Surekha handle Bimmy and his group? 6.Touchstone . We would have won the match if the rain ----( play) the spoil sport. Why did Colonel Merton not approve of Hughie as his son – in – law ? 7.Choice 3 out of 5 .Question Question Question Question 1 2 & 3 4 & 5 6 & 7 – - Prose Poetry Touchstone Short Stories PART – C (3 x 10 = 30 MARKS) Essay questions . 2 Account for Plomer’s dislike for typewriters. Humble. (Correct the sentence if necessary) ix.present perfect tense of the verb given) vii. Read the following passage and answer the questions given below One Indian virtue that has impressed me greatly and touched me deeply is the Indian people’s freedom from rancour. (Change the voice) v. ( Complete the sentence using a particle) x Give one word equivalent for Not fit to live in . To make an open declaration xi. When you the people of India . My mood was noticed by others with sympathy (Change the voice) vi.ii It was so hot ------(Complete the sentence with a subordinate clause) iii. to do this without letting yourselves fall into adversaries. find yourselves forced to struggle with other people – there are situations in which this cannot be avoided – you manage. Give the synonyms of Listless. A recent example is the spirit in which you conducted your successful struggle with my 90 . Asphyxiated xii. On my pressing the button the lift came to a stop (Change the phrase ‘On my pressing the button’ into a main clause) iv. the examiner asked me to try again.(do) about this? (Complete using passive voice . He slapped the boy. We are not certain when the results will be announced. ( Rewrite the sentence with an introductory It) viii Having failed in my practicals. so it seems to me. Practise SECTION – III ( 1 x 5 = 05 Marks) 8. Change the following into nouns. Poverty drove him to desperation. He got angry. W hat ---. create the myth of Promotheus and to what end? 12. Is the speaker critical of India’s struggle with other people? How do you know? e. 16. What is special about Indian way of struggle? PART –B (5 x 4 = 20 MARKS) Answer four of the following each in about 150 words 10 .teasing? 14. choosing two from each section 17. Outline the role of Alan Trevor. What does ‘freedom from rancour ’ mean? d.country for your country’s independence. And when one struggle is over you certainly do not brood over the past or nurse grievances a. How does Rubadri present the loneliness and hopelessness of the Liverpool labourer? 15. How does Peale bring out the effectiveness of prayer power? 11. How does Kamal Das contrast her past with the present? 13. 20 What are the distinctive characteristics of human rights and explain the various functional principles necessary to implement human rights in a non –political way? 21. Why does Barry Commoner caution us against reckless scientific enterprises in the name of expansion of technology? 18. 91 . To which country does the speaker belong? How do you know? b. Critically examine. What do you understand from Uncle T’s discussion to be the various reasons for the prevalence of eve. How did the Indian people’s freedom from rancour impact the speaker? c. How does Plomer defend his dislike for telephone? Is his dislike absolute? 19. How does Hope re. How did the astrologer escape the wrath of Guru Nayak? PART – C (3 x 10 = 30 MARKS) Answer four of the following each in about 250 words. Describe Livingstone’s search for a stranger and how it ends. ‘ Looking for a Cousin on a Swing’. UNIT IV: PLATYHELMINTHES General characters and classification up to classes with examples – Type study – Liver fluke & Tapeworm – Parasitic adaptations. SEMESTER – II Paper III – Invertebrate – II UNIT – I: ANNELIDA General characters and classification up to classes with examples – Type study – Nereis & Leech – Metamerism – Trochophore larva and its significances – Vermiculture – Economic importance. B.I Paper I – Invertebrate – I UNIT – I Principles of Taxonomy – Classification of Animal Kingdom. UNIT – III : COELENTERATA General characters and classification up to classes with examples – Type study – Obelia & Aurelia – Corals and coral reefs – Polymorphism – Economic importance. UNIT – V : ASCHELMINTHES General characters and classification up to classes with examples – Type study – Ascaris – Nematode Parasites and diseases. DEGREE COURSE IN ADVANCED AND BIOTECHNOLOGY SEMESTER .SYLLABUS 01. SC. Trypanasoma & Leishmania) UNIT – II : PORIFERA General characters and classification up to classes with examples – Type study – Ascon & Sycon – Canal system in sponges. 92 . PROTOZOA: General characters and classification up to classes with examples – Type study – Paramecium and plasmodium – Parasitic protozoans (Entamoeba. (All Series) Protozoa.N. P. Hickman. Ismail.A. 991p. Parts I & II. Porifera. Potts.S.S. 7. Parker and Haswell.M. Arthropoda. 7th Edition.S. Ananthakrishnan.. 1997. 1992. Foot in Mollusca. Economic importance.A. Vermicology: The Biology of Earthworm. Jordan. 1050pp. 12th Edition.P. Dhami – Invertebrate Zoology – R. St. Times Merror/Mosby College Publication. 1984. India.T. 2. Alahabad. 1 (Invertebrate). and T. Chand and Co. Text Book of Zoology. 3.The Invertebrate – Cambridge University Press. E. Kotpal. Integrated Principles of Zoology. UNIT – IV : MOLLUSCA General characters and classification up to classes with examples – Type study: Pila & Fresh water mussel. S. Vol I (Invertebrate). Borradile and F. 874pp. Adam Sedgewick – A students text books of Zoology – Vol I and III – Central Book Depot. E. 93 ...K. New Delhi. REFERENCE: 1. Majupuria – Invertebrate Zoology. S. C. Louis.K. Hyman volume I to VI 8.K. 6. Verma. Viswanathan (Printers and Publishers) Pvt Ltd.S. 1988 – 1992. 4. Invertebrate Zoology. S. Mollusca. 5.Hickuman and L. Publishers and Distributors. Echinodermata.. Annelida. Jr. New Delhi – 110 051. UNIT – III: Crustacean larvae and their significance – mouth parts of insects – Economic importance of insect – Social Life in insects. and P. L. UNIT – V : ECHINODERMATA General characters and classification up to classes with examples – Type study: Star fish – Echinoderm larvae and its significance – Water vascular system in echinoderm. 10. R.L. A.UNIT – II: ARTHROPODA General characters and classification up to classes with examples – Type study – Prawn & Scorpion – Peripatus and its affinities. Chand & Co Ltd. Dhami and J.Z. 1065pp. Meerut – 250 002.. Orient Longman. 11. 1964. Ayyar. 1993. Aves – Rastogi Publications.C. Roberts. Manual of Zoology Vol. 9.A. T. Coelentereta. 92pp. Madras. Ram Nagar. F.B. Digestive system 13. Prawn: 11. Dissection A. Honey bee 20. Digestive system 4. Dorsal view & Ventral view 3. Body setae 17. Penial setae Mouth parts of: 18. Female Reproductive system B. Cephalic 23. External characters 12. Mounting Earthworm: 16.Practical I & II– Invertebrate – I & II I. Digestive system II. House fly 21. External characters 2. Abdominal 94 . External characters 7. Nervous system 5. Cockroach: 6. Cockroach 19. Thoracic 24. Digestive system 8. Male Reproductive system 10. Earthworm: 1. External characters 15. Nervous system D. Mosquito Prawn appendages: 22. Fresh water mussel: 14. Circulatory system B. Nervous system 9. Ascaris 6. Ephyra larva 15. 36.Lassify giving reasons: 1. Paramecium – Conjugation Velella Heteronereis Trochophore larva chaetopterus Peripatus Limulus Chiton Entamoeba plasmodium Obelia colony Liver fluke – miracidium Taenia – Mature proglottid Ascaris Millipede Centipede Sepia Octopus Sea cucumber 95 . 22. Physalia 12. 34. Paramecium 13. 27. 20. Mysis larva 18. Fresh water mussel 9. Paramecium 2. 28. 26. 21. Alima larva III. 25. 30. Redia larva 16. 35. 29. 23. Obelia medusa 14.III – Spotters I. Aurelia 4. Transverse section of Earth worm 11. 32. 24. Prawn 8. 37. Cercaria larva 17. 33. Nereis 7. Sycon sponge 3. Liver fluke 5. 31. Star fish II.Draw labeled sketches: 10.Biological significance: 19. 38. 48. Unit – V: Pigeon and Rabbit. Sea urchin Leech Nauplius larva Zoea larva Sacculina on crab Sea anemone on Hermite crab IV – Relate structure and function: 44. Plasmodium and paramecium Porifera – sycon Coelenterata – obelia geniculata Platyhelminthes – Fasciola hepatica. 49. 50. 46.Allied Zoology (Theory) Paper – I Unit – I: Introduction – Invertebrates. 45. 40. 43. 47. 51. 41.Tube foot Syllabus . 96 . Taenia solium Unit – II: Annelida – Leech Arthropoda – Prawn Mollusca – Unio Echinodermata – Sea star Unit – III: Chordata – Study of types – Prochordates – Amphioxus – Structure and affinities – Vertebrates: Shark Unit – IV: Frog and Calotes. Sponge – Spicules Sponge – Gemmule Taenia – Scolex Nereis – Paraposium Prawn – Petasme Honey bee – Sting apparatus Scorpion – Book – lung Starfish – Pedicellariae Starfish . 42. Study types including Life histories Protozoa – Entamoeba. 39. 52. Allied Zoology (Theory) Paper – II Unit – I: Cell Biology – Structure of animal cell: Mitochondria. Heart diseases – Ischemia.. 3. Jordan. Madras. Dhami – Invertebrate Zology – S. thyroid. sex organs.S. Unit – IV: Environmental Biology: Physico-Chemical factors – Environmental Degradation treatment methods on sewage. 12th edition. and P. Ltd. Rheumatic heart disease. 1993. Unit – V: Evolution – Factors responsible for speciation. Dhami and J. 1993.K. Chordate Zoology. M and Ananthakrishnan. Chand and Co. Vol. P.S. effluents – Green house effect.N. Unit – II: Developmental Biology: Embryogenesis – Cleavage and gastrulation of chick and pig. nucleus and nucleolus and Golgi bodies. Myocardial infraction. kidney failure and transplantation. 2. S. Genetics: Molecular structure of Genes – Gene concept – Gene function – Inborn errors of metabolism – Genetic Engineering and its applications – X and Y – linked inheritance.K.Syllabus . Ram Nagar. New Delhi. osmo-iono regulation. Human physiology: Excretion. Reference for Theory: 1. 97 . adrenal. Verma. New Delhi. Gastrointestinal hormones and enzymes. E.I and II. Endocrine glands – Hormones – properties – feedback mechanism of action – Pituitary. Unit – III: Diseases of circulatory system – Blood pressure. Outlines of Zoology. T. Stroke. Chand & Co. Viswanathan and Co. Ekambaranatha Ayyar. New Delhi. Fasciola hepatica (Entire & Transverse section).K. (1991). Rastogi. Paramoecium.4. (1983). Sambasiviah.B. (2000). P. New Delhi. Mouth parts of cockroach 3. 7.P. Augustine Chellapa. Verma. meerut. Body setae of earthworm 2. Shark (Placoid scale). Chand & Co. V.S. PRACTICALS – 50 MARKS I Dissection I Mounting III Spotters Record Total = = = = 30 marks 20 marks 15 marks 10 marks ___________________ = 75 marks ___________________ 98 . S (1983). Sycon. Pigeon (feathers) and Rat. and Tyagi. A. I. S. Kedarnath Ramnath Publishers.S.S. Paramoecium-Conjugation. Chordate Embryology S. B. 6. Animal Ecology. V. Text book of Animal Physiology. Allied Zoology Practicals Dissection: Cockroach: Digestive and Nervous system Frog. Leech (Entire & Transverse section). P. Fresh water mussel. Mouth parts of Honey bee / Mosquito 4. and Agarwal. Plasmodium. Taenia solium (Entire & Transverse section).K. M.S. Chand & Co. Digestive and Urinogenital system Mounting: 1. Kamalakara Rao. Frog Brain Spotters: Entamoeba. Amphioxus. Chand & Co. Verma. Obelia geniculata. New Delhi. and Jayaraj. 5. and Agarwas. Text book of Genetics. S. V. I COURSE STRUCTURE Title of the paper Category: Core CellBiology -Paper-1 Year & Semester First year & First Semester Credits 4 Subject code Objective To understand structure. lysosome.functions of cells Course Outline: ( Cell Biology) UNIT I Architecture of cells. peroxisome and their functions.microfilament. The ultra structure of plant cell wall. plant and animal cells. B. SES. mitochondria. RES. UNIT II Cytoskeleton. nucleus. golgi apparatus. UNIT III 99 . plasma membrane.02.SC DEGREE COURSE IN BIO-CHEMISTRY SYLLABUS SEMESTER. microtubules and intermediary filamentstructure.Structural organization of prokaryotic and eukaryotic cells – microbial. composition and functions. uniport. cellular communication. gap junction. 1995.cell cell adhesion and cell matrix adhesion. Recommended books 1. Extra cellular matrix – collagen.Structural organization and basic functions. laminin.basic characteristics of cancer cells. integrins. structure and role of cadherin.transport across cell membranes.Biomembranes. synport and antiport. Baltimore. saunders Company. 1995. Membrane electric potential. selectins. 3.DE Roberties EDP. SEMESTER. EMF Roberties. water channel. David. UNIT V Integration of cells into tissues. Passive and active transport. Arnold Berk et al. The cell molecular approach –Cooper M. 7th Edition.II Chemistry of biomolecules-Paper-2 Year & Semester Credits Subject code Title of the paper Category: Core 100 . Cell and molecular Biology. meiosis and cell cycle. 2. UNIT IV Cell division – mitosis. fibronectin and proteoglycansstructure and biological role. Molecular Cell Biology – Harvey Lodish. anomeric forms and mutarotation. Denaturation and renaturation of proteins. Chemical synthesis of 101 . composition and function. Structure. Properties of proteins. proteoglycans. stereoisomerism and optical isomerism of sugars. Protein. Structure of peptide bonds. shape. UNIT II Different type of classification of aminoacids and structure of amino acids. heparin. bacterial cell wall polysaccharides and glycoproteins. blood group polysaccharides. Physical and chemical properties of aminoacids. pectin.classification based on solubility. Occurrence. di and polysaccharides. Physical and chemical properties of carbohydrates. function and biological importance of carbohydrate derivatives such as chitin. sialic acid.First year & 4 Second Semester Objective To understand structurefunction relationship of Biomolecules Course outline: (Chemistry of Biomolecules) UNIT I Carbohydrates Classification of carbohydrates. structure and biological importance of mono. specific chemical and enzymatic cleavage of polypeptide chain. structure and function of lipids. Classification.polypeptides. UNIT V Phospholipids 102 . structure and properties. sap value. Fatty acids – Classification. tertiary and quaternary structure of proteins.primary. nomenclature. secondary. UNIT IV Definition and classification of lipids. Structure and role of different types of DNA – A. B and Z and RNA. Forces stabilizing the secondary. prostaglandins. Composition of RNA and DNA. nucleosides and nucleotides. rancidity. tertiary and quarternary (helix and pleated sheet) structures of proteins. Structure of purine and pyrimidines.structure and functions. UNIT III Protein structure.solid phase peptide syntheis. Chemical properties of fats – Iodine value. RM value. Determination of aminoacid sequence of a polypeptide chain. acid number. Biologically important peptides. Physical and chemical properties of nucleic acids. M. J.Chemical properties and functions of phospholipids and their structures. Freeman. Indian Books • Principles of Biochemistry – Nelson D. glycolipids (Cerebrosides and gangliosides). Reference Books • Principles of Biochemistry . plasmologens. isoprenoids and sterols (Cholesterol and zymosterol). 2001. 3rd edition. 1998.A. cephalins. phosphatidyl inositol. • Biochemistry – Sathyanarayana U. Kolkata. 2005.L. 2nd edition. 1993. Academic Press. Cox M. Recommended Texts 103 .L. bile acids and bile salts). • The chemical reactions of living cells – Metzler D. John Wiley & Sons. Delhi.D & Voet. Arunabha Sen Books & Allied (P) Ltd. steroids (Steroid hormones.L. • Biochemistry – Zubay G. 2002.G. phosphatidyl serine. Lehninger. 4th edition. W.H. Biological significance of fats. CBS publishers & Distributors. 2004. Lecithins.E. • Biochemistry – Voet. 4th edition. 2nd eition. Inc. Mc Graw-Hill. D & Voet. New York. 1999.• Biochemistry – Stryer L.edu/biopages.html www.harcourtcollege.H. W. John Wiley & Sons.G. Inc. 1st edition. • Biochemistry – Voet. J.com/biochem5 http. 1990.//www.com 104 . 4th editon. Freeman & Company. Web Sites http://golgi.whfreeman.harvard. Determination of acid number of edible oil. Reactions of proteins – solubility. 6 – dichlorphenol indophenol. c. Estimation of calcium from milk. pH change and precipitation by acidic reagents.II Title of the paper Category:C Core Practicals-I -paper – III Year & Semester Credits First year & 4 Second semester Objectives To get the hands on training in Biochemical methods Subject code Course outline : (Core Practicals-I) 1. maltose. Qualitative analysis a. fructose. b. pentose. 2. millon’s. b. galactose. lactose.SEMESTER. sucrose. Experiment involving titrimetric procedures a. 105 . d. Estimation of ascorbic acid by titrimetric method using 2. denaturation by heat. biuret. Iodine value of oil. mannose. e. Estimation of chloride from water. xanthoproteic test. starch and cellulose. f. Determination of saponification value of edible oil. Reactions of simple sugars including glucose. Mc Graw-Hill. 1990. J.D & Voet. 2005.A. Academic Press.H.G. New York. 1998. Indian Books: Principles of Biochemistry – Nelson D. 2002. W. Reactions of lipids – Solubility.M. Arunabha Sen Books & Allied (P) Ltd. c. Delhi. 4th edition. Lehninger. Freeman. • Biochemistry – Voet. J. Inc. • • • Biochemistry – Zubay G.H. Recommended Texts • Biochemistry – Stryer L. • Biochemistry – Sathyanarayana U.L. 1993. Libermann Burchard test for cholesterol. Cox M. arginine and histidine. 2004. 2nd eition. • Biochemistry – Voet.D & Voet. 4th editon. 1st edition. methionine. John Wiley & Sons. saponification tests for unsaturation. John Wiley & Sons. CBS publishers & Distributors.L. 1999. 106 . W. 4th edition.Colour reactions of amino acids like tryptophan.G.L. Reference Books • Principles of Biochemistry .E. 2001. 3rd edition. cysteine. Freeman & Company. tyrosine. Inc. Kolkata. • The chemical reactions of living cells – Metzler D. 2nd edition. fructose and mannose and disaccharides (maltose. Occurrence and significance of polysaccharides. lactose. UNIT II 107 .harcourtcollege.General properties of monosaccharides and disaccharides.edu/biopages.com/biochem5 http.whfreeman.Web Sites http://golgi. linear and ring forms (Haworth’s formula) for glucose.//www.com Title of the paper Category:Allied theory Allied Biochemistry Year & Semester Credits First year& First 5 semester Subject code Objectives To understand the basic biochemistry Course outline: ( Allied Biochemistry) UNIT I Definition and classification of carbohydrates.harvard.html www. sucrose). Enzyme definition. fatty acids (saturated and unsaturated) compound lipids. Proteins. DNA structure. various classifications. salting in and salting out. properties. Enzyme inhibition. denaturation. pH. simple lipids. oxidation. nucleotides. chemical properties. various forces involved. isoionic point. specificity. biological functions. reduction. nomenclature. tertiary structure. helix and pleated sheet. UNIT IV Purine and pyrimidine bases.quartenary structure. UNIT III Fat-function. isoelectric point. peptide bond. competitive and non. solubility and composition.competitive. isoenzymes. various classifications. Reactions due to carboxyl. classification. transamination and urea cycle. Cholesterol structure – biological importance. halogenation. Genetic code.saponification. properties. Functions of phospholipids. effect of temperature. units. 108 . amphoteric nature.substrate. structure and function. Different types of RNA.ampholytes. Deamination.absorbance. amino and both the groups. Proteins. rancidity. derived lipids.Amino acids. temperature.Secondary structure.physical properties.classificationshape. factors affecting enzyme activity. nucleosides. polynucleotides. various types. Title of the paper Category:Allied practicals Allied Biochemistry Practicals Year & Semester Credits First year& 4 second semester Subject code Objectives 1.UNIT V Vitamins.JL Jain Text book of Biochemistry. 109 .AVS Rama Rao Fundamentals of Biochemistry. fructose. B12 and Vitamin C. 2. Fat soluble vitamins. definition. Qualitative analysis a.AC Deb.D. RECOMMENDED BOOKS 1. 3.glucose. classification. Qualitative analysis of carbohydrates. B2. Estimation of calcium in milk.A. B6. Estimation of ascorbic acid using 2.E and KDeficiency diseases. galactose. B3. water soluble vitamins. Deficiency diseases. B1. To get the hands on training in biochemical methods Volumetric analysis a. lactose. b. Fundamentals of Biochemistry. 2. maltose and sucrose.6 – dichlorophenol indophenol as link solution. b. 3.b. cysteine. b. Qualitative analysis of amino acids – arginine. 110 . 4. Preparation of casein from milk. tryptophan and tyrosine. Preparation of starch from potato. Quantitative analysis: ( only for demonstration) a. Colorimetric estimation of protein by Biuret method. Biochemical preparations a. Colorimetric estimation of phosphorous. 3. COURSE STRUCTURE Title of the paper Paper 1 .I IV.Cell Biology 111 . DEGREE COURSE IN BIOTECHNOLOGY SYLLABUS SEMESTER .Sc. B. cell-tocell signaling-hormones and receptors.cell motility.Category : Part III Core Pre. modification. UNIT – V Molecular structure of genes and chromosomes: Regulation of transcription in bacteria and eukaryotic cell. UNIT.the architecture and types of cellsdifferentiation of cells into tissues.I Organisation of living organisms – Unicellular to higher organisms – organs – tissues – cells.requisites Objectives of the course Year & Credits Semester 4 First year. and degradation of proteins. UNIT. 112 .Regulation of gene expression.IV Genetic code and the synthesis of macromolecules: structure of nucleic acids. viruses and gene expression.DNA replication. UNIT II Cell: The dynamic cell. UNIT – VI Molecular aspects of cell division and cell cycle. Nuclear-Cytoplasmic interaction. Hormones. folding.the molecules of life.repair.nucleic acid synthesis.recombination.subcellular organization of eukaryotic cells.protein secretion and sorting.III Biomembranes.microscopy and cell architecture. Sem 1 Knowledge of biology at Higher Secondary level To introduce the student to various biological activities occurring at cellular level UNIT.cell. RNA processing and post-transcriptional control. transport across cell membranes.cellular energetics. RNA processing and post-transcriptional control. Oxford University Press. and Darnell. The Cell.Spore stainingInoculation techniques: Pour plate.H. Biochemical tests for identification of bacteria: . London.Simple staining. spread plate and dilution techniques. Matusudaria.Enumeration of WBCDifferential leukocyte Count. Press. 2000.Wet preparation: Hay infusion broth. Blackwell Science. Cooper. . Web Sites: 1.. W. New York. 2.Dilution techniques. Gene Cloning & DNA analysis. Berk. A. 113 .htm Title of the paper Category : Part III Core Pre. A.us/biology/bio_links1.Capsule staining. P.Gelatin liquefaction. 2. S.. Sem 1 Knowledge of biology at Higher secondary level To introduce the student to various laboratory exercises pertaining to cell biology and microbiology. 2000. 2000.. D. London.Buccal smear preparation.M.morphological identification of Fungi. Micrometry. H.A 2001. Washington DC.tx.spc.cc.Oxidase test. T. A. Baltimore. Demonstration of microbial contamination on culture plates. Genes VII. Reference Books: 1. Freeman and Company. mitochondria.A molecular approach.S. Zipursky.Catalase test. http://www.Demonstration).. Brown. Benjamin Lewis.IMVIC test.Cell fractionation (nucleus.Viable Bacteria. inoculation techniques – Pour plate. Hanging drop.Starch Degradation. Cell Biology: Microscopy.Recommended Texts: 1.spread plate.Urease test. II Edn. Molecular Cell Biology.M. Media Connected. J.. B. Lodish.Carbohydrate fermentation.L.RBC and WBC counting. G. Differential staining..requisites Objectives of the course Paper 2 .LAO test.Salivary gland preparation from Chironomous larvaMitosis preparation from onion root tip and meiosis preparation from grasshopper testisEnumeration of prokaryotic cell. Microbiology: Sterilization techniques: Preparation of media.Practical – 1 Year & Credits Semester 4 First year. Orient Longman Ltd. Microbiology. Protozoa and Viruses.requisites Objectives of the course Allied 1 .Paper 1.Pharmaceuticals (antibiotics.fermentation products. Tata McGraw – Hill. A text book of Microbiology. Sem 1 5 Knowledge of biology at Higher secondary level To introduce the student to various aspects of basic microbiology..).Pathogenic microbes. Hansenula). Tata McGraw Hill.S.role of microorganisms in the productivity of ecosystemsRole of microorganisms in food production.structure and functions of the cellular componentsGrowth and nutrition. vaccines etc. UNIT.I History and Scope of Microbiology. M. Pelczar.fermented foods and alcoholic beverages. Chan.bioconversions. King.Title of the paper Category : Part III Allied Pre. 5th edition. New Delhi. UNIT. UNIT. Ribosomal RNA analysis.Numerical taxonomy. and Paniker. dairy and non-dairy products. control and prevention.III Environmental Microbiology..J. 114 .J.Streptomyces. Viral. Pelzar. Microbiology. Fuel (ethanol).media and culture. C. 2000. R. 2. Algae. Fungal and Protozoan diseases.V Industrial use of microbes. New Delhi.R. Biofertilizers (BGA). Biopesticides.C. UNIT. 6th edition. Fungi. UNIT.IV Medical Microbiology.Concepts and Applications. biopolymers. yeasts (Saccharomyces.K. 3.methods of microbial identification.Anatomy of Prokaryotes and Eukaryotes. biosurfactants..Molecular taxonomy. 2001.Bacterial. Spirulina and Penicillium. Cure.. N. Ananthanarayan.DNA analysis.products of industrial microbiology.production of food (single cell protein). Recommended texts: 1. 2000.Microbiology Year & Semester Credits First year. E..Bacteria. Hyderabad.II Classification of microbes. 2.requisites Objectives of the course Environmental Studies Year & Semester Credits First year. Making reagents and buffers normality. Foundation in Microbiology.L. Storing of reagents.A. Microbiology. Thomson Learning. Sterilization. Maintenance of data book – data presentation.. 2nd edition. K. 3rd edition. 2000.G and Sharman.requisites Objectives of the course Laboratory Quality system Year & Semester Credits First year. Brooks/Cole. 2nd edition. N.safety rules. Microbiology: A Laboratory manual. pH adjustments. Introduction to microbiology. Title of the paper Category : Part IV (3) Pre. New York. McGraw-Hill. McGraw-Hill. Barker.. Addition Wesley Longman Inc. USA.html Title of the paper Category : Part IV (2) Skill based (elective) Pre. 1999. 1999. Kathleen Park Talaro and Talaro. 1998. http://science. J. CPCSEA and ethics in animal experiments. I. and Ingraham. C.nhmccd. J. New York. Cappuccino.edu/biol/microbio. Daniel Lim. New Delhi. molarity calculations. Sem 1 2 Knowledge of biology at Higher secondary level To introduce the student to various aspects of environmental issues. “ At the bench : A laboratory navigator”. Reference Book: K. New York. 4th edition. 115 . Weighing and mixing reagents. Ingraham. International Pvt. Reference books: 1. A. Ltd. Sem 1 2 Knowledge of biology at Higher secondary level To introduce the student to various aspects of lab organisation Organisation of the lab – lab routines.. Laboratory waste disposal – hazardous and nonhazardous.4. 1998. 3. Web site: 1. SEMESTER – II Title of the paper Category : Part III Core Pre. Seventh edition. UNIT.Regional specification in Drosophila. Sinaver Associates Inc.G.V Embryogenesis.Mammalian homologs in Drosophila ANT-C and BC-X. Gilbert. S. cell signaling pathways and differentiation. To introduce the student to various molecular aspects of development of living organisms.I Cellular regulation – cell cycle control. UNIT. Syllabus to be prescribed by the University.requisites Objectives of the course Molecular Developmental Biology.growth factors: Mitogens and Oncogenes. 2000.II Transcription. expression and regulation in eukaryotic development with slime mould and C. 116 . UNIT. Sem 2 4 Knowledge of biology at Higher secondary level and cell biology at Bachelors level. UNIT. Recommended Texts: 1. MA. courses of University of Madras.III Myogenesis in mammals. Publishers.Common to all U. Developmental Biology.IV Neurogenesis in Drosophila and Mice. elegans as model systems UNIT. USA.Paper 3 Year & Semester Credits First year. . Narosa Publishing House. 1990. J. N. Horizon Scientific Press. Roberts.Chemistry: Volumetric analysis: Acidimetry.. Steitz.. J.M..requisites Objectives of the course Practical . ketone.L. Essentials of molecular biology.PermanganametryDichlorometry.H. Title of the paper Category : Part III Allied Year & Semester Paper 2.edu/sive/pub/generallinks. carboxylic acid. Freeman and Company. P. New York. 2000..wi. California. 1988. B.Complexemetry. S.cell aggregation in frog embryoshormones in amphibian metamorphosis. Molecular Cell Biology.D. Berk. A – Molecular Developmental Biology: Observation of living gametes (Grasshopper / Frogs). Lodish.Wound healing.A. New Delhi. 1997. http://web. and Darnell.C. Induction of ovulation and early fertilization in Bull frog . R. Sem 2 4 Knowledge of biology & chemistry at Higher Secondary level To introduce the student to various laboratory exercises in molecular developmental biology and chemistry.observation of development stages. Benjamin and Cummings Publishing Company.Chemistry Credits 117 . and Weiner. Molecular biology of the gene. 4th edition. Inc. J. phenol.H. W.Observation of living chick embryos.gastrulation and organogenesis. H.mit. Web Site: 1. D.2. A. 2.Analysis of Organic compounds with one functional group: aldehyde.. 3. J.html Title of the paper Category : Part III Core Pre.Iodimetry. alcohol.. carbohydrates. Baltimore. Media Connected. Reference Books: 1.. Freifelder. Watson.cleavage and gastrulation. aromatic primary and secondary amine. Matsudaria. Zipursky. A. England.W. aromatic ester.. An Introduction to Molecular Biology. nitrocompound.2 – Paper 4 Year & Semester Credits First year.Alkalimetry. Tait. D. and Hopkins. functional groups.fuel from biogas.Subatomic particles.requisites Objectives of the course First year. solutions.exothermic and endothermic reactions.aromatic.II Materials on earth Properties of gas.Conductors and non-conductors. liquid.properties and kinetics of enzymes.chemical bond. UNIT.order of chemical reaction. coal.concepts of atoms and molecules.mole concept and stoichiometry in chemical reaction.Pre.types of chemical reactions.isotopes.condition of chemical reactions. UNIT.reversible and irreversible reactions.shapes of atomic orbitalsperiodical table. compound.III Changes around us Slow and fast changes.classification.V Chemistry in living world Physical and chemical properties of amino acids and proteins.symbols for elements. hydrogen . heterocyclic compounds. UNIT.technique used to determine chemical reactions.IV Organic chemistry and energy Organic compounds. suspension. colloids.thermodynamics. UNIT.I Structure of Atoms Dalton’s Atomic theory.Acids. UNIT.periodic classification. Recommended texts: 118 . aliphatic.electronic configuration of atoms. bases and salts. mixtures. Sem 2 5 Knowledge of Chemistry at Higher secondary level To introduce the student to advanced level of Chemistry. solid.periodicity.alkanes in gasoline.valency. . A. Lee.L. ELBS. 1996. Inorganic Chemistry. I. Sem 1 2 Knowledge of biology at Higher secondary level To introduce the student to various aspects of laboratory instruments and their use.. NewYork. 2. Organic Chemistry. Inc. Nelson D. 1989. A text book of physical chemistry. London. Negi. 119 . 2001. Chemistry of the Elements. London. M.L. Amend. 1990.T.com/Science/Chemistry/ http://www. and Anand. Taj Press.R.. New York. New Delhi. J.N.L. B.. Greenwood. 5. and Voet.G. N. Cotton.D. Low Prize Edition. and Armld. M. 3.. Ed. 2.M. Delhi. 2001. P. Mathews. A. Sony. 4. A. Saunders College Publishing. Volume 1 & 2. Voet. John Wiley and Sons.yahoo. 2nd edition. Lehninger. A text book inorganic Chemistry. Biochemistry.1. Mundy. Advanced chemistry.. F.. London. Cambridge University Press. 2000. Websites: http://dir.P. Inorganic Chemistry.A and Wilkinson. New Delhi. G... Finar. CBS Publishers & Distributors.requisites Objectives of the course Laboratory Instrumentation Year & Semester Credits First year. P. Sultan Chand & Sons.mcmaster. D. and Cox. J. Principles of Biochemistry.. Inc. 6. John Wiley and Sons. 1993. Reference books: 1. London. 1986.L.. 1995. Blackwell Science. 4..chemistry. Maxwell Macmillan intl. 3.ca/faculty/bader/aim/ Title of the paper Category : Part IV (2) Skill based (elective) Pre. General Organic & Biological Chemistry. Oxford.. and Earnshaw. J. 2nd edition. 1989.S. HPLC. Columns. B. 120 .constant power supplies. Spectro fluorometers. GLC. Centrifuges and centrifugation – rotor types.Sc. Luminometers. 2. PFGE. 4.1.basic rules. Blotting 3. Cambridge University press. Electrophoresis .calculation of g force. Reference Book: Wilsen K and Walker J (1996) Practical Biochemistry: Principles and Techniques. ELISA readers. type of gradients. DEGREE COURSE IN CHEMISTRY SYLLABUS General CHEMISTRY-I (75 Hours) -5 credits. iso electric focussig and 2-dimensional gel. Chromatography – types of Chromatography – Paper. Spectroscopy – UV-visible spectrophotometry. London. SDS-PAGE. 4th edition. types of electrophoresis – agarose. 04. TLC. Aufbau principle.(n+l) rule – stability of half and fully filled orbitals – classification of elements as s. red-ox.p. redox.Heisenberg’s uncertainity principle – Schrodinger wave equation (elementary treatment) – significance of ψ and ψ2 quantum number and their significance – concept of atomic orbitals – shapes of s. electro-negativity along periods and groups – variation of metallic characters – factors influencing the periodic properties. variation of atomic volume. complexometric. molaeity and molefraction – primary and secondary standards – Theories of acids – base. iodometric and iodimetric titrations – calculation of equivalent weights. d and f orbitals.d and f block elements. alizarin and Nessler’s reagent. . thiourea. p. ionization potential. Volumetric analysis – molarity. (15 hours) 121 . magneson.Unit-I ATOMIC STRUCTURE Planck’s theory – Photoelectric effect – Compton Effect – de Broglie’s relationship. metal ion and adsorption indicators and choice of indicators. atomic and ionic radii. (15 hours) Unit – III PRINCIPLES OF INORGANIC QUALITATIVE AND VOLUMETRIC ANALYSIS Solubility product – common ion effect – principle of elimination of interfering anions – complexation reactions in qualitative analysis – Reactions of cations and anions in the analysis – spot test reagents – aluminon –Cupferon – DMG. theories of acid. (15 hours) Unit – II ELECTRONIC CONFIGURATION AND PERIODIC PROPERTIES Paunli’s exclusion principle – Hunds rule. normality.base. electron affinity. Ltd. Analytical Chemistry. Ny.R.. New Delhi.halogenation – uses – conformational study of ethane and n-butane – Relative stability of cyclo alkanes from cyclopropane upto cyclooctane – Bayer’s strain theory – Limitations – cyclohexane and mono-and disubstituted cyclo hexanes.N. 4..2 Nomenclature of organic compounds containing upto 10 carbon atoms – mono functional compounds – Bifunctional compounds. hyper-conjugation. Organic Chemistry (6th edition). Allyn & Beecon Ltd. C6H6 – bond length – bond energy – bond polarity – dipole moment – Electron displacement effects – inductive. (1976). Elements of Physical Chemistry. 122 . Pillai. Shoban Lal Nagin Chand * Co (1993). and Boyd R. Lewis D. London. Macmillan & Co. 2.. Principles of Inorganic chemistry. 5.Subramanian. (15 hours) REFERENCES 1. Organic Chemistry.Rangarajan .S. Morrison R. C2H4.K.. Universities press....1 Hybridisation – shapes of CH4. 4. 3. C. (15 hours) Unit V Chemistry of alkanes and cycloalkanes petroleum source of alkanesMethods of Preparing alkanes and cycloalkanes . R. Gopalan.R.T. K.N. mesomeric. Puri B.chemical properties – mechanism of free radical substitutions in alkanes . (23rd edition). (resonance). Glasstone S. P. Sharma L. for undergraduates. Kalia K. 2008..UNIT – IV BASIC CONCEPTS OF ORGANIC CHEMISTRY 4. Pathania Principles of physical chemistry .. Na. Anamolous behaviour of Li and Be. Position of hydrogen. XeF4.1 (15 Hours) General methods of preparation and properties of Alkenes and alkynes – electrophilic and radical addition mechanisms. Mg. X2. Co-ordinate bond-Hydrogen bonding –types and effects.allylic substitution of alkenes by NBS –acidity of alkynes and formation of acetylides-test for alkenes and alkynes. MO theory –Application to H2. PCl5 SF6. Haber cycle –covalent bond –bond polarity –Pauling and Mulliken’s scales of electronegativity –polarising power and polarisability –Fajan’s rules-VB theory-Principles of hybridization –shapes of simple inorganic molecules –BeCl2. H2SO4. KBr. 123 . BF3. Preparation. BrF5. KI. Be. H2O . KOH.Puri B. Mg CO3. Mg Cl2 & Magnesium ammonium phosphate.diagonal relationshipExtraction.5 credits. O2. Ionic bond-Lattice energy-Born. N2. Vishal Publishing Co 2006 GENERAL CHEMISTRY-II (75Hours) .R . hydroboration Ozonolysis and peroxide effect. Na2 CO3. NH3. He2. 3 Unit-II CHEMISTRY OF S-BLOCK ELEMENTS General characteristics of group IA and IIA.addition reactions with H2. (15 Hours) Unit-III CHEMISTRY OF ALKENES . HOX.R. H2O and IF7. properties and uses of NaOH. Unit-I CHEMICAL BONDING. and Ca. Sharma L. K. MgSO4. properties and uses of Li. Hydroxylation of alkenes with KMn04. HF and CO-comparison of VB and MO theories. HX. ALKYNES AND DIENES 3. properties and uses. anthracene and phenanthrene – preparation. (15 Hours) Unit-V GASEOUS STATE Gas laws from the kinetic theory of gases-collision diameter. Types of polymerization-mechanisms of ionic and free radical addition polymerization.3 butadiene.-DielsAlder reaction. halogenation.3 Unit-IV CHEMISTRY OF BENZENE AND POLYNUCLEAR AROMATIC HYDROCARBONS Aromaticity-Huckel’s rule-resonance in benzene –electrophilic substitution in aromatic compounds-general machanism –nitration. sulphonation. collision number.4 additions in conjugated dienes. Friedelcraft’s alkylation and acylation-Orientation and reactivity in monosubstituted benzenes polynuclear hydrocarbons –naphthalene. isoprene and chloroprene-reactivity –1.transport properties-viscosity-thermal conductivity-diffusionMaxwell’s distribution of molecular velocities (no derivation)-mean.equipartition of energy-molecular basis of heat capacity-real gases-Vanderwaal’s equation of states-derivation.2 Dienes-types-stability-preparation of 1. mean free path. root mean square and most probable velocity. Significance of critical constants-virial equation of state-law of corresponding states-Boyle 124 .3. (15 Hours) 3.2 and 1. N.S... Concise Inorganic chemistry. New York.R. and Boyd R.D. Sharma L. 2008. 2. 125 . Organic Chemistry for undergraduates.temperature-coefficient of compressibility-thermal expansion-Joule thempson effect.R. 4. UK.K. BOOKS FOR REFERENCE 1. 5. Black well science (2006). Allyn & Bacon Ltd. Lee J. Estimation of HCl by NaOH using a standard oxalic acid solution Estimation of Na2CO3 by HCl using a standard Na2CO3 solution Estimation of oxalic acid by KMnO4 using a standard oxalic acid. 3. pillai.... Kabia K. Morrison R. Pathania M. Puri B-R. Universites press Puri B. 1. 2.R. Principles of Inorganic Chemistry C23rd edition) New Delhi.N. MAJOR PRACTICALS – I (90 HOURS . Shoban lal Nagin Chand & co (1993) 3.T. Sharma L. Organic Chemistry (6th edition). I & II SEMESTERS 4 CREDITS) The following volumetric analyses are recommended . Vishal Publishing Co 2006. Principles of physical chemistry. (1976) C. Preparation.Zeolite process. gobar gas. Isotones and Isomers -Differences between chemical reactions and nuclear reactions: Fusion and fission Radio active series. superphosphate.4. Hardness of water: temporary and permanent hardness. Estimation of KMnO4 by thio using a standard K2Cr2O7 solution Estimation of Fe (II) by K2Cr2O7 solution using a standard Fe(II) solution Estimation of Cu(II) sulphate using a standard K2Cr2O7. 9.Applications of radio isotopes carbon dating. Ammonium sulphate.Classification . rock dating and medicinal applications.Definition and determinations of BOD and COD. demineralization process and reverse osmosis .manufacture and uses Silicones . Ozone and UV light . Estimation of Fe (II) sulphate by KMnO4 using a standard Mohr’s salt solution. ALLIED CHEMISTRY – I (60 Hours) .urea. 6. 8. Isobars.4 Credits (Other Branches except Maths & Physics Major) Unit1: NUCLEAR CHEMISTRY Fundamental particles Of Nuclear Isotopes. Unit 2: INDUSTRIAL CHEMISTRY Fuels. disadvantages of hard water Softening of hard water . Triple super phosphate.Classification-gaseous fuels like water gas. 126 . Estimation of Mg(II) by EDTA solutions Estimation of total hardness of water. group displacement law . Compressed natural gas Fertilizers. producer gas.Purification of water for domestic use: use of chlorine. properties and applications . 5. 7.Mass defect . liquefied petroleum gas. potassium nitrate. nucleophiles and free radicals .electrophilic substitution mechanism in benzene (Nitration and Sulphonation) UNIT 4: CHEMISTRY OF SOME USEFUL ORGANIC COMPOUNDS Preparation and uses of CH2Cl2. CCl4. CHCl3. BHC.Classification of reactions . benzene -Classification of reagents . Chemiluminiscence . DDT and Teflon .Keto-enol tautomerism .Definition with examples. Chennai-14. pyridine and their uses Unit 5 : PHOTOCHEMISTRY . (Both in Tamil and English) 127 .electrophiles. hyperconjugation. substitution. Edition-2006. Fluoresence. 'Hydrogen-Chlorine reaction (Elementary idea only) Photosynthesis. acetylene.Veeraiyan V. Quantum yield. elimination.Unit 3: FUNDAMENTALS OF ORGANIC CHEMISTRY Classification of organic compounds . Text book of Ancillary Chemistry.Hybridization in methane. BOOKS FOR REFERENCE 01 Dr ..Polar Effects-Inductive effect.Introduction to heterocyclics .statement of Grothus .Heterocyclic compounds) . steric effect . CF2 Cl2. condensation and polymerisation . photosensitization. phosphorescence. pyrrole.Chemistry of furan.Draper Law. StarkEinstein's Law.addition. thiophene. Highmount Publishing house. ethane. resonance. Introduction to Photochemistry . preparation and reactions of glucose and fructose Discussion of open and ring structure of glucose. Dara S. Vishal Publishing Co. Sultan Chand and Company.Merits and demerits of Werner and Pauling’s Theory-Biological role of haemoglobin and chlorophyll. Fe and Ni-Estimation of Nickel using DMG and estimation of Aluminium using Oxine.L.02 03 04 05 06 Vaithyanathan S. (Co(CN)63. Karur-2.. Text book of Physical Chemistry.S. identification of metal ions like Cu.. Inter conversion of glucose to fructose and vice versa -Preparation and properties of sucrose. Properties of starch. Unit 2: CARBOHYDRATES Classification. and Others. Textbook of Ancillary Chemistry. Puri B. mutarotation. Edition-2006. Textbook of Organic chemistry. Soni P.. 128 . Edition 2006. (Elementary idea only)-Applications of coordination compounds in qualitative and quantitative analysis like separation of copper and cadmium ions. New Delhi. and Others. NewDelhi. Edition-2006. Sultan Chand and Company.L. New Delhi. Edition-2006. ALLIED CHEMISTRY – II (60 Hours) 4 Credits (Other Branches except Maths & Physics Major) Unit 1: CO-ORDINATION CHEMISTRY Definition of terms-classification of ligands-Nomenclature-chelation-EDTA and its Applications –Werner’s Theory-Effective Atomic Number-Pauling’s Theory-Postulates-Applications to (Ni(CO)4). and Others. New Delhi. (Ni(CN)4)2-.Causes and control measures.R. Nickel and cobalt ions.S. Text book of Inorganic Chemistry.. Cellulose and derivatives of cellulose -Diabetes . Edition-2006. Sharma and Pathania. Soni P.Chand and Co. Text book of Environmental chemistry and Pollution Control. Priya Publications. (Both in Tamil and English) 129 . thin layer.extraction . BOOKS FOR REFERENCE 1 Dr.Chromatographic separations . Applications of pH and buffer in biological processors and industries – Corrosion and its prevention. biological functions and shape . Conductometric titrations hydrolysis of salts.reference electrodes electrochemical series and its applications-Determination of pH using electromeric method -Electroplating process -Nickel and Chrome plating .Proteins -Classification according to composition. gas-liquid and ion-exchange.. Chennai-14. Edition . Unit 5 : ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY Introduction to Qualitative and Quantitative Analysis .Principle of volumetric analysis -Separation techniques . Buffer solution – Henderson’s equation.Primary and secondary structure of Proteins . Veeraiyan V.Unit 3: PROTEINS Amino acids-Classifications.Nucleic acids: DNA and RNA-Their components and biological functions.crystallization .Denaturation and colour reactions of Proteins .Definition of pH and it's determinations by colorimetric method.standard electrode potential .2006.Principles and application of column. Unit 4: ELECTROCHEMISTRY Galvanic Cells .primary cell.distillation . Preparation and properties of alanine Preparation of dipeptide using Bergman method .emf . Derivation of Kh . paper.Different type of cells . Secondary cell and fuel cells -Corrosion and methods of prevention. Highmount Publishing house. Text book of Ancillary Chemistry. group displacement law – Mass defect.. derivation of 1amu = 931 MeV – nuclear binding energy and calculation – Applications of radio isotopes – carbon dating. 5 Puri B. ALLIED CHEMISTRY – I (60 Hours) 4 Credits (For Maths and Physics Students) Unit 1: NUCLEAR CHEMISTRY Fundamental particles of nucleus. New Delhi.S.. Vishal Publishing Co.2006. and medicinal applications. 4 Soni P.L. Edition . New Delhi. New Delhi. Text book of Physical Chemistry. Text book of Organic chemistry. Sultan Chand and Company. isobars. Edition-2006. Karur-2. isotones and isomers – Differences between chemical reactions. New Delhi.Chand and Co. Sharma and Pathariia. Text book of Environmental chemistry and Pollution ControlS.R.2006.. 3 8oni P. Text book of Inorganic Chemistry.2006..2 Vaithyanathan S. Priya Publications. Edition-2006. and Others. Edition . and Others. 130 .L. Textbook of Ancillary Chemistry. 6 Dara S. Sultan Chand and Company. fusion and fission – Radio active series. Edition . and Others. properties and uses of furan. elimination. Unit 3: FUNDAMENTALS OF ORGANICHEMlSTRY Classificiation of organic compounds -.Hybridization in methane.electrophiles.Polar Effects . superphosphate. hyper-conjugation. Triple super phosphate. reversible and irreversible proces . properties and applications.Thermodynamic Scale Of Temperature .Definition Unit and change of entropy for Statement of Third Law.Classification – urea .classification of reagents . nucleophiles and free radicals .Preparation. substitution. liquefied petroleum gas.Entropy. ethane.Preparation. Thiophene. disadvantages of hard water -Softening of hard water .Fertilizers. producer gas. surrounding. pyrrole and pyridine Unit 4: THERMODYNAMICS Definition of Certain terms . Compressed natural gas .system.Unit 2: INDUSTRIAL CHEMISTRY Fuels.Carnot Theorem .Classification-gaseous fuels like water gas. Ozone and UV light .Limitations of I Law Need for II Law .Silicones .Efficiency . Law Carnot cycle .Definition and determinations of BOD and COD. Hardness of water: temporary and permanent hardness.Zeolite process.electrophilic substitution mechanism in benzene (Nitration and Sulphonation) – Heterocyclic compounds . acetylene. benzene .Classification of reactions addition.Keto-enol tautomerism . demineralization process and reverse osmosis .Purification of water for domestic use: use of chlorine. resonance. gobar gas. condensation and polymerisation . steric effect . phase transformation 'Free energy nature of Process in terms of Free energy and entropy- 131 .Ammonium sulphate. potassium nitratemanufacture and uses .Different Statements of II.Inductive effect. Sharma and Pathania. Edition-2006. Edition 2006..2008. and Others.2006. 8oni P.Definition with examples. and zero order reactions Half-life period— Effect of temperature on rate .. Texf book of Environmental chemistry and Pollution Control. 2 3 4 5 6 132 ..S.order and molecularity . Edition . Sultan Chand and Company. New Delhi. Chemiluminiscence . Texf book of Ancillary Chemistry.Integrated rate expression for first.. Phosphorescence Fluorescence. Veeraiyan V. and Others. second. Texf book of Inorganic Chemistry.Chand and Co. Soni P.R. Dara S. New Delhi. Text book of Physical Chemistry. Edition . Puri B.Draper Law. Sultan Chand* and Company. Texf book of Organic chemistry. Edition .S..Arrhenius reation rate theory .Unit 5: CHEMICAL KINETICS Rate of chemical reaction. Photsensitisation.Differential rate expression . BOOK FOR REFERENCE 1 Dr. Photochemistry • Statement of Grothus . NewDelhl. Chenha-14. Texf book of Ancillary Chemistry. Highmount Publishing house.2006.. Quantum Yield. Priya Publications. Karur-2.Homogeneous and heterogeneous catalysis. Arrhenius equation .. New Delhi. Vishal Publishing Co. (Both In Tamil and English) Vaithyanathan S. and Others. Hydrogen chlorine reaction (elementary idea only) Photosynthesis. Edition-2006.Activation energy . Stark-Einstein's Law. causes and control :measures RNA and DNA (elementary idea only) . Fe and Ni. Identification of metal ions like cu.Effective Atomic Number Pauling's theory.Ni(CN)4.Classification of Ligands . preparation and properties of alanine -preparation of dipeptide using Bergman method.Nomenclature . cellulose and derivatives of cellulose .Diabetes .Biological Role of haemoglobin and Chlorophyll (elementary idea only) . Nickel and cobalt ion.Preparation and properties of sucrose. copper and cadmium ions. Estimation of Ni using DMG and Al using Oxine.ALLIED CHEMISTRY – II (60 Hours) 4 Credits (For Maths and Physics Students) Unit1: CO-ORDINATION CHEMISTRY Definition of terms .Postulates . preparation and reactions of glucose and fructose. (CO(CN)6)'3. Discussion of open and ring structure of glucose. Unit 2:BIOMOLECULES Classifications.Amino acids: Classification. Mutarotation.• Merits and Demerits of.Applications of coordination compounds in qualitative analysis and Quantitative analysis like Separation of. Properties of starch.Chelation EDTA and the application – Wernar’s Theory . Werners and Pauling's theory .Applications to Ni(CO)4. Unit 3: PHASE DIAGRAM 133 . Interconversion of glucose to fructose and vice versa . Definition of pH and its determination by colorimetric method.crystallization — Chromatographic separations .Phase rule: Definition of terms.Corrosion and its prevention.reference electrodes -electrochemical series and its applications .hydrolysis of salts. thin layer.Principles and applications of column .standard electrode potential .primary cell.distillation . Secondary cell and fuel cells -Corrosion and methods of prevention. Freezing mixture . gas-liquid and ion-exchange.extraction . Unit 5: ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY Introduction to Qualitative and Quantitative Analysis . .Determination of pH using electrbmeric method .Electroplating process -Nickel and Chrome plating Different type of cells . paper.Conductometric titrations . Derivation of Kh .reduced phase rule and its application to Pb-Ag system.Completely miscible and partially miscible liquid systems . Applications of pH and buffer in biological processors and industries .upper and lower critical solution temperatures Unit 4: ELECTROCHEMISTRY Galvanic cells – emf .Separation techniques . application of phase rule to water system . BOOKS FOR REFERENCE 134 . Henderson's equation.Principle of volumetric analysis . Buffer solution -. Dara S. Edition -2006.S. Estimation of Ferrous ion using diphenylamine as intemal indicator. Puri B. NewDelhi.S. Chenna-14. Veeraiyan V. New Delhi. Highmount Publishing house. and Others. Karur-2. Priya Publications.R.L. Sultan Chand and Company.. Edition-2006. Soni P. Text book of Ancillary Chemistry. (Both in Tamil and English) Vaithiyanathan S. Estimation of Hydrochloric acid using standard Oxalic acid. Texf book of Environmental chemistry and Pollution Control. New Delhi. Estimation of Magesium using EDTA. Estimation of Ferrous sulphate using standard Mohr's salt Estimation oxalic acid using standard Ferrous Sulphate. Edition -2006. text book of Physical Chemistry.Edition 2006. Text book of Organic chem/sfry.. 2 3 4 5 6 ALLIED CHEMISTRY PRACTICALS COMMON FOR MATHEMATICS AND NON MATHEMATICS STUDENTS VOLUMETRIC ANALYSIS • • • • • • • Estimation of Sodium hydroxide using standard Sodium Carbonate. New Delhi. ORGANIC ANALYSIS 135 . Textbook of Inorganic Chemistry. Soni P...Chand and Co. Text book of Ancillary Chemistry. Edition-2006.1 Dr. Estimation of Potassium permanganate using standard Sodium hydroxide.L and Others.. Vishal Publishing Co. Sharma and Pathania. and Others.. Edition -206o. Sultan Chand and Company. Sc.Switch. cinnamic acid.Identifier and keywords . break and continue. if-else.if. aldehyde & Carbohydrate Glucose. Unit 3: Functions –Definition . Nested control structures .Library functions.Chand &Co. go to statements . Storage Classes .Declarations . acids (mono. Halogens) To distinguish between aliphatic and aromatic Saturated and unsaturated compounds. Functional group tests for phenol. Unit-2: Data input output functions . phthalic acid. S.Statements Arithmetic. Unary.Expressions . benzaldehyde & aniline). External.Variables . while. benzoic acid.(Phenol/cresol.data types . DEGREE COURSE IN COMPUTER SCIENCE SYLLABUS Title of the Course/ Paper Programming in C I Year & First Credit: 4 Semester This course introduces the basic concepts of programming in C Unit 1: C fundamentals Character set . REFERENCE Basic Principles of practical Chemistry: Venkateswaran. B. for loop. Systematic analysis of organic compounds containing one functional group and characterization by confirmatory test. di) aromatic primary amine.Flow of control .Passing arguments Recursions. glucose. Static. Relational and logical. Assignment and Conditional Operators . 05.S.Dectection of Elements (N. amide.constants . Succinic acid.Comma operator.Simple C programs . do-while . benzamide.proto-types .Veerasamy & Kulandaivel.Automatic. Register Variables – Multi-file programs. urea. Core Objective of the course Course outline 136 . S. Recommended Texts i.. iv. 1.Balaguruswamy.M.The C Programming Language. New Delhi. 1996. Kernighan and D. TMH iii. TMH Pub.Self-referential structures – Unions . Unit-5 : Pinters . Gottfried. Title of the Course/ Paper Practical – I Programming in C I Year & First Credit: 4 Semester This course train the students to solve the problems using C language Core Objective of the course 137 .Arrays and String. C. PHI. 4th Edition.Passing arrays to functions – Multi-dimension arrays . Second Edition.Declarations .W.B. Processing .2004.. Co.Opening and Closing a data file. Ltd. 1999.Bit wise operations.Passing pointers to Functions .User defined data types ..Unit-4: Arrays .Passing structures to functions .Structures and Pointers .Operation in Pointers . New Delhi .Defining and Processing . Reference Books i.Arrays of Pointers . 1995.H.B. The Complete Reference. 1988.Ritchie. 2nd Edition.Pointer and Arrays .Let us C. ii.Programming in ANSI C.Files : Creating .Programming with C. TMH Publishing Company Ltd. Structures . 2. Kanetkar Y. Schildt. BPB Pub.E. Towers of Hanoi. IV Matrix Manipulation : 1. – Combinational Logic: Adders & Subtractors – Multiplexer – Demultiplexer . Linear Search 4. Cos(x). Core Objective of the course Course outline 138 . Binary Search Title of the Course/ Paper Digital Electronics & Microprocessors I Year & Second Credit: 4 Semester This course introduces the concepts of fundamentals of Digital Electronics and Microprocessor. Unit 1: Binary Systems & Code conversion. Bubble Sort 3. Unit 3: Introduction to Microprocessors. JK. n Pr.Encoder – Decoder. GCD of two numbers 3. Logic and Branch Operations – Writing Assembly Language Programs . D. Sin(x). white spaces in a line of text and array of lines 2.Course outline I Summation of Series : 1. 3. of vowels. Microcomputers. Substring detection. count and removal 4.Arithmetic. words. T Flip-Flops – Shift Registers – Types of Shift Registers – Counters: Ripple Counter – Synchronous Counters – Up-Down Counter. 3. Reverse a string & check for palindrome. Unit-2: Sequential Logic: RS. Maximum & Minimum 5. and Assembly Language – Microprocessor Architecture and Its Operations – Memory – I/O Devices – 8085 MPU – Introduction to 8085 Instructions – Data Transfer Operations – Addressing Modes . Clocked RS. consonants. Finding and replacing substrings III Recursion : 1. Exp(x) ( Comparison with built in functions ) II String Manipulation : 1. Counting the no.Determinant of a Matrix V Sorting and Searching : 1. and trace of a matrix 4.Addition & Subtraction 2. POS methods – K-map.Transpose.Multiplication 3. 2. Master Slave JK. Fibonacci sequence 4. nCr 2. Insertion Sort 2.Boolean Algebra & Logic Gates – Truth Tables – Universal Gates – Simplification of Boolean functions: SOP. Ltd. Tata McGraw. Unit-5 : 8085 Interrupt – Vectored Interrupts – Interfacing I/O Devices: Basic Interfacing Concepts – Interfacing Input Devices. S.Unit-4: Time Delay Programs: Time Delay Using One Register – Using a Register Pair – Using a Loop within Loop Technique – Counter Design with Time Delay – Stack and Subroutines – BCD to Binary Conversion and Vice-versa – BCD to HEX Conversion and Vice-versa – Binary to ASCII Conversion and Vice-versa – BCD Addition and Subtraction . V. iv. Programming.Penram International Publishing (India) Pvt.2005. Recommended Texts i. Ltd. V. and Applications with the 8085. Reference Books i.Microprocessor Architecture. Gaonkar. Ramesh S.Memory-Mapped I/O. iii. Digital Logic and Computer Design. Leach and A. D. Ltd. Srinath.5th Edition.S.Digital Fundamentals. Fundamentals of Microprocessor – 8085. Vijayendran . 8085 Microprocessor Programming and Interfacing.Digital Principles and Applications. Viswanathan (Printers & Publishers) Pvt. Viswanathan (Printers & Publishers) Pvt. Malvino. 139 . N.2004. Ltd.2005. 2. P. 5th Edition.1999. ii. Morris Mano. Vijayendran.2004.M. P. ii. Ltd. K. Prentice-Hall of India Pvt.2002. 1. Ltd.Prentice-Hall of India Pvt. Hill Publishing Co. 8 Bit Division. 9. Reversing Array Elements. Finding Largest and Smallest Elements from an Array. Realisation of NOT. Implementation of Half-Adder and Half-Subtractor. BCD Subtraction. OR. 5. DIGITAL ELECTRONICS: 1. Four Bit Binary Adder 8. MICROPROCESSOR: 1. 6.Digital Electronics & Microprocessors Lab I Year & Second Credit: 4 Semester This course gives training on the experiments of Digital Electronics and Microprocessor 8085. B. Verification of DeMorgan’s Law. Searching for an Element in an Array. 12. Four Bit Binary Subtractor using 1’s and 2’s Complement. 2.Title of the Course/ Paper Practical II . DEGREE IN ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION SCIENCE SYLLABUS SEMESTER – I CORE COURSES 140 . 10. 7. 8. BCD Addition . Sorting in Ascending and Descending Orders. 11. OR. 2. 8 Bit Multiplication. 16 Bit Addition. NAND. 4. 7. Verification of Truth Table for AND. NOT. Block Move. Core Objective of the course Course outline 06. Karnaugh Map Reduction and Logic Circuit Implementation. NOR and EX-OR gates. BCD Multiplication. EX-OR gates with only NAND and only NOR gates.SC. 6. Implementation of Full-Adder and Full-Subtractor. 3. 8 Bit Addition and Subtraction. 3. 5. 4. AND. Basic logic gates AND.PAPER – I – ELECTRICITY AND BASIC ELECTRONICS Unit – I Electrostatics: Permittivity of free space – Relative permittivity – Electric intensity – Intensity due to a point charge – Electric potential – Relation between potential and intensity – Potential due to a uniformly charged spherical conductor – Electric dipole – dipole moment – Potential and intensity due to a dipole – couple on a dipole in an electric field – Electric images – Its applications – Normal electric Induction – Gauss theorem and Applications – Electric intensity due to a uniformly charged sphere. comparison of resistances. Unit – 5 Transistor circuits: Characteristics of a transistor in CB. Unit – 2 Capacitors: Unit of capacity – The Farad – Capacity of spherical. parallel plate and cylindrical capacitors – Effect of dielectric on capacity – Energy of a charged capacitor – change in the energy of a parallel plate capacitor on introduction of dielectric slab – Loss of energy on sharing of charges – Force of attraction between the plates of charged capacitor – Guard ring capacitor – Attracted disc electrometer – measurement of potential and dielectric constant – Quadrant electrometer – Measurement of Ionisation current and dielectric constant. Differentiator and Integrator using capacitor and resistor 141 . Unit – 4 Diode circuits and Power supplies: Junction diode characteristics – Half and full wave rectifiers – expression for efficiency and ripple factor – Construction of low range power pack using diodes – Bridge rectifier – Filter circuits – Zener diode – Characteristics – Volatage regulation using Zener diode – regulated power supply clipper and clamper using diodes. infinite cylinder and plane sheet of charge – Intensity and stress on a charged conductor – Electrified soap bubble – Potential energy stored in unit volume in a medium surrounding a charged body. OR and NOT – Construction of Basic logic gates using Diodes and Transistors. Current Electricity: EMF and Internal resistance of a cell – Cells connected in series and in parallel – CareyFoster Bridge – Potentiometer – Calibration of ammeter. high and low range Voltmeter. CE and CC modes – relative merits – Graphical analysis in CE configuration – Transistor as an amplifier – Single stage amplifier – Frequency response – Norton’s-Thevenin’s Theorems – h parameters. Unit – 3 Magnetic Effects of Current: Biot-Savart’s Law – Lorentz Force – Force Between two current carrying infinitely long parallel conductors – Definition of ampere and the value of permeability of free space – Force between coaxial coils – Ampere balance. Theraja. NY 1994. Sands. S. 2 and 3. 1989.B. New Delhi. RMS and peak values of alternating currents and EMF – Power factor in the case of an AC circuit containing I) resistance ii) Inductance iii) Capacitance iv) Inductance and Resistance – Wattless current – AC circuit having capacitance and resistance – AC circuit having LCR – Resistance and impedance – Series and parallel resonant circuits. SEMESTER – II CORE COURSES CORE PAPER – II – ELECTROMAGNETISM AND AC CIRCUITS Unit – 1 Electromagnetic Induction: Expression for induces EMF – Self induction of Solenoid – Mutual inductance of a solenoid inductor – Coefficient of self inductance of a solenoid inductor – Coefficient of coupling – Determination of self and mutual inductance – Measurement of intense magnetic field using search coil – Induction coil and its uses – Fluxmeter – Eddy currents. Narosa. McGraw-Hill. Wiley.L. S. Resnick and J.P. R. 4th Edition. Krane. Vols.S. Halliday. RB. Grob. 142 . 1998. 6th Edition. Unit – 3 AC Circuits: Construction and working transformers – Losses – Skin effect – Tesla coil – Growth and decay of current in a circuit having L and R – Time constant – Growth and decay of charge in a circuit having C and R – High resistance by leakage – Growth and decay of charge in a circuit containing LCR – Condition for discharge to be oscillatory – Frequency of oscillation. Chand & Co. by D. Basic Electronics. Vols. Principles of Electronics – V.K. 1. 6th Edition by B. Chand & Co. VI Edition 2001 Basic Electronics . 80th Ed. NY. by R. Feynman. Halliday. CRS Press. IV Edition 2001 Elements of Electronics – Bagde and Singh Fundamentals of Physics.Leighton and M. The Feynman Lecturers on Physics. CRC Handbook of Physics & Chemistry. Walker. NY.Books for Study and Reference: Electricity and magnetism – Sehgal and Chopra Electricity and magnestism – M. Unit – 4 Electromagnetic Machines: Production and distribution of three phase AC – Star and Delta connections – Advantages of AC over DC – Dynamo – Armature winding – Series. Metha. 1. shunt and compound wound dynamos and their characteristics – DC motor – Principle of induction motor – Microphones – Moving coil loudspeaker. Resnick and K. Wiley. NY 1999. Physics.2 & 2 Extended by D. Narayanamoorthi and Others. 2001. R. Unit – 2 Alternating Current: EMF induces in a coil rotating in a uniform magnetic field – Mean. R. NY. 1989.G. 6. Feynman. Basic Electronics. SEMESTER – II MAIN PRACTICAL – I 1. McGraw-Hill. Wiley. 80th Ed. Electricity and magnetism – Sehgal and Chopra Electricity and magnetism – M. Vasudeva Electricity and magnetism – Brijlal and Subramanyam. Construction of low range power pact using rectifying diodes 14. Krane. NY 1999. Switch mode power supply Books for Study and Reference: 1. 2001. 10. 4th Edition. 5. 2.P. Post Office Box – Temperature co-efficient of resistance 5. OR) using diodes 15. Halliday. Basic Electronics A Text Lab Manual by Zbar. Narayanamoorthi and Others. 4. Walker. Resnick and J. The Feynman Lecturers on Physics. CRC Handbook of Physics & Chemistry. Carey Foster bridge – determination of specific resistance 4. Basic logic gates (AND. 2 and 3. Transistor characteristics in CB and CE modes.G. Transistor single stage amplifier – Frequency response 13. Potentiometer – calibration of high range ammeter 3. Vols.N. Uses of CRO – Measurements of Voltage. Differentiating and Integrating circuits 17. by D. 7. NY. Zener diode characteristics and Voltage regulation 9. Current. RB.2 & 2 Extended by D. Physics. Vols. OR. Halliday. 8. Fundamentals of Physics. 6th Edition by B. Figure of merit of B. New Delhi. Leighton and M. Sands. Frequency. Potentiometer – calibration of low range ammeter 2. Books for Study and Reference: 1. Clipping and clamping circuits 18. NY 1994. 3. 1. Wiley. CRS Press.S. Electricity and magnetism – D. 6th Edition. 6. Regulated power supply using Zener diode 11. Conversion of Galvanometer into Voltmeter and Ammeter 8. – Comparison of capacities 7. Grob. 9. Malvino and Miller. 1. Resnick and K. Narosa. Phase and delay times – displaying waveforms and Lissajou’s figures 12.Unit – 5 Maxwell’s Equation: Full electromagnetic theory of electromagnetic waves – Maxwell’s equations – Derivations in integral and differential forms. by R. 1998. R. Basic logic gates (AND. Tata McGraw Hill. 143 . NOT) using Transistors 16. B. B. A text book of practical Physics by M. Practicals by R. Sugaraj Samuel & Horsley Solomon 3. DEGREE COURSE IN HOTEL AND CATERING MANAGEMENT I – SEMESTER PAPER – I 144 .Sc. Srinivasan and Others. B.2.N. 07.S.E. Sultan Chand and Sons. New Delhi. FRENCH – I UNIT.distinction between vowels and consonant words and the use of different accents.I Introduction to Language – Letters of the alphabet and their pronunciation . Greetings – how to greet and reply to a greeting. The names of the utensils used in kitchen & Restaurant UNIT – V Grammar – Conjugations – Personal Pronouns Reference Books: Le Fracals de L’hotellerie et de La Restoration – CLE – International. PAPER – 2 ENGLISH – I UNIT – I BUSINESS COMMUNICATION 145 . Self – Introduction: Presenting and introducing another person. The time of day Members of the family UNIT – IV Hotel and Kitchen personnel in: French terms. UNIT – II At the reception desk of a hotel in the restaurant dialogue UNIT – III List of Names of a) Professions b) Countries and their nationalities c) Fruits and Vegetables Numeric from 1 to 50. Publications.Ramesh. Good diction and clarity.Helen FitzGerald – Hospitality press Melbourne Executives – Do you Communicate? – N. REFERENCES: Business Communication – M. (Topics to be taken from current events. Debates.Communication – definition. Speaking to superiors. planning a letter. Methods of Communication. Steps in preparing Reports. social issues and / or issue related to the hotel industry). How to introduce a speaker.Ramasamy – T. giving a right looks to letters. ETIQUETTE AND MANNERS Importance of Etiquette and Manners in the Hotel Industry. Accepting an Award. Ingredients of a good business report. UNIT – II LETTER WRITING Basic letter writing.C. Verbal & Non-verbal communication.R. Requirements of different kinds of passages. Guidelines for the Beginners. Barriers to Communication. Preparing a speech. Group discussion. REPORT WRITING: Kinds of Reports. Memorandum. Profile of a Good Speaker. PRESENTATION Presenting an Award. UNIT – IV PRECISE WRITING: Requirements of a good precise. parts of a letter. PAPER – 3 146 . Five stages of essay writing. Speaking to Subordinates. handling distractions. UNIT –V SPEECHES Public speaking. Speaking to a Celebrity.S. Cross Cultural Communication . UNIT – III ESSAY WRITING: Classification of essays. Forms of Presentations.Pattanshetti. C. Baking. various texture. Personal Hygiene – Uniforms – Safety Procedure in Handling Equipment Culinary History – Origin of Modern Cookery UNIT – II HIERARCHY & KITCHEN STAFFING Classical Brigade. Modern Staffing in various Category Hotel.Principles of each of the above . UNIT – III KITCHEN ORGANIZATION & LAYOUT General Layout of Kitchen in various organization. AIMS & OBJECTS OF COOKING FOOD Aims & Objects of cooking food. Theory of Cookery – Krishna Arora. Grilling.2 – Thangam Philip. UNIT – IV EQUIPMENT & FUEL Various Fuels Used.1 and Vol. Layout of service and wash – up. Layout of Receiving Areas.Layout of Storage area. Practical Cookery – Kinton and Cessarani.I UNIT – I INTRODUCTION TO COOKERY Levels of skills and Experience. Broiling. Role of Executive Chef Duties & Responsibilities of Various Chefs. 147 . Different equipment in Food Production. Modern Cookery for Teaching and Trade – Vol. . Stewing. Steaming. UNIT – V METHOD OF COOKING FOOD Roasting. Advantage & Disadvantages of each.Care & Precautions to be taken with each method .FOOD PRODUCTION & PATTISSERIE .Selection of food for each type of cooking REFERENCE BOOKS: Theory of Catering – Kinton and Cessarani. Various consistencies Techniques used in preparation. Frying. Co-operation with other Department. Attitudes and Behaviour in the Kitchen. Braising. Attributes of Food & Beverage Service Staff. Cousiins – Food and Beverage Service – ELBS.PAPER – 4 FOOD & BEVARAGE SERVICE – I UNIT – I INTRODUCTION TO THE HOTEL INDUSTRY Origin of Hotel Industry. Room Service.IV ANCILLARY DEPARTMENT Pantry / Still Room. Room Service. Tableware – Cutlery & Flatware – Silver & Stainless Steel Linen Furnishing & Fitting. REFERENCE BOOKS : Dennis R. Overview and key characteristics of Specialty restaurant. Plate Room / Silver Room. Bar. Linen Store. Wash Up. Garden Café/ Pool Side. Basic etiquette in Restaurant Service. Coffee shop. Lillicrap and a John A. Specialty Restaurant. Discotheques. – Co – Operation.place. Grill Room. Banquets / Function. John Fuller – Modren Restaurant Service – A Manual for students and practitioners - 148 . Outdoor Catering. Method of Silver Cleaning. Night Clubs. Basic Table laying procedures. Staff of various F & B outlets. Cleaning & Upkeeping of silver.with other Dept. Hot Section. Communication. Bas. Arrenging Sideboards. Welfare Catering & Transport Catering. UNIT – V RESTAURANT SERVICE Mis -en. Different types of F & B Operation – Commercial. Interrelation ship between F & B Service Dept. UNIT – II STAFF ORGANIZATION Organization of Food & Beverage Service Department. Mis – en – scene. Banquet. Cafeteria. UNIT . Coffee Shop. Side boarder and its user. Duties & Responsibilities of all Categories of F & B staff briefly UNIT – III RESTAURANT EQUIPMENT’S Crockery & Glassware. Type of Meals Breakfast – Brunch – Elevenses – Lunch – Afternoon Tea – High Tea – Dinner – Supper. Growth of Hotel Industry in India. Hitchinson. UNIT – II FRONT OFFICE DEPARTMENT Functions of Front Office Organization of Front Office Duties and Responsibilities of Front Office Personal.s Motels International chains domestic Hotel Chain. Resort – Difference between Resort and typical commercial hotel. c) Land Mark Various Hotel with came up and served as land mark in the development of Hotels. Clientele and their difference. a) Inn – Keeping Development of Inns as result of the establishment of money leading people to travel b) Progress made during the revolution in English. Department of Front Office and their layout – Reception. Location. Sudnir Andrews – Food and Beverage Service Training Manual – Tata Mc Graw Hill PAPER – 5 FRONT OFFICE OPERATION . Length of Stay. UNIT .I UNIT – I INTRODUCTION TO THE HOTEL & CATERING INDUSTRY: Growth and development of the Hotel Industry down the ages.III CLASSIFICATION OF HOTEL: General classification of Hotels based on Size. Bell desk and Alike. The reason for American leadership in the development of Hotels. Attributes of Front Office Personal. Types of facilities provided in resort. Two Concepts that emerged in 80. d) Motels National (Domestic) and International Chains. Facilities available. UNIT – IV TYPES OF ROOMS a) Ordinary Room 149 . Compare the American Inns with the English Inns. Bank Office. Sources of Reservation – Corporate. facilities and décor provided in suite types of Suite junior and duplex. Group arrival. Selling Skills. inter connecting rooms. Double. Functions of Food to Man. Twin Doubled. Single. b) Suites Parlors.Different between the types of rooms i. Types of Registration. Penthouse and Cabanas UNIT – V RESERVATION Function of Reservation System. c) Other types of Rooms Efficiency Room’ s Hospitality rooms. Classification of nutrients & foods Energy – Calorie – definition – energy requirements for various age groups .. Suites.. Flow of Registration process and Documents generated in Registration process. REFERENCE BOOKS: Hotel Receptionist – Paige and Faige Authors – I.V. Introduction on Checkout and Settlement Processes. Digestion & Absorption 150 . Seaton and Philip Alford Managing Front Office Operations – Michal L. Reservation maintenance. Twin. Assignment Rooming Procedure. REGISTRATION : Receiving and greeting a guest. Fridgen A. Pleasure Travelers etc. Joseph D. Studio room. PAPER – 6 NUTRITION & FOOD SCIENCE – I UNIT – I Introduction – Definition. Travel agents.e. Reservation process. Centralized Reservation System – Concept in detail. Registration operation modes.proportionate distribution of calories from nutrients using food value tables – recipes. Reighold. Types of Reservation. Kasavana Basic Hotel Front Office Procedures – Peter Renner – Van Nostard. Hollywood twin bedded Room. preparation and service. UNIT – IV Introduction to Food Microbiology – its importance in relation to food handling. and Mahan.V.B. 1993. Food Sources and daily requirements – excess deficiency. Food Quality. excess and deficiency. UNIT – V Preservation of food – principles of preservation. UNIT – III Proteins – Composition. Dietetics. Yeast – Physiological factors – Economical Importance. water balance. excess and deficiency. Classification – Functions – Food Sources – Daily requirements. M. Classification. M. Philiadepha 1986. Lipids – Composition. Saunders company. Horsch.UNIT – II Carbohydrates – Composition. Moulds – Growth factors and reproduction – Beneficial and harmful effects of moulds. M. REFERENCE BOOKS: Davidson C. canning of food.F.R. Functions. Calcutta 1986.H. Srilakshmi. Functions. II – SEMESTER PAPER – 7 FRENCH – II Objective of Gramatical Lexical Contents 151 . food adulteration and consumer education. Swaminathan – Essentials of Food & Nutrition. Krause. Normal and Therapeutic Nutrition. high temperature – irradiation Disinfectants – Definition – Common disinfectants – uses Bacteria – Morphology – Factors affecting bacterial growth – Beneficial and Harmful effects. Water – Importance. – Food Nutrition and Diet therapy W. deficiency and oral dehydration. classification – Functions – Food Sources – Daily requirements.A. wiley Eastern Limited Machas. safe food handling. Vitamins & Minerals – Classification. Oxford IBH Publishing. Food Sources and daily requirements excess and deficiency. Front UNIT – III To suggest / giving counsel location.Negation & Partitive article . Need and Importance of Commercial Correspondence • Essentials of effective business letter.to invite and reply .II UNIT .communication Contents The Money.to do Unit – II To ask for / propose A product .I COMMERCIAL CORRESPONDENCE • Meaning. • Kind of business letter. UNIT – IV Dialogue desk UNIT – V Glossary of Terms 1.8 ENGLISH . Commerce Articles buy / sell Unit – I To ask for a product &Conjugation: Present Information about a product Indicative -to ask / suggest (to buy. sell.to an invitation Partitive article The meals . pay) -to do -more / no…more -to accept / to refuse -at . 152 . Terms in Hotel French 2. Kitchen Procedure Compilation of Six Course French Menu PAPER .to accept / refuse .structure with partitive because of / as / in my opinion (Revise in detailed fashion all the adjectives already seen in Ist year) The imperative Sentences Related to Restaurant. Ramesh.S. Indians. C. 153 . Notices. • Types of Interviews. UNIT – V Public Relation Communication.• • • • UNIT – II Offers and Quotations Circular letter. • Etiquette in Interview.R.Ramasamy – T. • The Interview and Interviewee.Publications. • Facing an Interview. Japanese Americans Chinese Germans.C. • Telephone Manner.Pattanshetti. APPLICATION FOR A JOB • Curriculum Vitae. UNIT – III TELEPHONE EITQETEE • Telephone procedures. • Preparation for Interview. Cross Cultural Communication – Helen FitzGerald – Hospitality press Melbourne Executive – Do You Communication – N. Cross Cultural Communication. REFERENCE BOOKS Business Communication – M. UNIT – IV INTERVIEW • Definition. • Complaints and Grievance. • Strategies for Interviewee. Letter of Inquiry and Reply. • Interviewing Procedures. • Closing of Interview. • Strategies for Interviews. Cereals & Pulses Varieties of rice & other cereals. Cut of Lamb / Mutton. Salads & Salad dressings. Cooking of rice. Classification of fish with examples. Consommé Garnishes & Accompaniments for Soups SAUCES Classification of sauces. Types of Stock.III RICE. Types of flour.PAPER – 9 FOOD PRODUCTION & PATISSERIE – II UNIT – I BASICS OF FOOD PRODUCTION VEGETABLE & FRUIT COOKERY Introduction. STOCKS Definition of Stock. UNIT . Selection of egg Used of egg in cookery. Processing of wheat: flour. Cooking of fish (effects of heat) EGG COOKERY Introduction to Egg Cookery. Cut of Chicken. Cuts of Beef / Veal Cuts of Pork. Method of cookery egg. Basic recipes. cooking of flour 154 . FLOUR Types of Wheat. Classification of vegetables. Recipes Storage of stocks. cuts of vegetables. uses of floor in food production. CEREALS & PULSES Introduction. SOUPS Classification with examples. Classification & Identification. Uses of stocks. Care and Precautions in stock making. Classification of fruit Uses of fruit in cookery. Cuts of fish. FISH MONGERY Introduction to fish mongery. Structure of an egg. Derivatives UNIT – II MEAT COOKERY Introduction to meat cookery. Variety Meats (Offal’s). Pigment and colour change Effects of heat on vegetable. Selection of fish & Shellfish. Recipe for mother sauces. Cooking of cheese. pasteurization – Homogenization Types of milk. production of cocoa. Action and reactions SUGAR Importance of sugar. e. processing of milk. Nutritive Value CREAM Introduction.UNIT – 1V SHORTENINGS (FATS & OIL) Role of shortening. Types of chocolates. processing of cheese. Classification of cheese. Condensed. Types of cheese. Practical Cookery . PAPER – 10 155 . Processing of cream. Varieties of shortenings. types of cream BUTTER Introduction. 2 – Thangam Philip.. RAISING AGENTS Classification of raising agent. Uses of cheese.Kinton and Cessarani. Fats & oil – Types. Theory of Cookery – Krishna Arora. skimmed. cooking of various sugar COCOA / CHOCOLATE Introduction. 1 and Vol. Explanation with examples REFERENCE BOOKS Theory of Catering – Kinton and Cessarani.g. Types of sugar.V MILK Introduction. Chef Manual for kitchen management – John fuller. Advantages & Disadvantages of using different shortenings. Processing of Butter. Cocoa producing regions / countries manufacture of chocolates. varieties. CULINARY TERMS List of culinary (common & basic) terms. Types of Butter CHEESE Introduction. Tempering of chocolates white chocolates UNIT . Modern Cookery for Teaching and Trade – Vol. Types of Teas . Telephone and Door Hangers. Cousins – Food and Beverage Service – ELBS. Planning Menus / Menu compiling UNIT – II Menus UNIT – III Accompaniments cover & service – of all courses in the classical menu sequence.Manufacturing . Continental breakfast. Mineral and Tonic water. PAPER – 11 ACCOMMODATION OPERATION .Types of Coffee . John Fuller – Modern Restaurant Service – A Manual for students and practitioners – Hutchinson.I Breakfast Types Menu for each types Terms used in breakfast service Cover laying for English.Brands. Order taking procedure – imperson. UNIT – V Classification of Non-Alcoholic Beverages Tea .Bramds Coffee .I 156 . REFERENCE BOOKS Dennis R Lillicarp and John A.Brands Milk based drinks Juices Soft Drinks .FOOD AND BEVERAGE SERVICE .Manufacturing . Advantages & Disadvantages of Various types of service. Sudhir Andrews – Food and Beverage Service Training Manual – Tata Mc Graw Hill. Origin of Menu Types Table de hote menu A la carte menu French Classical Menu Menu Terminology. American & India. UNIT – IV Types of Service Factor for the Type of service styles of service / Service methods.II UNIT. Linen item and their selection. types of carpets . cleaning trolleys. Linen control. Second service. carpet under lays. brushes. Organization of the housekeeping department .UNIT – I ORGANIZATION OF THE HOUSE – KEEPING DEPARTMENT Introduction. Linen discarding. Linen room layout and staffing. How to enter a guestroom. UNIT III CLEANING AGENTS AND EQUIPMENT’S Water. using cleaning agents. carpet sweepers. Mop sweepers. Type and fabric. Tips for control and storage. UNIT – IV FLOOR AND FLOOR COVERING Types of floor coverings Carpets. Size of linen stocks. synthetic detergents. Records Maintained. Cleaning a bathroom . Keys and keys control. Cleaning cloth. Periodical cleaning and special cleaning. Qualities of the Housekeeping staff. Public area cleaning and various surfaces involved. other cleaning agents. Wetmops. Making a bed. Lost and found procedure. Room cleaning procedures and guests amenities. Baby sitting. rotary floor maintenance machines. Evening or turndown service. Rules on guest Floor . Linen Hire. carpet fibers. carpet sizes. Schedules and records UNIT – V LINEN AND ITS CARE. 157 . classification of linen par stock. Tasks carried out. soap. shampooing machines. suction cleaners. Departments that Housekeeping co-ordinates with. Layout of the Housekeeping department. UNIT – II ROOMS AND FLOOR PRACTICES Knowledge of rooms. Normal and therapeutic Nutrition Oxford IBH Publishing.Calcutta. PAPER – 12 NUTRITION & FOOD SCIENCE . Flavors – Meaning – Types – Control of flavour . occupation and climate – Daily requirements. oxidation and time as conditions during cooking and processing of food. Critical evaluation of fast foods. Kinds of additives. Lipids and proteins. heat . Proteins in Food preparation – Role in Food Preparation – proteins in gel formation – proteins in foams. Vegetable pigments – Types and effect of acids. Hostel and Hospital House keeping by John C. REFERENCE BOOK Davidson C. UNIT – II Malnutrition – Overnutrition – Undernutrition. UNIT – IV FOOD ADDITIVES Food colours – Natural & synthetic (permitted) colours used in Food.I Balanced Diet – Meaning and importance of balanced diet – Quality and Quantity depending on age. Colloids – Definition – Difference between true solution. sex. Meal Planning – Factors affecting meal planning – Food choices as affected by regions – Nutritive value of Lunch menus – Critical Evaluation. 158 .N. 1986. Bronson and Margaret Lennox.II UNIT . New Concepts in Hotels . Colloids and suspension. Mass Food Production – Effect of cooking on the nutritive value of food in mass production. Restaurants and fast Food Restaurants – Nutrition and Health conscious being introduced in restaurants. Hotel. metals. UNIT – III Food Emulsions – Theory of Emulsification – Types of emulsion. Browning – Causes – Desirable and undesirable effects – prevention. Emulsifying agents and their use – preparation of emulsions. Hotel house keeping Training manual by Sudhir Andrews. UNIT – V Action of heat and changes to carbohydrates.REFERENCES House Craft (Accommodation operations) by Valerie Paul and Christine Jones. caramel custard. Demonstration of identification of vegetables. potatoes) . cabbage. Dietetics. * Soup Cream – Vegetable. honey comb mould. 4. Identification of fish such as flat. Consomme with garnishes. Simple Indian Sweets . Practical classes to incorporate simple continental and Indian menu comprising of the following dishes and also perform preparation of bread. 2. Fish stock. bisque. soufflé. * Bakery – Bread. FOOD PRODUCTION AND PATISSERIE PRACTICAL – I 1. fries. * Potatoes – All basic preparation such as boiled.Cookies – Nonkhatai. B. omlettes. round. 7. Demonstration and preparation of Mother sauces and 2 – 3 derivatives of each.A. chicken ala king and alike. cauliflower. grilled steaks. * Cold sweets. M. * Entrees – Lamb stew.1993. shepherds pie. French bread. sheera and alike. fish mornay. wiley Eastern Limited Machas. gulab jamun. beans etc. beans. fried. poached. Horsch. 6. M. coffee mousse. glazed. cephalopods.Bread and butter pudding. Puree – lentils. Chocolate chip. M. Christmas pudding. bread rolls. carrots Veloutes. * Fish – Grilled fish. Albert pudding.Swaminathan – Essentials of Food & Nutrition. baked. trifle . green peas.Steaming – cabbage. fish only. braised – cabbage. . spinach. peas. al anglaise and alike.) .Saunders company. 159 . Brown. processing and its preparation IDENTIFICATION OF VEGETABLES Varieties of vegetables Classification Cuts of Vegetables Blanching of tomato Methods of cooking vegetables . Demonstration of stocks – White. Golden goodies.Krause. F. and Mahan. lyonnaise and alike * Vegetable – Boiled. stewed. Identification of various cuts of meat. shell fish.V. Identification of Various spices.Baking – onion. 3. leeks. simple cakes. – Food Nutrition and Diet theraphy W.Boiling (Potatoes. Hot sweets. scrambled. tomato. * Egg – Boiled.Frying (aubergines. philiadelpha 1986. pomfret meuniere. national soups. Identification of poultry and demonstration of cuts and jointing. pastry and simple cookies. few speciality breads . 5.R. fish Colbert. Srilakshmi. SAMPLE MENU FOR THE I YEAR PRACTICALS MENU – I Potage Madras – Poisson ala mienuere – Pommes persiles – Haricot vert au buerrue Bread roll – Caramel custard MENU – 2 Creame Dubary – Grill steak poivre – Baked jacket potato – Petit pois als fransaise French bread – Bread and Butter Pudding. MENU – 4 Scoth broth – Supreme de Valaille ala cremet – pilafrice – choux flour mornay French bread – Chocalate genose sponge MENU – 5 Potage minestrone – Poisson bonne femme – Pommes ducheese – Epinard au beurre Queen of pudding. MENU – 3 Creame de Volaille princess – Chicken ala king – Pommes de tetre croquettes Ratatouli – Naankhattai. MENU – 8 Consomme brunoise – Spaghatti napolitine – Pommes pontneuf Vichy carrots – Strawberry soufflé MENU – 9 Waldrof salad – Leek and potato soup – Poached chicken with sauce supreme Pommes alumett – Grilled cottage cheese – Plain sponge cake MENU – 10 Rasam – Sambar rice –Sambar .To formulate 20 sets of menu based on the above specifications for the first year practicals apart from identifications and demonstration. MENU – 6 Potage essau – Poisson duglere – Pommes nature – Bouquet de legumes Swiss roll – MENU – 7 – Oeuf farici clemet – Poulet roti – Biegneti d aubergines Pommes parmientier – Muffins MENU – 7 Oeuf farici ciminy – poulet roti – biegneti d’ aubergines – pommes parmientier – Muffins.Apple pie 160 .Kozhi Kurma – Potato masala – Gulab jamun. Practicing simple menu compilation and cover laying. Dinner Folds. 10. 13.Aerated water . Receiving Guest – Procedures Taking F & B Orders. 9. 4. Service of non-alcoholic beverages. Napkin Folds – Lunch Folds.. 3. Occupancy Report through the computer.MENU – 11 Creme de Champignons – Mecedone mayonnaise – Poiss0n grill tartne Epinard ale crème – Steawed potatoes – Spiced buns – Fruit triffle. Service of meals – Silver service of all courses 12.Juices . Block Rooms. Cleaning and Polishing / wiping of Cutlery. Registration. Group Arrivals. 2. Out of order Room . Drawing various types of knives.Tonic water . FOOD AND BEVERAGR SERVICE PRACTICAL – I 1. 7. 8. Reservation. 6. Laying a Tablecloth & Relaying a Tablecloth. Handling of Cutlery & Crockery.Tea . Crockery & Glassware.Non-alcoholic mixed drinks FRONT OFFICE OPERATION – I PRACTICALS Students should know in detail how to operate computer systems in Front office. 5.Milk based drinks . Breakfast Folds. Manipulating service spoon and fork for various foods. Arrangement of side board – Dummy waiter and its uses. knowledge of Check in . 11. Continental breakfast cover and tray.Mineral Water . fork. 14. Check out. . 161 . English breakfast cover and tray & American Breakfast. Familiarization of Equipments. Special Equipments used in Restaurants.Coffee . Vacant rooms. Laying of cover. spoon etc. airline offices. temples. travel agent office. • Front office reports like errand card. • Viva-voce • Group discussion.Walls . Practicing usage of different manual and mechanical cleaning equipment’s 3.Ceilings . Attendance 3. Cleaning surfaces . dealing with various types of guests including sick guests. Hotels. • Practice on preparation departure procedure. discrepancy. Bed making FOOD AND BEVERAGE SERVICE – I Time: 2 Hrs. • General knowledge about tourist places. Waiters Kit 162 Marks: 20+30=50 05 Marks (CIA) 05 Marks (CIA) 10 Marks (CIA) 03 Marks (External) 02 Marks (External) . • Identification of various proformas and use of them • Concerning the arrivals of VIP. registration card. Church. Practical Test 2 out 3 4. Practical Record 2. bell captain movement list. • Identification of Various racks. ACCOMMODATION OPERATION PRACTICAL – I 1. room status report. • Practical work on computerized room management. eating places. Uniform 5. 1. Pre arrival of guests. SB Register. Practice on providing information about important tourist places. amenities voucher • Telephone manners of DO’s and Don’ts • Situation handling of guest complaints.Windows .Different types of floors . Identification of cleaning equipment’s 2. during the stay of the guest. air timings. Mosques. cinema. reservation. Wild life . individuals and group. post office. railway timing.Wall covering 4. after the departure of the guest.Handling of guest mails. FRONT OFFICE OPERATION – I Time: 2 Hrs. Identification of Crockery cutlery and service equipment’s05 Marks (External) 10. Table laying and compiling of menu(Six course) 05 Marks (External) 7. Attendance 3. 1. Practical Record 2. Table service 05 Marks (External) a) Non-Alcoholic beverages or b) Main course or c) Dessert 8. Practical: 7. General Cleaning and Polishing 8. Grooming 5. Viva – Voce 05 Marks (External) Note: Submission of Practical Record is Compulsory. Marks: 20+30=50 05 Marks (CIA) 05 Marks (CIA) 10 Marks (CIA) 05 Marks (External) 05 Marks (External) 10 Marks (External) 10 Marks (External) ACCOMMODATION OPERATION . Viva – Voce Marks: 20+30=50 05 Marks (CIA) 05 Marks (CIA) 10 Marks (CIA) 10 Marks (External) 10 Marks (External) 10 Marks (External) 163 . 1. Language skill 6. Bed – Making 7. Practical Record 2. Practical Test 2 out 3 6. Viva – Voce Note: Submission of Practical Record is Compulsory.I Time: 2 Hrs. Practical Test 2 out 3 4. Attendance 3. Clearance 05 Marks (External) 9.6. Practical Record 2. Preparation of five courses menu: a) Soup – Any soup b) Rice – Any Rice Preparation c) Meat – Meat or chicken or Fish d) Vegetable – Any vegetable e) Dessert – Any Pudding or Bakery product 6.NB: Submission of Practical Record is Compulsory. Practical Test 2 out 3 4. DEGREE COURSE IN CLINICAL NUTRITION & DIETETICS SYLLABUS SEMESTER . B. 1. Attendance 3. FOOD PRODUCTION AND PATISSERIE – I Time: 3 Hrs. Indent Writing and Plan of work 5.SC. Viva – Voce Marks: 20+30=50 05 Marks (CIA) 05 Marks (CIA) 10 Marks (CIA) 05 Marks (External) 20 Marks (External) 05 Marks 05 Marks 05 Marks 03 Marks 02 Marks 05 Marks (External) 08.I CORE PAPER I .FOOD SCIENCE 164 . storage. structure. b) c) d) 1) 2) COOKING METHODS Study of the different cooking methods. maize and millets. factors affecting gelatinisation.oriented to Indian cooking. composition. To help them study the different methods of cooking and their advantages and disadvantages. merits and demerits . 3) CEREALS AND MILLETS Source of manufacture.solar cooking Microwave cooking.THEORY OBJECTIVES a) : 4 hrs / week To enable students to obtain knowledge of different food groups and their contribution to nutrition.Food in relation to health. To help them understand the scientific principles governing the acceptability of food preparations. wheat. 4) PULSES 165 . To enable them gain them to experience in the preparation of foods with attention to the preservation of their nutritive value . acceptability and papatability of rice. NUTRIENT CONTENT OF FOODS Classification of foods according to nutrient content. parboiling. scientific methods of preparation and cooking. Food groups for balance diets . processing. milling. 5) VEGETABLES Classification. palatability. Fish classification. storage high-lighting soyabeans. purchase. 7) FLESH FOODS Meats .Source of manufacture. storage. nutritive value. preservation. cheese. methods of storage. cooking and preservation.whole and skimmed milk.storage and preservation. coagulation of milk. nutritive value. methods of cooking. Storage and preservation.removal of toxins. butter. texture. flavour. 6) FRUITS Classification. 9) MILK AND MILK PRODUCTS Nutritive value. cow's milk as compared with human milk. judicious combination of cereals and pulses. purchase. Purchase . nutritive value. appearance and nutritive value. colour. 10) BEVERAGES 166 . ghee. effect of cooking on colour. uses. milk powders and yogurt. lathyrism . storage. nutritive value. digestion of milk. nutritive value.nutritive value. preservation and uses in cookery. milk products . 8) EGGS Structure and composition. Experimental Study of Foods. SUGAR COOKERY Stages in sugar cookery. R. 4.L. Eckles. 1960. The macmillan Co.B. Ghose. Rice in India. processing.. emulsification.. 13) SPICES AND CONDIMENTS Origin. tea and cocoa. flavouring agents and food substitutes. O and Bennion. methods of preparation.methods of detection. V.M. Houghton mifflin company. 12) REFERENCES 1. b) Fats and Oils : Source and manufacture. excess consumption. hydrogenation. stabilizers. Hughes.. smoking point. M. and Subramaniam. serving. Combs. food laws and standards. crystallisation in sugar cookery. malted beverages.H. a) NUTS AND OIL SEEDS : Nutritive value.types of adulteration . ICMR. use in food preparation. Food adulteration . M. coffee. 167 .M. types cf sugars available. Ghate..S. nutritive value and uses. New Delhi. H. New York. Boston. manufacture. 11. Milk and Milk Products. shortenings. jaggery. 1962. rancidity. Griswold. Sources. R. 1951. 1970 Introductory Foods. toxins. G. and Macy. 5th ed.Classification. usage. 14) FOOD ADDITIVES Leavening agents. W. 3. 15. 2. structure and function. 9. CELL Introduction .D. 8. 1954. and Spencer. A.C.I week OBJECTIVES a.A. and Bender.. G. Foundations of Food Preparation.HUMAN PHYSIOLOGY SEMESTER . To enable students to understand the structure and physiology of various organs in the body. Birch. 1971. Oxford University Press. New York. I. The Value of Foods... Perganon Press. Recent concepts.G. M. 1st ed. and Cameron. John wiley & Sons Inc. Foods and Principles of Cookery..5. Pechkham. THEORY : 4 hrs / week PRACTICAL : 2 hrs / b. and Francis. RMB Publishing Co. A. J. New York. G. and Mackellar. 1.C. PRACTICAL 168 . Fitch. 6. Food Science and Preparation.. 1969. Oxford. New Delhi.. 4th ed. 7. C. London. 2) TISSUES Classification. CORE PAPER II .. 3rd ed.cell under e/m.J. Ltd. Fisher. M. Food Science. Sweetrnah. P. London. 1953. Prentice-Hall Inc. To help students to obtain a better understanding of the principles of nutrition and dietetics through the study of physiology. The Macmillan Company. Hemoglobin estimation. 5) SENSE ORGANS Physiology of vision. PRACTICAL Microscopic study of blood. 4) NERVOUS SYSTEM General anatomy of nervous system. Epithelial. 3) PHYSIOLOGY OF NERVE AND MUSCLE Conduction of nerve impulses . RBC estimation.along nerve and muscle fibres. hemorrhage. the anatomy of sheep's brain and model of spinal cord. reticuloendothelial system. constituents. reflexes. muscular and nervous tissues. inner ear and taste bud. autonomic nervous system. functions of the different parts. body defence against diseases. WBC. PRACTICAL Eye. Physiology of muscle contraction. taste'. PRACTICAL Study of human reflexes. 6) BLOOD Composition. connective.Microscopic studies of different tissues. 169 . functions. smell and cutaneous sensations. wounds. hearing. Respiratory rate. heart sounds. acid-base balance. Gaseous exchange in the lungs. properties of cardiac muscle. liver. Digestion and absorption of carbohydrates. skin-temperature regulation. 10) EXCRETORY SYSTEM Structure of kidney.7) HEART AND CIRCULATION Anatomy of the heart-structure of . PRACTICAL Blood of different groups of people.definition and factors affecting blood pressure and ECG. mechanism of respiration. PRACTICAL Microscopic structure of lung and trachea. proteins and fats. 170 . Blood pressure. 8) RESPIRATORY SYSTEM Anatomy and physiology of respiratory organs. PRACTICAL Microscopic study of the various organs-pancreas. cardiac cycle. Heart beat of frog. origin and conduction of heart beat. small intestine. water balance. stomach. Effect of temperature on heart beat. pulse rate. cardiac output. Anatomy of sheep's heart. formation of urine. blood pressure . 9) DIGESTIVE SYSTEM Anatomy of gastro-intestinal tract.the heart and blood vessels. . Human Physiology . parathyroid. 12) REPRODUCTIVE SYSTEM Anatomy of male and female reproductive organs. Best. 4. Ltd. Microscopic structure of nephron..B. mammary gland. lactation . TMH Publishing Co. Asia publishing house. S. Subramaniam.the Mechanisms of Body Functions. 11) ENDOCRINOLOGY Pituitary. 3.S. 1st ed. A. Sherman. menstruation. Guyton. PRACTICAL Microscopic structure of the reproductive organis . Vander. 171 . pregnancy. thyroid. A.. 2. latest edition. fertilization. uterus. Orient Longman Ltd. The Text Book of Physiology.. pituitary. J..C. 1971.functions of the homones and their relationships. The living body. PRACTICAL Microscopic structure of various glands-thyroid. Philadelphia. Functions of the Human Body.J . adrenal. adrenal and pancreas . D. REFERENCES 1. CH and NB Taylor. W.H. testis. hormonal regulation of female reproductive function. K.PRACTICAL Anatomy of sheep's kidney.hormone influence. 2nd ed. and Madhavan Kutty. Bombay. and Luciano.ovary. Saunders Co. BASIC NUTRITION SEMESTER II Week OBJECTIVES 1. functions of foods. hemicellulose. 3. transport and utilisation of nutrients in the body. 2.composition. To know and understand the functions and importance of all nutrients for different age groups and special groups.food as a source of nutrients. To gain an understanding of the applications of Biochemistry to foods. food sources. Latest edition. adequate. of Lectures 2 THEORY : 4 hrs / 2. Introduction to Nutrition . To understand the relationship between Nutrition and human well being. storage in body. cellulose. A. classification. utilisation of carbohydrates and requirements No. Ham.5. dextrin. dextran. malnutrition.W. 1 4. definition of nutrients.. starch.digestion. insulin. glycogen. optimum and good nutrition. 1 3. Histology. London. visible symptoms of good health The use of food in the body. Course Content 1. nutrition and diet therapy. absorption. Inter-relationship between nutrition and health. functions. Carbohydrates . CORE PAPER III .. Pitman Medical Publishing Ltd. 2 172 . essential and non-essential amino acids. direct and indirect colorimetry. BMR activities. folic acid. saturated. Iodine. Iron. rancidity. functions of TGL. 4 9. energy requirements. saponification. effect of deficiency. deficiency about the following vitamins.Composition. functions. fatty acids. food as a source of energy. sources. functions of fats. requirement. sources of protein.Functions. Sources. Cholesterol. classification. Proteins . units of measurement. Vitamins . food sources. essential fatty acids. 2 7. thiamin. functions.Composition. Minerals . energy metabolism. 3 8. lipids and Coronary heart disease. hydrogenation.ascorbic acid. marasmus and marasmic kwashiorkor.Calcium. sources. Energy .Unit of energy. Fats and Oils .kwashiorkor. D. Sodium and Potassium. requirements. food sources and body's need for energy. unsaturated. functions. requirements. riboflavin. 6 1 0.Classifications. water balance. Phosphorus. K.Regulatory 173 2 6. determination of energy value of food. Water Soluble . Fluorine. protein energy malnutrition . B6.as a nutrient. bioavailability. requirements. requirements (RDA) and deficiency of the following minerals . sources. and B12 Water . BMR.5. E. Fat soluble . niacin. 3 .Vitamins A. water and electrolyte losses and their replenishment . B. 1968. New Delhi. and Van Bruggan. St. St. 4.K.. Swaminathan. 5th ed. "Textbook of Biochemistry". and Stump. 1979.E.B.. 11th ed.M. "Principles of Nutrition and Dietetics". R.R.R. 5. H. Louis.V. (1990) "Fundamentals of Food and Nutrition". Bogert.G.. "Outlines of Biochemistry". J. Wilson. 2nd Ed.S. Times Mirror/Mosby College Publishing Co. Rajagopal M..P. Wiley Eastern Private Ltd. 1985. Wiley Eastern Ltd. Williams. Louis. E. Moses.M. Conn. Vol I. M (1998). D. 4th ed. 1985. Philadelphia.. Bappco. "Nutrition and Physical Fitness". Mosby Co. John Wiley & Sons. Saunders & Co.H. J. P. (1986) "Introductory Nutrition" 6th ed. 2. Acid Base Balance 2 REFERENCES 1. The Macmillan company. Calloway.. Briggs. W."Nutrition and Diet Therapy". "Perspectives in Nutrition" 1990. Bangalore. 1985.S. 3.R.Louis. St... 6. New York. Swaminathan. Todd. 7.mechanism-ADH Vasopressin 1 1. and Insel. W. 174 .H. "Principles of Nutrition".V. E. Guthrie. 9. Wardlaw. West. 8. Mudambi S. "Advanced Textbook of Foods and Nutrition". .G. Times Mirror/Mosby College. New York.S. EVAD. 1981. 10.II (2nd Edjevisod) Bnppco. Bangalore. Course Content No. Develop ability to plan balanced diets for various activity groups and for various socio-economic levels..FAMILY MEAL MANAGEMENT SEMESTER II Week 2hrs/Week OBJECTIVES To enable the students to: a. Balanced diet . AWaverly Company.objectives . 2 3. London Ltd. Olson. Varey .physiological stages. CORE PAPER IV . New York. 8th ed. of Lectures 2 THEORY : 4 hrs / PRACTICAL : 1 Introduction to meal management. Shils M.1969. Shike .food guide.steps in meal planning . Volume I and II.food cost Nutrition in pregnancy . Philadelphia. Acquire knowledge of the principles of planning diets for various stages of life cycle. Lea & Febiger. James A. "Practical Clinical Biochemistry".1994 "Modern Nutrition in Health and Disease". E. 12. 2. Interscience Books Inc. Mosbe.11. 4 175 . William Heinemann Medical Book.. food pyramid Basic principles of meal planning . b.. pregnant & nursing mothers and the aged.factors influencing them. Nutrition during Adolescence Growth development and nutrient needs .Growth and development . Learn the principles of meal planning. Geriatric nutrition .Introduction of supplementary foods. 3 7. 3 176 .nutrition requirements. adolescents. 3 9.complications of pregnancy 4.Physiology of lactation . Feeding patterns acceptance.school lunch.Factors affecting food intake and nutrient use .nutrient needs -nutrition related problems PRACTICALS Unit I Objectives To enable the students to: 1.food selection .infants. 3 5.Nutritional requirement . Nutrition during lactation . Plan & prepare meals for the family members at different income levels.Infant formula . Nutrition during infancy . eating habits . 2. 4 6. Nutrition during early childhood (Toddler/ Pre school) Growth and Nutritional needs nutrition related problems. 2 8.nutrition requirements Breast feeding . Nutrition of school children .food choices. 3. Plan meals for special groups .Importance of snacks . preschoolers. special foods given during lactations. the use of the food groups.nutritional requirements during infancy-advantages of breast feeding .sedentary. modifications of dietary pattern. 6 7. of Lectures 2 4 6 4. 8. 6 5. 4 177 . Planning and preparation of a balanced diet for a nursing mother . Factors influencing food habits No.nutritional considerations . 4 6 9.The 5 food groups. Planning and Preparation of a balanced diet for a pregnant woman . Planning for adult man and woman during different physical activities . Food Costing.nutritional requirements. Nutrition during infancy . 3. Preparation of above diet.Course Content 1. 4 6. heavy worker. Nutrition during adolescence . 4 10. pre-school child-nutritional requirements food pattern.modification of normal meal pattern . moderate. Nutrition during school age .nutritional requirements.planning and preparation of meals / packed lunch.Nutrient requirements.disadvantages of bottle feeding Supplementary feeding-preparation of weaning foods Planning and preparation of diet for a toddler. 2. Basic principles of meal and menu planning Daily food guide . Times Mirror/Mosby College Pub Louis. 6 REFERENCES 1. Mudambi.N. 6th ed. H.. Louis... 3rd ed. & Others. Mirror/Mosby College Publ. Bonnie S & others . Times 7. S. "Understanding Nutrition".N. Anderson L.R. 3rd ed. 6. I. "Introductory Nutrition".nutritional requirements Preparation of meals. Wiley Eastern Ltc New Delhi-19. Hamilton E.factors affecting food intake and nutrient use special needs . 5.A. & M. 1985. J. 2. Worthington Roberts. 4. 17th ed.M."Nutrition in Pregnancy & Lactation". Co. 6th ed.B Lippincott Co Philadelphia. et al. & Raffes S. West Pub.. Guthrie.preparation of meal. Rajagopal . "Introductory Nutrition". 1986."Fundamentals of Food and Nutrition". Whitney E. 1982.St Louis 1989. 5th ed.N.A. 178 . New York. 1989. "Nutrition in Health and Disease'.C. St. 3. 11.R. Times Mirror Mosby College. . Recommended Dietary Intakes for Indians.R. Planning a diet for a senior citizen . Guthrie H.. direction.line. Definition .I SEMESTER I THEORY : 3 hrs/week PRACTICAL : 2 hrs/week I. shape.Introduction to art and design.Sc.9. Elements of design. DEGREE COURSE IN INTERIOR DESIGN AND DECOR SYLLABUS CORE PAPER I . size. B.PRINCIPLES OF INTERIOR DECORATION . of form. texture space and colour. 179 . Portland House.Hotels. Analysing design for their qualities. Ray & Sarah Faulkner. 8. 6. Mike Lawrence. The complete Home Decorator. care and maintenance. Airports etc.A. characteristics of good structural and decorative design. different types of hard and soft floor coverings.. Restaurants.structural and decorative design. Gilliat. 4.A. Principles of Design-Harmony balance.colour scheme for different rooms. New York 180 . 2. Floor finishes and coverings to suit different income groups. Design. The California Home Book. Barbara Aria. Auditoriums. coldness. Pub. abstract and geometrical design. colour theory (Prang colour theory) colour hormonies.S. Harmonious combination of colour in different areas REFERENCES 1.S. types and its application to interior and exterior). 3. New York. Art in Every Day Life.. proportion. U. Dover Publications Inc: New york U. Inside Today's Home Harcourt Brace & Company.Y. 5. M.. N. Goldstein. Nursery Design.A. pigment. 3. how to build a colour scheme . Arranging various areas using the different principles of design. Pub. Chamber of Commerce. Colour-qualities of colour.colour scheme to create an atmosphere of warmth. III. Caroline Clifton et. The Complete Home Decorator by (Pub. Special area arrangement.) Form Design and More Attractive City Environment. stylised. Harry. II. Oxford and IBH Publishing House. intensity etc . 4.) Chat well Books New Jersey. Hospitals. IV. Abrams Inc (N.Pub.S.al. Mix and Match Decorating Book. 7. types of decorative design-naturalistic. U.2. Bantam Book. CORE -1 PRACTICAL -1 I. emphasis and rhythm (Definition. 5. prefabricated houses etc.Build your own home. sanitation and safety. 181 . utility space. Visits to various unfinished and finished apartments to see basic plans. ventilation. lighting. Deshpande . individual work and hobbies.II SEMESTER I 1. hygiene. 3. building materials available. stability. dressing. Faulkners and Faulkners .Inside Today's Home. Basic Principle of house plans. orientation. Wall finishes and coverings for different income groups. THEORY : 3 hrs / week PRACTICAL: 2 hrs / week 3.PRINCIPLES OF INTERIOR DECORATION .different types of foundation. flats. solitude. Creation of architectural design . Deshpande .CORE PAPER II . 3. House plan for different income groups. one storey. house guests. privacy. double storey and multistorey. 2. roominess. Organising space plan . REFERENCES: 1. 2. strength. 6. Core Practical . circulation. Collecting and compiling various wall finishes. 4.sleeping.II 1. flexibility. Simple planning of various private spaces. Creating a life space Factors in planning a life space Private spaces . kitchen. application. care and finish of various materials available.one room apartment. Deshpande . twin houses.Houses of middle classes. 2.Modern Ideal Homes for India. 4. storage facilities. 5. grouping. 15.A.Darbon M Kness Rama Szekely Devon Kathryn Carlogan Garret Kckto . 11.Elements of Interior Design. 16. 20. 21.Japanese flower arrangement -Ikebana. Goldstein . 12. Fabric for interior. Chambers. Jeanke Weeks.All colour guides to home decorating and design. 10. Dorothy.Practical flower arrangement Babeffa Hayes . Art in everyday life.More flower arrangement. Edwards-Art of flower arrangement. Elements of Design. Furniture of the World. Home Management. 18.5 6 7. 23. Gloay. Inside today's home. Bridges.The home.a guide to designers and consumers. Mario Dal Fabbro. John March Penny .Introduction to I D. 8. Library of Congress Cataloguing and 182 . Margaret & Best . The Art Interior Design. 26. 27. Ball. 9. Peter Philips. Dorothy Stepat .. 19. Anderson. Short dictionary of Furniture. Wilton . Virginia .. 25.. 28. Ranche. Jean Taylor . 17. How to make built-in furniture Jack LenarHarsen. Chikir. Mounting Handicrafts. Damodharan V R. 13. Varghese M. 14. Oxford and IBH publishing House. Colour and Design. Introduction of Interior Design. Grete K. Agan . Hazel Thampson gaig and Oladay Rush. 24. Wiley Eastern Ltd. How to make your home smart. its plan and use. I. Ray & Sarah Faulkner. Colour which they cands for you. 22. McGraw Hill and Company. 31. timber. timber staircase. flooring. Building System (Theory) The main objective of the subject is to help the student get an understanding of the various materials and method of interior construction so that this knowledge can be integrated with the design.Caroline Clifton etc.I SEMESTER I THEORY : 3hrs / Week PRACTICAL : 3hrs/Week A. methods. Portland House. 4. English/Flemish bonds in bricks. Rain Water Harvesting Purpose. furniture. New York. 30. paint / varnishes. windows. Kathryn Dean Lee. sanitary apparatus. use. 33. New York. requirement. Appleton. Arizona. 183 . ceiling) Mechanical and Sanitary services: i. 29. tiles. Home planner Home Planners Inc.Publication Desk. 32. cupboards. 470 Design for all lifestyles. Century Crafts Inc. Mechanical Systems: Lifts and escalators ii. 3. lintels. wood based materials. drainage system for residence (House Drainage). The complete home decorator . World Architecture. Levison . 2. arches. architectural metals like steel and aluminimum) Building / Interior Construction An introduction to various construction techniques in interiors (joinery.I . details of doors. Hamyln Publishing. Trewan Copplestone. Building / Interior Materials Types and uses only (stone. Art then and now. 1. cladding. partitions. One Storey Homes.INTERIOR DESIGN STUDIO AND BUILDING SYSTEM TECHNOLOGY . Sanitary Services: Water supply system within building. brick. roofing. ALLIED . Architectural Rendering Fundamentals. ceramics. Roorker.III . 'Engineering Materials'.selection. To develop the creative potential of the students through design 'exercise. REFERENCE CORE PAPER .C. Measure Drawing Use of drawing instruments. Publishing house. Study of traditional and modern furniture styles . Rangawala.C. Chartor Publishing house. Free hand Sketching 4. axonometric 5.furnishing and accessories. S. Indian traditional ways of decoration . 184 . To acquaint the student with symbols and to impart necessary drafting skills to express design ideas. Understanding room in terms of plan. Anand 19. ALLIED-I PRACTICAL Interior Design Studio (Practical) Objective : 1. types of lines.antique materials available . 3. Chartor Publishing house.PRINCIPLES OF INTERIOR DESIGN . S.C. 'Building Construction'. use of scales. 2. Rangawala. 'Water Supply and Sanitary Engineering. elevation and section. care and arrangement of furniture and fixtures in relaxation to space . Rangawala. dimensioning. S. 1. lettering symbols.I SEMESTER II THEORY : 3 hrs / week PRACTICAL : 3 hrs / week I. Anand 1963.63. 3. 2.cultural II.Isometric.REFERENCES 1. technical drawing. 4.II SEMESTER II THEORY : 3 hrs / week PRACTICAL : 2 hrs / week I.different styles.types and effects Household textiles. IV. Simple designs in furniture drawing Projects in garden design Decorative window treatments Care and maintenance of furniture Visit to furniture stores & farms CORE PAPER . Window treatments . III. III. selection. Refinish and renovate old Furniture. 3. IV. 2.IV 1. Flower arrangement.II . 185 . Labour saving equipment and appliances.PRINCIPLES OF INTERIOR DESIGN . farms Lighting Practicals 1. II. Impact of social and economic change. 2.IV . V. Practicals . VI. 3.flower arrangement Art in food service . VI. Landscape gardening and house plants . Basic home repairs.CORE . VII. Current trends in interior design. types. Table setting. VIII. use and care Landscape gardening famous gardens of India. Survey on latest materials and appliances available. Civic gardens. 5.significance of textile art and their application. Study of Feng Shui and Vastu as used in modern homes. V. Hilton.II . McGraw Hill Publishing Co. I Wall Units Vol. type lighting fixtures.. 5. Chiara.K.C. Mix and Match Decorating Book Skinner. Air Conditioning Principles of A. 3. 4. Visit to appliance stores. Furniture Books Vol. Electrical services THEORY : 3 hrs / week PRACTICAL : 3 hrs / week 2. ALLIED . noise control within a space. II Bedroom Vol. Ill Kitchens and Dining Tables Pidilite Industries India Ltd. libraries. Acoustics Room acoustics.4.II SEMESTER . Time saver Standards for Building types.. 186 .INTERIOR DESIGN STUDIO AND BUILDING SYSTEM TECHNOLOGY . M. 3. museums and hospitals. S. Stephen . C system.II Building System (Theory) 1. 4. Illumination Principles of illumination. antique stores and gardens.Parragon Book U. Feng Shui. 2. types of A. lighting design in residences. F. J. auditorium acoustics. Carpentary & Joinery for the Tropics : Longman Group : U.and Chiara. J. REFERENCES 1. application in building like apartments and guest rooms.K. offices and stores. Gilliat. measures. Canada. Building Bye-laws (M. Francis. New York. John Wiley and Sons. Interior Design Studio . Ching. Mitchell Beazley. Van Nostrand Reinhold Co. 1973'Time Savers Standards for Building Types'. S. single phase. 'Building Constructions' Charotar Publishing house.Practical * Details of furniture. 1985. Deyan Sudjic Mitchell Beazley International Ltd. hotel lobby etc. J. 1986 "Interior Design Illustrated. Francis D. kitchens. drawing of furniture. symbols used.Electrical System. The Lighting Book'. 2.D. Singapore 1963. Chiara. 1973 'Architecture.M. Design Studio * Exercise of design of simple interiors example: interior of bedrooms. 187 . Rangawala.K. REFERENCES: 1. William Sevens and Bell.C. Van Nostrand Reinhold Co. shops. 2. Mc Grawn Hill Co. 3 phase system. 'Time Saver Standards for Architectural design data'. simple electrical layouts. of hours.A) No. Ching. 3. 4. London 1958. and Callendar. 3. Graw Hill Co. D.K. form. Mc. 5. An initial study of similar space anthropometric study REFERENCES: 1. John Han Cock Callender. 'Air Conditioning and Refrigeration". D. restaurants. bathrooms. space and order'. 1951. 188 . Mailtard Graves. 4.'The art of colour and design'.New York. McGraw Hill Co. Food groups for balance diets . FOOD SERVICE MANAGEMENT & DIETETICS SYLLABUS SEMESTER .I week THEORY : 4 hrs / CORE PAPER I .Food in relation to health.solar cooking Microwave cooking. To help them understand the scientific principles governing the acceptability of food preparations.10. B.FOOD SCIENCE OBJECTIVES a) To enable students to obtain knowledge of different food groups and their contribution to nutrition. 2) COOKING METHODS Study of the different cooking methods. To enable them gain them to experience in the preparation of foods with attention to the preservation of their nutritive value .Sc.oriented to Indian cooking. b) c) d) 1) 189 . DEGREE COURSE IN NUTRITION. To help them study the different methods of cooking and their advantages and disadvantages. NUTRIENT CONTENT OF FOODS Classification of foods according to nutrient content. merits and demerits . nutritive value. nutritive value. processing.removal of toxins. factors affecting gelatinisation. palatability. lathyrism . nutritive value. methods of storage. appearance and nutritive value. methods of cooking. preservation. nutritive value. storage. effect of cooking on colour.nutritive value. purchase. 9) MILK AND MILK PRODUCTS 190 . acceptability and papatability of rice. structure. cooking and preservation.storage and preservation. Purchase . uses. purchase. nutritive value. parboiling. 4) PULSES Source of manufacture. Fish classification. scientific methods of preparation and cooking. preservation and uses in cookery. 5) 6) FRUITS Classification. composition. storage.3) CEREALS AND MILLETS Source of manufacture. VEGETABLES Classification. judicious combination of cereals and pulses. milling. 7) FLESH FOODS Meats . flavour. maize and millets. texture. colour. 8) EGGS Structure and composition. wheat. storage. storage high-lighting soyabeans. food laws and standards. emulsification. jaggery.methods of detection. serving. crystallisation in sugar cookery. digestion of milk. nutritive value and uses. 10) BEVERAGES Classification. milk products . manufacture. smoking point. usage. toxins.whole and skimmed milk. tea and cocoa. 13) SPICES AND CONDIMENTS Origin.Nutritive value. flavouring agents and food substitutes. 12) SUGAR COOKERY Stages in sugar cookery. methods of preparation. ghee. shortenings. use in food preparation. malted beverages. a) NUTS AND OIL SEEDS : Nutritive value. 11. butter. Sources.types of adulteration . b) Fats and Oils : Source and manufacture. coffee. rancidity. 14) FOOD ADDITIVES Leavening agents. REFERENCES 191 . hydrogenation. cheese. milk powders and yogurt. types cf sugars available. Food adulteration . 15. processing. excess consumption. cow's milk as compared with human milk. stabilizers. coagulation of milk. Storage and preservation. Oxford University Press. Prentice-Hall Inc. R..B. G.M. 192 . V. Ghose. and Bender. 5th ed.. I.I week OBJECTIVES a. Foundations of Food Preparation. 13. 18. A. M. 17. A. ICMR.. John wiley & Sons Inc. London. Fitch. New Delhi. 12.J. and Macy. Fisher.. C.. RMB Publishing Co. 1954. Rice in India. 15. CORE PAPER II . H. Hughes. M. G. 1971. Sweetrnah.. 1. 3rd ed. Houghton mifflin company. W. Pechkham.C.S. and Cameron. 1953.C. CELL THEORY : 4 hrs / week PRACTICAL : 2 hrs / b. 14. 1969. Perganon Press. 11. M. 1962. 16. The macmillan Co. Milk and Milk Products. R. Food Science. Combs. and Subramaniam.. London. The Macmillan Company. Birch. 4th ed. Boston.HUMAN PHYSIOLOGY SEMESTER . G. Eckles. New York... To help students to obtain a better understanding of the principles of nutrition and dietetics through the study of physiology.. 1960. Experimental Study of Foods. M. Ltd. and Spencer. Griswold. Foods and Principles of Cookery. The Value of Foods.. Ghate. P. Oxford. 1st ed.D. 1970 Introductory Foods. and Francis.10. To enable students to understand the structure and physiology of various organs in the body. J. New York.G. New Delhi.L. New York. 1951. and Mackellar.M.H. O and Bennion. Food Science and Preparation.A. body defence against diseases. PRACTICAL Microscopic studies of different tissues. functions. PRACTICAL Study of human reflexes. connective. 2) TISSUES Classification. 5) SENSE ORGANS Physiology of vision. 4) NERVOUS SYSTEM General anatomy of nervous system. PRACTICAL Eye. hearing. autonomic nervous system. 3) PHYSIOLOGY OF NERVE AND MUSCLE Conduction of nerve impulses . functions of the different parts. structure and function. Physiology of muscle contraction. wounds. smell and cutaneous sensations. hemorrhage. reflexes.cell under e/m. Epithelial. Recent concepts. 6) BLOOD Composition.Introduction .along nerve and muscle fibres. PRACTICAL 193 . muscular and nervous tissues. constituents. reticuloendothelial system. inner ear and taste bud. taste'. the anatomy of sheep's brain and model of spinal cord. stomach.Microscopic study of blood. RBC estimation. small intestine. 10) EXCRETORY SYSTEM 194 . properties of cardiac muscle. 7) HEART AND CIRCULATION Anatomy of the heart-structure of . PRACTICAL Microscopic study of the various organs-pancreas. Gaseous exchange in the lungs.the heart and blood vessels. Hemoglobin estimation. Effect of temperature on heart beat. proteins and fats. WBC. Heart beat of frog. origin and conduction of heart beat. 9) DIGESTIVE SYSTEM Anatomy of gastro-intestinal tract. Respiratory rate. cardiac cycle. cardiac output. mechanism of respiration. Digestion and absorption of carbohydrates. Anatomy of sheep's heart.definition and factors affecting blood pressure and ECG. liver. PRACTICAL Microscopic structure of lung and trachea. blood pressure . 8) RESPIRATORY SYSTEM Anatomy and physiology of respiratory organs. pulse rate. heart sounds. Blood pressure. PRACTICAL Blood of different groups of people. adrenal and pancreas . and Madhavan Kutty. hormonal regulation of female reproductive function.hormone influence. Subramaniam. lactation . pituitary.the Mechanisms of Body Functions.. REFERENCES 6. D.. uterus.C. adrenal. Ltd. water balance. testis.B. Vander.Structure of kidney. K. 12) REPRODUCTIVE SYSTEM Anatomy of male and female reproductive organs. 8. TMH Publishing Co. mammary gland. thyroid. 2nd ed. The Text Book of Physiology. 7. Saunders Co..functions of the homones and their relationships. 195 .J . Sherman. A. and Luciano. parathyroid. 1st ed. PRACTICAL Microscopic structure of the reproductive organis . 11) ENDOCRINOLOGY Pituitary.H. Functions of the Human Body. A. S. skin-temperature regulation. Orient Longman Ltd. Guyton. W. 1971. J..ovary.. Microscopic structure of nephron. menstruation. Human Physiology . formation of urine. Philadelphia. PRACTICAL Microscopic structure of various glands-thyroid. pregnancy.S. PRACTICAL Anatomy of sheep's kidney. acid-base balance. fertilization. viruses. protozoa. motility. nutrition.Plasmodium Vivax .I I week week OBJECTIVES THEORY : 4 hrs / PRACTICAL: 2 hrs / To enable the students to 1. To understand the role of micro-organisms in spoilage of various foods.Balantidium Coli. algae. 3. yeasts. Entamoeba histolitica . reproduction. Introduction to microbiology and its relevance to everyday life-general characteristics of microorganisms-bacteria. Morphology. Best. moulds. latest edition. Histology. 10. Ham. F) PROTOZOA Morphology.. motility and classification. CORE PAPER III .. classification. London. Pitman Medical Publishing Ltd. Gain knowledge of the role of micro-organisms in health and disease 2. 2. A. To gain knowledge of micro-organisms in relation to food and food preservation THEORY 1. respiration and reproduction. The living body. Latest edition. Bombay. DISTRIBUTION AND ROLE OF MICRO ORGANISM IN 196 .W. CH and NB Taylor.9.MICROBIOLOGY SEMESTER . Asia publishing house. flaming and hot air oven. B. boiling. burning. septic tanks. ii) Nitrogen Cycle. ii) Total bacterial count of air. DESTRUCTION OF BACTERIA a) Sterilization i) Application of dry heat. steam steriliser and autoclave.holder. 3) 197 . Listing of water borne infections. iii) Listing of air borne infections d) i) ii) Sewage Composition of sewage Effect of treatment of sewage by micro-organisms. pasteurization. Activated sludge process. ii) Application of moist heat.a) Soil i) Micro-organisms in the soil. Air i) Micro-organisms present in air. Sanitary tests done on water. iii) Sterlization with the use of filters b) Pasteurization Advantages involved in pasteurization / methods . i) ii) iii) iv) c) Water Micro-organisms in water Total bacterial count in water. flash. spectrum of activity.involving simple techniques like straining water through a muslin cloth. sedimentation. Differences between slow and rapid sand filters . Reaction of the body to infection cellular and chemical defences phagocytoses -antigens .use of antibiotics. quick lime and potassium permanganate in filteration. filteration . Domestic method of water purification . RESISTANCE AND IMMUNITY i) ii) iii) 6. contact dermatitis and drug allergy. complication 198 ii) 7. i) Different modes of spread of infection. 4) PURIFICATION OF WATER INDUSTRIAL AND DOMESTIC METHODS i) Industrial method of purification of water. allergy of infection. physical and chemical.anaphylaxis and serum sickness. filteration of water by 'Three pitchers system and use of domestic filters like Pasteurs. ii) 5. Hypersensitivity . 2 examples of antigen antibody reactions. sulphones and PAS.c) Disinfection Methods of disinfection. CHEMOTHERAPY AND ANTIBIOTICS Chemotherapy . Use of Certain Common Chemicals like alum.active and passive .slow sand fibers rapid sand filters. Antibiotics . i) .antibody. Immunity . Chamberland filters and Berkfield filters.artificial and natural ALLERGY AND HYPER SENSITIVITY Different types of allergies like idiosyncrasies. mode of adminstration.disinfection of water with the use of chemicals.definition .use of sulphonamides. MICRO-ORGANISM IN INFECTION. natural. fish and poultry. Fish i) Contamination of Meat. Spoilage of bread. ropiness in bread. Red bread and chalky bread. 2. preservation and spoilage of cereals. use of chemicals in food preservation. b) Fruits and vegetables and their products: Contamination. fish and poultry. a) Cereal and Cereal products and baked products. PRINCIPLES OF FOOD PRESERVATION Use of high and low temperatures. c) Fleshy food 1. GENERAL PRINCIPLES UNDERLYING SPOILAGE Chemical changes caused by Micro-organisms fitness or unfitness of food for consumption -causes of spoilage .factors affecting -kinds and numbers of micro-organisms in food growth and chemical changes .classification of foods by the case of spoilage . i) ii) Contamination. iii) General principles underlying the spoilage of meat.arising due to constant use of antibiotics. sensitivity tests done on antibiotics. 9. Meat. Preservation by drying. Brief knowledge of any four common antibiotics 8. Canning of fruits and vegetables. ii) Preservation of Meat. physical and biological factors. Poultry 3. 199 . Part played by antibiotics in the preservation of fleshy foods. 10. Preservation and spoilage of fruits and vegetables. fish and poultry.caused by micro-organisms. FOOD MICRO-BIOLOGY CONTAMINATION AND SPOILAGE OF FOODS Principles of food spoilage by micro-biological. PUTREFACTION AND DECAY: i) Fermentation . cheese and fermented milk. preservation and spoilage of milk. Measures to prevent microbial food poisoning. Brief knowledge of butter.aerobic respiration. 2. storage and spoilage of fats and oils. Salmonella of food poisoning group and clostridium botulinum (Botulism). preservation and spoilage occuring in eggs. Fats and Oils : Contamination. MICRO-BIOLOGY PRACTICALS 1. Protozoa and Bacteria. Examination of Yeast. e) Milk and Milk Products: i) ii) f) Contamination. FERMENTATION. Cholera. Typhoid. FOOD INFECTIONS AND FOOD BORNE DISEASES. ii) 200 . moulds. products of fermentation.Dysentries. ii) Part played by micro-organisms in putrefaction and decay.d) Eggs : Contamination. diarrhoea. MICRO-BIOLOGY OF FOOD POISONING. Examination of unstained organisms. 12. PRINCIPLES OF FOOD PRESERVATION i) Microbial food poisoning by Staphylococci. 11. wet methods and hanging drop preparations. Food infections -food borne diseases . anaerobic respiration. preservation. R & Paniker C.K.J.biology : Micro-biology concepts and Application : Textbook of Microbiology : Food Micro-biology .Michael 6 Ananthanarayan. 7 Frazier.India Printing works. Rubey & D.W. Standard plate count in milk .Micro-organisms present in water. Saunders Co.McGraw HillBook and Co. MICRO-BIOLOGY PRACTICALS RELATED EXPERIENCES Field trip to dairy and food industries. Testing milk for purification: Direct microscopic count of Organisms in milk. Examination of stained Organisms.3. Common culture media and uses. REFERENCES 1 Joshua A. London : Fundamental principles of Bacteriology . Methylene Blue.Maheshwari 5 Pelczar J. New York 1975 201 4 R. 5. Madras . methods and equipment. 4.W. 2 Carpenter 3 Salie.K.C. 8 Smith and Water . New York : Introductry food services .J. 6. Simple Staining and gram method of staining.C. A.MCGraw Hill Book Co : A Textbook of Micro .K.Redcutase test for milk.McGraw Hill Book and Co. Purifying water at home . DEMONSTRATIONS a) b) Study of Sterlising equipment. : Micro-biology . Cultivation of Organisms in the laboratory..B.1971 : Micro-biology . floor. 3. Stains . Cleaning tools and equipment .their duties and responsibilities . furniture and furnishings and accessories (furniture polishes). Care of public.HOUSE KEEPING SEMESTER II 1. floor coverings.CORE PAPER IV.Distribution of jobs and job chart . Cleaning of floors. private and service areas in establishments . training of staff . abrasives. Qualification and personal qualities of a housekeeper. terrace.and soaps.Management of housekeeping department . Layout for different types of hotels and institutions.water.removal of stains from fabric. special and spring cleaning. detergents. staircases etc. bed making . special and spring cleaning.pest control.(lounges. 202 . Characteristics of launderable linen. linen control. Bedding. 4. purchase and linen hire.Selection and handling of personnel. Care of metals. Linen Room Plan.different types of bed covers . 2.changing linen. storage of clean linen. THEORY : 4 hrs / week Organisation of the housekeeping department in an institution Housekeeping staff .care of beds . Cleaning procedure followed for daily. glass. lobbies. lights.types. health and welfare of staff Inter-departmental co-operation. mirror. acids and alkalis and other chemicals. light fittings. -receiving.Safety. issuing. Cleaning -daily. guestrooms. synthetic detergents . use. corridors. care and maintenance Cleaning agents .) .from metals. wall surfaces. wall and wood and tarnish . wards. Household Management. M. Accommodation and Cleaning Services. 4. G. New Delhi. Causes and Prevention of accidents 6. REFERENCES 1. Allen (1983). 2. 3. Arnold Heinmann. time and motion study techniques. Hutchinson Group. R. S. 5. Bouveria Street 203 .D. Sudhir Andraws (1989) Hostel. Barria and Rocklife. David M.Work simplification.5. Binnie. Organisation of work . Branson J. David. l-B. (1972). Pitman Publishing. (1970) Housecraft Principles and Practice. Housekeeping. Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company Limited. Hotel and Institutional House Keeping. and Lennox. 6. and Boxell. Hotel and Hospital and House Keeping.. H. Vol I. Beatson. Analytical Geometry (2D) and Trigonometry : Dr.S. sin nx. 204 . Knight (HM publications – 1994) Pure Mathematics : Hardy Trigonometry : P. Transformations of equations. Manickavaschagam Pillai and others (S. London) Algebra. tannx.K. tann x. Exponential and Logarithmic series (theorems without proof).R. DEGREE COURSE IN MATHEMATICS SYLLABUS CORE PAPER 1 ALGEBRA AND TRIGONOMETRY-1 (4 CREDITS) Algebra :Theory of Equations : Polynomial equations. Viswanathan publications) Higher Algebra : H. Reciprocal equations. cosn x. Summation of finite series using method of differences – Simple problems. Sudha (Emerald Publishers). Hall and S. Symmetric functions of roots in terms of coefficients. Duraipandian Plane Trigonometry part 2 : S. sinn x. hyperbolic and inverse hyperbolic functions – Simple problems.11. Loney.Sc. Descartes’ rule of signs : Approximate solutions of roots of polynomials by NewtonRephson method – Horner’s method. Cardan’s method of solution of a cublic polynomial. S. Trigonometry :Expansions of sin x. Sum of rth powers of roots. Summation of Series : Binomial. Reference Books :Algebra : T. (Macmillan and Co. B. cos x. tan x in terms of x . Imaginary and irrational roots. cos nx.L. co-normal points. Viswanathan Publications) Calculus : Dr. Narayanan and others (S. Orthogonal and Unitary Matrices. congruence modulo n. Jacobians. Similar matrices. Eigen Vectors. Partial differentiations. Reference Books :Analytical Geometry : T. Maxima and Minima of functions of 2 and 3 independent variables Necessary and sufficient conditions (without proof). Cayley Hamilton Theorem.K. Eigen values. Hermitian. divisors of a positive integer n. S. conjugate diameters. Lagrange’s method (without proof) – Simple problems on these concepts. Coordinate Geometry :Conics – Parabola. Skew Symmetric. Leibnitz’s theorem (without proof) and its applications. Diagonalization of a matrix. Skew Hermitian. Total differentials. highest power of a prime number p contained in n!. Viswanathan Publications) Analytical Geometry of 2 dimensions : P. Composite number. Balasubramanian and others (McGraw Hill publishers) Calculus : S. 205 . con-cyclic points. Manickavachagam Pillai and others (S. Duraipandian Coordinate Geometry : Dr. hyperbola and rectangular hyperbola – pole. P. CORE PAPER 3 ALGEBRA AND TRIGONOMETRY II (4 CREDITS) Matrices :Symmetric. Sudha (Emerald Publishers).CORE PAPER 2 CALCULUS AND COORDINATE GEOMETRY OF 2 DIMENSIONS (4 CREDITS) Differential Calculus :nth derivative. Consistency and solutions of Linear Equations. ellipse. decomposition of a composite number as a product of primes uniquely (without proof). Rank of a matrix. Number theory :Prime number . asymptotes and conjugate hylperbola. Fermat’s and Wilson’s theorems – simple problems. Euler function (without proof). envelops. equation of a straight line.Logarithms of Complex numbers. L. Reduction formulae – Simple problems. Summation of trigonometric series using telescopic method. radius of curvature in polar coordinates. Reference books :Calculus : S. Narayanan and others (S. Palayamkottai) Algebra : T. Beta and Gamma functions. Asymptotes : Methods (without proof) of finding asymptotes of rational algebraic curves with special cases. properties and simple problems. Double integrals. Integral Calculus :Methods of integration. surface area and volume.) 206 . p-r equations. polar coordinates. Arumugam (New Gama publishing house. Duraipandian (Emerald Publishers) Plane Trigonometry Part 2 : S.. Manickavachagom Pillai and others (S. applications to area. K. evolutes. Viswanathan publishers) Trigonometry : P. circle and conic. Viswanathan publishers) Integral Calculus and differential equations : Dipak Chatterjee (TATA McGraw Hill Publishing company Itd. triple integrals. C + i S method. Properties of definite integrals. Loney.P. CORE PAPER 4 CALCULUS AND DIFFERNTIAL GEOMETRY (4 CREDITS) Curvature :Curvature. Summation of series :Sums of sines and cosines of n angles which are in A. Reference books :Algebra : S. radius of curvature in Cartesian coordinates. change of order of integration. Sc. Solution of simultaneous linear equations : Guass-elimination method.ALLIED SUBJECTS: The Students of UG Mathematics are offered any one of the following subjects as Allied I 1. Bisection method. Krishna Prakastan Mandir. differences of zero. Finite differences: E operators and relation between them. Guass – Jordan method. Reversion of series method. Interpolation with equal intervals: Newton’s forward and backward interpolation formulae. Meerut. Sterling’s formula and Bessel’s formula. summation series. Physics I & II 3. Gauss – Siedel method. Differences of a polynomial. Financial Accounting I & II ALLIED FOR BRANCH I – B. Calculus of finite differences and Numerical analysis by Gupta-Malik. Central differences formulaeGauss forward and backward formulae. Regulafalsi method. Interpolation with unequal intervals: Divided differences and Newton’s divided differences formula for interpolation and Lagrange’s formula for interpolation. Inverse Interpolation – Lagrange’s method. Iteration method. MATHEMATICS Calculus of finite differences and Numerical Analysis – Paper I (5 Credits) SEMESTER I Solutions of algebraic and transcendental equations. Reference Books: 1. Factorial polynomials. 207 . Crout’s method. Newton-Raphson method. Calculus of finite differences and Numerical Analysis I & II 2. Numerical methods in Science and Engineering by M. x^m. Numerical solution of oridinary difference equations (I order only) Taylor’s series method. Difference equations : Linear homogenous and nonhomogenous difference equation with constant coefficients. Gupta. Numerical Analysis by B. Runge-kutta method fourth order only. 3. Numerical methods in Science and Engineering by M. Derivative using divided difference formula. Weddle’s rule.D. S. Electronics Science 208 . 2. Modified Euler’s method. Chennai. National publishing house. sinkx. Predictor-corrector method-Milne’s method and Adams-Bashforth method. Reference Books: 1. Picard’s method. Numerical integration : General quadrature formula. Calculus of finite differences and Numerical Analysis by Saxena. Calculus of finite differences and Numerical Analysis by Gupta-Malik. 4. Venkataraman. Numerical Analysis by B. SEMESTER II Calculus of finite differences and Numerical Analysis – Paper II (5 Credits) Numerical differentiation : Derivatives using Newton’s forward and backward difference formulae. Chand & Co. coskx.K. Sterling’s formula for n!. 3.K. Chand & Co. particular integrals for auxm. Trapezoidal rule. Maxima and Minima using the above formulae. Simpson’s one-third rule. Venkataraman. Gupta. Calculus of finite differences and Numerical Analysis by Saxena. Meerut. ALLIED MATHEMATICS – Paper – I (For Bio-Chemistry.D. Konark publishing. Derivatives using Sterling’s formula. Chennai. Physics. Krishna prakastan Mandir. Konark publishing. National publishing house. Chemistry. Simpson’s threeeigth rule. 4.2. Euler’s method. Euler-Maclaurin Summation formula. binomial. difference tables. Logarithms of complex numbers. consistency of equations. rank of a matrix. Lagrange’s interpolation formulae. orthogonal and unitary matrices. symmetric functions of roots. Hyperbolic and inverse hyperbolic functions. skew-symmetric.and Geophysics Major only) SEMESTER I – PAPER I (5 Credits) ALGEBRA : Partial fractions. concepts of polar co-ordinates. Curvature and radius of curvature in Cartesian co-ordinates. circle and conic. Newton’s forward and backward interpolation formulae. cosnǿ. complex roots. ALLIED MATHEMATICS – PAPER II (5 Credits) 209 . Jacobians. THEORY OF EQUATIONS : Polynomial equations with real coefficients. DIFFERENTIAL CALCULUS : nth derivatives. Lagrange’s multipliers – Simple problems. cosnǿ. Caley-Hamilton theorem (without proof) – verification Computation of inverse matrix using carey – Hamilton theorem. Equations of straight line. transformation of equation by increasing or decreasing roots by a constant. tannǿ. maxima and minima of functions of two variables. irrational roots. tannǿ expansions of sinnǿ. FINITE DIFFERENCES : Operators E. MATRICES : Symmetric. exponential and logarithmic series (without proof) summation and approximation – simple problems. Newtons method to find a root approximately – simple problems. Leibnitz theorem (without proof) and applications. eigen values and eigen-vectors. TRIGONOMETRY : Expansions of sinnǿ. reciprocal equations. simple applications to area. Chennai. normal to a surface. G. Duraipandian and Dr. Allied maths volumes 1 and 2 by Prof. Vittal (Margham Publications). Ancillary mathematics by S. Narayanan and others. Fourier series for functions in (0. ─∏.x. 2.(For Physics. REFERENCE : 1. triple integrals.y. R. S. LAPLACE TRANSFORMS : Laplace transformations of standard functions and simple properties. complete integrals and general integrals. four standard types of lagrange’s equations. eax sinmx. reduction formulae. P. ∏) ORDINARY DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS: First order and higher degree equations solvable for p. VECTOR ANALYSIS : Scalar point functions. Chemistry. Tata Mcgraw Hill publishers co Itd. Udayabaskaran. gradient. Balasubramanian & K. 210 . Bernoulli’s formula integration by parts.. Evaluation of double. trigonometric functions. Viswanathan publishers. Stoke’s and Green’s theorems (without proof). 5. Integral calculus and differential equations by Dipak Chatterjee. volume and centroid. divergence. properties of definite integral and simple problems. Bio-Chemistry. vector point functions. 3. Line and surface integrals. Ancillary mathematics volume 1 and 2 by P. P. 4. Gauss. Simple problems on these. Alied Mathematics by Dr. eax xm. eax cosmx PARTIAL DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS : Formation. S. Subramanian. 2∏. curl directional derivatives. Second order dineen differential equations with constant coefficients. inverse laplace transforms Application to solution linear differential equations or order 1 and 2 – simple problems. (a ─ + b ─ + c)y = ǿ (x) where ǿ (x) = xm. Geophysics & Electronic Science major only) INTEGRAL CALCULUS : Integration of irrational. Muhil publishers. Sc. S. Cos (α + iβ). Tanǿ. tan (α + iβ). Unit III Trigonometry – Expansions of Cos nǿ. 1986.Sc. Balasubramanian & K. P. Narayanan and T. Software Engineering and BCA) Unit I Theory of equations – Roots of an equation – Relation between roots and coefficients – Transformation of Equations – Increasing and decreasing the roots of an equation – Reciprocal equation – Horner’s method – Newtons method of finding roots. 2. Chand and Co. Sinǿ. ALLIED MATHEMATICS II (For B. Allied Mathematics Volume I and Volume II – 2004. Kandasamy and K. Manickavasgam Pillai – Ancillary Mathematics. Ancillary mathematics Volume 1 and 2 by P. Books for Reference : 1. Subramanian. Viswanathan Printers.. Sin nǿ .ALLIED MATHEMATICS I (For B. Tan ǿ in powers of ǿ . G. Chennai. New Delhi..K. Unit V Fourier series – Definition – Finding fourier coefficients for a given periodic function with period 2∏ – odd and even function – Half range series.. S. B. S. Software Engineering and BCA) 211 . Unit IV Multiple integrals – Application of double integral – Integral in evaluating area between curves – Evaluation of triple integrals – Jacobian of two and three variables – Beta and Gamma functions – Relation – Evaluation of double and triple integrals using Beta and Gamma functions. Thilagavathi. Computer Science.Sc. Unit II Matrices : Characteristic roots and characteristic vectors – Properties (Statements only) Cayley Hamilton theorem (Statement only) verification – To find the inverse using the above theorem – Diagonalization of a matrix and using it to find the powers of a matrix.Expressions of Cosǿ.hyperbolic functions – Inverse hyperbolic function – Real and imaginary parts of Sin (α + iβ). B. Computer Science. 3. tan -1 (α + iβ).Sc. 3. f (y.p. Differentiation of Vectors. G. p(x. n-a Positive integer – eαt f(t). Green.q) = 0. Unit V Laplace transformation : Definition – Laplace Transform of eat. New Delhi. Surface and Volume Integrals. Sin h at tn. P.p. Directional Derivative.p. Cos at. S. Kandasamy and K. Sin at. gradient. f”(t) – Inverse Laplace Transform – Solving differential equation of second order with constant coefficients using Laplace Transform – Solving simultaneous equations using Laplace Transform. f(z.q) = 0. Divergence and curl. Manickavasgam Pillai – Ancillary Mathematics.q) = 0. S. S. Allied Mathematics Volume I and Volume II – 2004. f’(t). Thilagavathi. Cos h at. Ancillary mathematics Volume 1 and 2 by P. 212 . Viswanathan Printers. Solution of homogeneous linear differential equations of the form (ax2D2+bxD+C) y = X.q) = O. Balasubramanian & K. 2. Stokes theorems (Statement Only) Verification Simple Problems. tn f(t).Unit I Differential equation of the form (aD2+bD+C)y = eax ǿ (x) where a. 1986. Unit III Vector Calculus – Scalar and Vector point function. Unit IV Integration of Vectors : Line. where x is a function of x – variation of parameters. Theorems of Gauss.. ǿ (x) = sin m x (or) Cos mx (or) xm. Books for Reference : 1. Chand and Co.q) – Charpit’s method (Problem Only) Lagrange method of solving linear partial differential equation Pp+Qq+R.K. Subramanian. Narayanan and T. Chennai. z = px+qy+f(p. c are constants. Differential operators. b. Unit II Formation of Partial differential equations by eliminating arbitrary constants and arbitrary function – Solutions of standard types of first order equations – f(p. B.morphological.continuoussynchronous cultures. physiological. Anatomy of prokaryotic and eukaryotic cells.SYLLABUS SEMESTER . Energy rich bonds. UNIT III Physiology of microbial growth and nutrition.I CORE : PAPER-I GENERAL MICROBIOLOGY UNIT I History of microbiology. Nutritional requirements. Methods of bacterial identification. Culture media and pure culture techniques. Reproduction of bacteria and fungi. UNIT II Sterilization and disinfectants. concepts of free energy. biochemical and serological properties. UNIT IV 213 . stains and staining methods. Growth Curve. antimicrobial chemotherapy. Anaerobic culture techniques. Oxidative phosphorylation.Sc MICROBIOLOGY .12. microscopy including electron microscope. Batch. Transport of nutrients by active and passive transport. glyoxylate pathway. sterility check of media. growth supporting properties. basal.Practical -I UNIT I Cleaning of glass wares Sterilization principle and methods. solid media. selective media preparation. ED.Glycolysis. UNIT-II Pure culture techniques: streak plate. acetic acid and mixed acids. bio-geo chemical cycles – metabolism during sporulation.oxygenic and anoxygenic. TCA cycle. CORE : PAPER II. Media preparation: liquid media. enriched. propionic acid. Demonstration of pigment production.dry heat and filtration methods. agar slants. pour plate.HMP. Nitrogen fixation. agar plates. Culture characteristics of microorganisms: growth on different media. decimal dilution.quality control of media.peculiar pathways. UNIT V Photosynthesis.moist heat. UNIT-III 214 . Fermentation – lactic acid. growth characteristics and description. glycolic acid cycle. PPP. Planck’s quantum theory. Staining techniques: smear preparation.quality control with standard strains. UNIT-IV Morphology of microorganisms: morphological variations in algae. dark field microscopy. Oxidase. Motility demonstration: hanging drop. wave particle duality. UNIT-V Physiology characteristics: IMViC test. Antibiotic sensitivity testing: Disc diffusion test. maintenance of pure culture. catalase. Gram’s staining. acid fast staining.Microscopy: light microscopy. slide culture technique. dark field microscopy. CHEMISTRY I 215 . ALLIED –PAPER 1 UNIT I Atomic structure and periodicity: Quantum chemistry. morphology of fungi. simple staining. staining of Metachromatic granules. semi solid agar. wet mount preparation. Carbohydrate fermentation test. stab culture. maintenance of mold culture. paraffin method. Craigie’s tube method. uncertainty principle. quantum mechanical model of hydrogen atom. Micrometry: Demonstration of size of yeast and fungal filaments. urease test. bright field microscopy. H2S. N.P and S. types. S. lattice energy (Born-Haber Cycle). general characteristics of 3d elements.B. hydrogen bonding. B. ionization energy. organs & cells in immune response. electron affinity. 216 . halides and hydrides of alkali and alkaline earth metals. SEMESTER II CORE : PAPER – 3 IMMUNOLOGY & MICROBIAL GENETICS UNIT I History of immunology. VSEPR theory and shape of molecules. resonance. van der Waals interactions. Innate immunity. UNIT III Structure and bonding: Ionic and covalent bonding M. UNIT-V Coordination complexes: valence bond and crystal field theory. color.UNIT-II Electronic configuration of atoms. Ionic solids. silicones. dipole moment. approaches for diatomic molecules. UNIT IV S. periodic table and periodic properties.P and d Block Elements: Oxides. Antigens – properties. structure parameters such as bond length . and V. Complement. ionic radii. hybridization. Al.bond angle and bond energy.O. electro negativity. geometry and magnetic properties. Humoral & cell mediated immunity. atomic size. Mechanism of immune response. Hypersensitivity reactions. Bacterial plasmids – structures & properties. structure and functions of different classes of IgG – theories of Antibody formation. UNIT III MHC in Mouse & Man. IFT. UNIT V Gene transfer – transformation. Transplantation immunology. Western blot. RIA. Gene mapping Lac operon – trp operon. CORE : PAPER -4 – PRACTICAL-II 217 . Mutations – various types & Mechanism. Immuno haematology. Mechanism of Antibiotic resistance. Configuration & transduction. ELISA.Vaccine. CFT. Role of mutation in evolution. UNIT II Immunoglobulins – types. Generation of immunological diversity. Immunological techniques – precipitation. UNIT IV Molecular concept of gene. Ames test. agglutination. Bacteriophage – Lytic & Lysogenic cycle – phage λ . Structures of bacterial Transposons – Types of bacterial Transposons. UNIT-V Skin tests. absolute cell counts.VDRL. Agglutination reactions: Slide and Tube methods RBC agglutination IHA.UNIT-I Blood groups and typing . ELISA UNIT-III Isolation of Buffy coat. Arthus reaction in rabbits. UNIT-II Complement fixation test. Enumeration of different cell types. B cells). RPR. UNIT-IV Antibody productions in rabbits against sheep RBC and its titration (Demonstration). Precipitation reaction in Gel-Outchelony double diffusion. both immediate and delayed hypersensitivity reactions to egg 218 . TPHA Bacterial. Single Radial Immuno diffusion. Titration of amboceptor and complement (demonstration only). (Demonstration). using heparin lymphocytes (T cells. Anaphylactic reactions in guinea pigs. Perpheral blood cell counts. (Demonstration only). Immunofluorescene.Coombs’s test. Nernst equation. pH. free energy. zero. first and second order kinetics. ALLIED: PAPER 2 -CHEMISTRY II UNIT I Chemical Equilibria: Colligative properties of solution. Gibbs-Helmholtz 219 . Kohlrausch law. galvanic cells. enthalpy. UNIT IV Thermodynamics: First law. entropy. internal energy. solubility product. Half Cell potentials. and work function. fungal antigens. equilibrium constants (Kc. thermodynamic aspects and their applications. bacterial. Hess law. UNIT III Reaction Kinetics: Rate constant. common ion effect. Kirchhoff’s equation. hydrolysis of salts. KP and Kx) for homogeneous reactions. buffer and their applications in chemical analysis.proteins. UNIT II Electrochemistry: Conductance. activation energy. molecularity. Second law. emf. ionic Equilibria in solution. reversible and irreversible processes. heat of formation. order of reaction. catalysis and elementary enzyme reactions. heat of reaction. 7.W. Ananthanarayan. and Foster. New Delhi. 10. John Wiley and Sons. 6. J. Clausius-Clapeyron equation. London. A. Doelle. tautomerism. Third law of thermodynamics.A.A. Lange Medical Publications. SN2. 2.A. optical ad geometrical isomerism. concept of aromaticity. Mandelstam. C.M.6th Edn. orientation effect as exemplified by various functional groups. Harley. (1975) Bacterial Metablism. Martinko.M. (1995) Microbial Physiology. and Parker.(1988) Essential Immunology. P. UNIT V Mechanistic Basis of Organic Reactions: Elementary treatment of SN1. Tata McGraw Hill. (2006) Text Book of Parasitology. electronic and steric effects. Structure-Reactivity Correlations: Acids and bases. and Jeyaram Paniker. Diels-Alder reaction. H.A.P. and Klein. J. (1992) Fundamental Principles of Bacteriology 7th Edn. New York. New York. free energy change and equilibrium constant. Markonikoff rule and Kharash effect. (1999) Microbiology. (1999). M. and Dawes. Troutons rule. (1984) Microbiology: Concepts and Applications. Academic Press. Chennai. (2000) Review of Medical Microbiology . Oxford. J. C. Prescott.W. (1994) Text Book of Microbiology. Salle. New Delhi. McQuillen. REFERENCE BOOKS 1. Addition reactions.Oxford. U. 5.S. Jewetz. Orient Longman. L...E1 and E2 reactions.M. Blackwell Scientific Publications.equation. J. New Jersey.L. 9th Edn.J. L. I. Roitt.T.19th Edn. Brock’s Biology of Micro organisms. 4. John Wiley and Sons. Melnic. Jeyaram Paniker. and Adelberg. D. Jay Pee Brothers.. New Delhi Ketchum. J. 3.K. Blackwell Scientific Publications. Hoffmann and Saytzeff rules. 11.K. McGraw Hill. Moat. J. E. 3rd Edn. 8. Madigan. 9. A. E. K. 220 .G. aromatic electrophilic substitution. R.. 2nd Edn. 3rd Edn. Prentice Hall. (1992) Biochemistry of Bacterial Growth. K. J. J. (1986) Bacterial Mrtabolosm. Sneath.(2002) Medical Parasitology. D. G. 14th Edn.A.. Books and Allied (P) Ltd. 3rd Edn. Harper & Row. D. B..C. 27.B. Mosby Company.12.R. Chand & Co.. 2nd Edn. Oxford. Deb. and Maheswari. and Primrose.P. (1999) Concepts of Biochemistry. D. and Westhoff. R. New Delhi. 28. M. 9th Edn. Alexender. Holt. P. Dubey. Kolkata. and Hall. 10th Edn. Oxford.H.S.. St.. New York. S. S. A.R. 23.. and Williams. 29.. 16. Gottschalk. (1994) Bergey’s Manual of Determinative Bacteriology. Ltd.C. 5th Edn. 31. Fraser. P.C. Ltd.. Stanbury. D.C. (1976) Chemical Microbiology: An Introduction to Microbial Physiology. Whitaker. H. 1st Edn. Collee..F. and Peutherer. (2002) Essentials of Biochemistry 1st Edn. (2000) Diagnostic Microbiology. Delbecco. (1996) Mackie and McCartney Practical Medical Microbiology.A. Churchill Livingstone. and Maheswari.C. 25. John Wiley and Sons. Kolkata. 9th Edn. (2003) A Text Book of Microbiology. CBS Publishers & Distributors. Dubey. 1st Edn.V. W. Rose. (1986) Medical Virology. London. 30. D. Arora. 24. (1988) Food Microbiolog. 22. S. McGraw Hill. (1995) Principles of Gene Manipulation: An Introduction to Genetic Engineering. Books and Allied (P) Ltd.(2002) Medical Microbiology. 15.J. 4th Edn.H. Arora.N..T. London. Krieg. S. Eisen. London. R. Frazier. 21. Churchill Livingstone. Chand & Co. Timbury. D. 1st Edn. 221 . A. 18. 26. 2nd Edn. New Delhi. Louis Jagadish Chander (1996) A Text Book of Medical Mycology. Old. Blackwell Scientific Publications. J. Freifelder. Davis.C. Baltimore. R. Greenwood. H. 2nd Edn. (1995) Molecular Biology. R. M.S. New York. (1995) Principles of Fermentation Technology. (2002) Practical Microbiology.F.. B. A. (2003) Text Book of Microbiology.. and Arora. CBS Publishers & Distributors. R. B. Churchill Livingstone. 16th Edn.. (1990) Microbiology. New York. Williams & Wilkins.K. C. J.P.C. New York. (1977) Introduction to Soil Microbilogy. Duguid. and Ginsburg.S. 5th Edn. 13. Interprint. 14. N.M. 20. D. Finegold. 19. New Delhi Sathyanarayana. Slack. and Marimon. S. 17.B. Pergamon Press.C. Narosa Publishing House.Plenum. New Delhi. New York. 1st Edn. Springer-Verlag.D. New Delhi. New Delhi. U. S.R.. 45.J. Conceptual Approach. VCH. Weinheim. Cronan. Tizard.. and Poole.J.E. Walter Beck. The Benjamin / Cummings Publishing Co. M. J.John Wiley and Sons. 38. CBS Publishers and Distributors. London. (1979) Fermentation Technology. New Jersey. The Mechanism of DNA Manipulation. S. Schmidt. Glover.O. London. 49. Co.Freeman and Company. (1983) Immunology: An Introduction. Vol 1 & 2. 35. Alexopolus. Mosby Company. 2nd Edn. (1995) Biofertilizers in Agriculture and Forestry.. 3rd Edn. R. New Delhi. Wiley – Liss. Oxford & IBH Pub. Rheinheimer.M. New Delhi.S. Paul. R. 39. Blackwell Scientific Publications.V.J. 36. 3 rd Edn .. N.S.D. 40. (1995) Soil Microorganisms and Plant Growth. Maloy. Ltd. New Delhi. C. Banwart. Cambridge. Jones and Bartlett. (1996) Immunology:Understanding the Immune System. R. Wiley Eastern. Prentice – Hall. R.R. Atlas. London.D. John Wiley & Sons. L. 46. Philadelphia.CA. Elgert. (1983) Microbial Ecology. 47.A. Subba Rao. 44. Academic Press. 43. J. and Mims. 2nd Edn. R.(1979) Microbial Ecology: A. London. Louis. Brown. St.E. (1995) Food Microbiology. (1994) Microbial Genetics. New York. (1994) Immunology.M. 50. (1987) From Genes to Clones: Introduction to Gene Technology. (1980) Aquatic Microbilogy. 2nd Edn. and Roberts. K. H. Royal Society of Chemistry. 42. Boston. D.A. J. Casida. C. London. Lynch.M.Redwood City. 41. Mosby.E.L. H.S. New York. Oxford & IBH Publishing Co. 48. G. N. 2nd Edn. 33. New York. Kuby. and Bartha.. D. T.(1976) Medical Parasitology. Ltd. J. M. (1984) Gene Cloning:. Pvt. (1992) Microbial Ecology: Fundamentals and Applications. (1989) Soil Microbiology and Biochemistry. F. 53. (1979) Introductory Mycology. J. 2nd Edn. Chapman and Hall. Inc. G. and Clark. (1968) Industrial Microbiology. and Pearl Man. Subbha Rao. 2nd Edn. (1974) Introduction to Environmental Microbiology. Adams. St. London.R.. J. (1981) Foundations of Parasitology. E.E. Blackwell Scientific Publications. and Davies.32. 37. 2nd Edn.I. C. E. 34. Peppler. and Moss. Jr. G. Cambell. 52. (1989) Basic Food Microbiology. Pvt. New Delhi. Chapman and Hall. Academic Press. Saunders College Publishing. Mitchell. 51. New York. Louis.W.W. N. Winnacker. 222 . and David Freifelder. (1995) Gene Cloning.J. C.. John Wiley & Sons. Blackwell Science. 69. (1979) Medical Parasitology. Harper & Row Publishers. New York. N. Longman.K. 74. 75. (1993) Principles of Biochemistry.Cambridge University Press. Harper and Row Publishers. 3rd Edn. (1995) Biochemistry. Macmillan India Ltd. Greenwood. Fenner. Stryer.A and Wilkinson.D. (1994) Bacterial and Bacteriophage Genetics. and Campbell. Cambridge University Press.E. New York. N. Hayes. (1978) General Virology.54. Blackwell Scientific Publications. J.L. Washington. Lehninger. 77. Robert Desowitz (1980) Ova and Parasites. and Earnshaw. Castellan (1996) Physical Chemistry. Davies Co. Sony. A. Grierson. F.7th Edn.J.O. M. New York. 68.A. 2nd Edn. Baltimore. DC. 72.G. Jr.H. New York.R. P. 58. M. S. Mathews. Levanthal.A. P.H. Chan. 67. 3rd Edn. (1989) Chemistry of the Elements. F.. I. 70.A.E. 56. E. (1989) Inorganic Chemistry. D. NewYork. R. 62. ASM Press. 59. Darnel. 73. Hoeprich. 2nd Edn. Negi. D. P. Calcutta. and Pasternak. 2nd Edn. London. Blackie. (1977) Infectious Diseases. McGraw Hill. Academic Press. Jr. Cotton. G. (1989) Plant Molecular Biology. Schelegel. (1993) General Microbiology.2nd Edn.L. Luria. W. Lee. H. New Delhi.. 60. 55. (1986) Organic Chemistry.L.New York. (1974) Diagnostic Procedures for Viral and Rikettsial Diseases. Bridge. A. 65. Philadelphia.. E. New Delhi.. New Delhi. London.S.C. (2000) A Text Book of Inorganic Chemistry. J. CBS Publishers.. J. (1997) A Text Book of Physical Chemistry. Cambridge.Chand & Sons.C. 57. 66. A. and Covery. 61. Nelson. and White.S and Kreig. UK.. (1996) Advanced Chemistry. Freeman & Co. and Cox. Books / Cole Thomson Learning. S. S. W.New York. (2000) Introduction to Microbiology. (1970) Animal Virology. D. Cambridge.J. R. (1993) Microbiology.Oxford.L. New York. (2001) Inorganic Chemistry. 64. Principles and Applications of Recombinant DNA. 63. 5th Edn. Tata McGraw Hill. Glick B. J.Chennai.L. Pelczar. D. A. John Wiley and Sons. Ingraham. 223 .N. (1999) Molecular Biotechnology.M. American Public Health Association.D. E. Springer–Verlag.S. and Anand. Vol 1 & 2. S. Chatterjee (1986) Medical Parasitology. and Ingraham.. 76. (1968) The Genetics of Bacteria and their Viruses. 71.Mac Millan Publication New York. S. and Cheadle.. L. Finar. London. Lennette. New York.. Arnold. New Delhi. R. Salisbury. Brown Publishers. Jacob. (1991) Plant Physiology. London.C. K. (1997) Elements of Physical Chemistry..Tata McGraw Hill Publishers. New Age International Publishers.78. 84.S.E. I.(2004) Plant Physiology .P. (2004) Genetics. 90. P. P. and Ross. Wm.K. Co. New Delhi 83. F.V. Atkins. 91. A. Powar. Raven & Johnson (1990) Biology. M.organelle structure and function. S. Twyman.K (2005) Plant Physiology. New Age International Publishers. 94. C. 82. London.P. New Delhi. Sadava. (2008) Cell Biology. (1979). S.K. Belmont. (1989) Plant Physiology. and Rao. Gurdarshan and Sandhu. (1979) Plant Physiology.N. (2004) Cell Biology. S. Plant Hormones and Plant Development.Pandey. Bidwell.Viva Books (p) Ltd. (1982) Plant Physiology. Panima Publishers Corporation. 92. New Delhi 81. Data. Oxford University Press. 95. Molecular Biology. 93.(2001) Developmental Biology. New Delhi.Vikas Publishing House. Evolution and Ecology. B. Genetics.. and Gosh. and Sinha. and Agarwal. New York. Ting.B. 2nd Edn.Instant Notes. W. C. Gerald Karp.P.(2002) Cell and Molecular Biology :Concepts and Experiments. Macmillon.(2003) Cell and Molecular Biology. Central Book Depot. New Age International Publishers.S. 79. Allahabad. 80.C. V. Hall.W.3rd Edn John Wiley.3rd Edn. D. 88.4th Edn.B. Verma.Arora.3rd Edn.5th Edn.Chennai. 87. D. 86.. Mumbai. Wassworth Publication. Addison Wesley Publication.M. New Delhi. C. Rastogi. Phillippines 224 . S.W. Photosynthesis. S. R.K. Mukherji.(2004) Cell Biology.5th Edn.Chand & Company Ltd. Cambridge University Press. (2002) Cell Biology.C. Rastogi.Himalaya Publishing House. Chennai. 85. S.New Delhi 89. Cambridge.G. New Delhi. S. J.2nd Edn.H. 97. 4th Edn. New York. J.W. 13. and Richard. J. Cambridge University Press. Prentice-Hall of India(P) Ltd.(2006) Biostatistical analysis. 7th Edn. 102. 99. (2004) An introduction to Biostatistics.96. P. Macmillan. Wilson. (2005) Biostatistics. J. JP publishers. Bonner. (1979) Plant Physiology. J. New Delhi. K. Postgate. Chennai. Zar. 98. 100. 101. and Walker. Jhon Wiley & sons Inc. (2006) Introduction to Biostatistics & Research methods. Cambridge.S. N. (2002) Practical Biochemistry: Principles & Techniques. Pearson education Inc. A foundation for analysis in the health sciences. Daniel.E. New Delhi.SC DEGREE COURSE IN (NAUTICAL SCIENCE) SEMESTER -I 225 . W. London.S. Cassel. New Jersey. J. 5th Edn. Sundar Rao. B. and Varner. (1987) Nitrogen Fixation. Garumani. UNIT 3 Vector Calculus Differentiation of a vector function of a single scalar variable. Derivative of a unit vector. Sennet-Frenet form. UNIT 4 Vector Analysis 226 . Cartesian. Polar & exponential form. Napier’s Rules and their application to Navigational problems. Separation into real and imaginary parts of all types of functions. UNIT 2 Complex Variables Definition. Hyperbolic & Logarithmic Functions. principal triad. Area of a spherical triangle. Sine formula and four part formula and their application to Navigational problems. Right angle and quadrantal triangles.CORE – I NAUTICAL MATHEMATICS I UNIT 1 Spherical Trigonometry Properties of a spherical triangle and oblique spherical triangle. Inequalities. Polar triangle and application of their properties. Derivation of formula by supplemental theorem. Delambre’s Analogies. ‘Half side’ formula. Power & Roots of Exponential and Trigonometric Functions. Cosine formula. Identities. De-Moivre’s Theroem. application to curves in space. “Half angle” formula. Haversine formula. Inverse Hyperbolic & Inverse Trigonometric Functions. Legendre’s theorem. Napier’s Analogies. Vector Algebra 4. Taylor’s and Maclaurin’s series ( without proof). Gauss theorem . & Wartikar J. divergence and curl. Spherical Trigonometry 13. Errors & Approximations. Saxena. Plane Trignometry (Part II ) 8. Divergence theorem. Engineering Mathematics 7.Subramaniam Clough .B. Elements of Applied Mathematics Vol. Textbook of Applied Mathematics Vol. & Wartikar J. REFERENCE BOOKS 1. application to work and to the flow of liquid.N Shanti Narayan Shanti Narayan Shanti Narayan Bali. Differential Calculus 6. Green’s theorem for the plane.L Baphana R. Lagrange’s and Cauchy’s mean value theorem (without proof). An Introduction to Spherical Trigonometry AUTHOR Wartikar P. scalar and vector fields. Deduction from Euler’s theorem. Stoke’s theorem. Partial derivatives of first and higher orders. Indeterminate forms L’ Hospital’s rule. expressions for gradient. Maxima & Minima of the functions of two variables. Iyengar Loney S.Smith J.H. Concept of communicativity of partial derivatives ( without proof ) Euler’s theorem on homogeneous functions.Line integral. Vector Methods And Vector Calculus 12. Higher Engineering Mathematics 9. Vector Calculus 5. gradient. Engineering Mathematics 11.N. lien integrals in space and their properties.N Wartikar P. Rolle’s theorem ( without proof ).L Grewal. Total differential. UNIT 5 Differential Calculus Successive differentiation standard form to find the nth derivative Eibitz theorem. Expansion of function in power series ( all types). properties of line integrals. divergence and curl in orthogonal curvilinear coordinates. conservative fields.II 3. potentials.H CORE –II 227 . equations of hydrodynamics.I 2.S Bhatia M. equation heat flow.N. Taylor’s theorem.M Vaishista Capt. Engineering Mathematics 10. Aerofoil. Machines.Modulus of elasticity.Typical examples. Air bubbles in an oil tank. Submarines. Balloon. Iceberg. Bending of Beams. Law of gravitation.S. A Helical spring. boat sailing etc. Hydrometer. lift. A traveling simple harmonic wave and its 228 . Waves :-Longitudinal and Transverse waves. Review of Newton’s Laws of motion. Centre of mass and Centre of Gravity.Barometer. Circular motion. Rotating cylinder ship. Potential and Kinetic energy. Work. Floating Dock.1 UNIT –1 Mechanics Relative velocity and its application to Radar Plotting. Rigidity. Cantilever. Resonance. Collision-direct and oblique impact. Damped and un-damped oscillations .Archimedes Principle. Centripetal and Centrifugal forces. Governors. Conservation of angular momentum. Efficiency. Pulley systems-Block and Tackle. Mechanical Advantage. Conservation of energy. Concept of Gyroscope.Forced oscillations (vibrations). Velocity ratio. weather forecasting etc. Shearing force. UNIT 2 Hydrostatics : . Differential pulley. Rotational Motion. Atmospheric Pressure . Hydrodynamics-Streamlines Turbulence Bernoulli’s equation :-Stability and spin. Floating objects-Ships. Projectiles. Angle of contact. UNIT 3 Oscillations:. Effect of movement of masses.H. Hooke’s law.M and its features . Conservation of linear momentum. Buoyancy.NAUTICAL PHYSICS AND ELECTRONICS.. Surface tension :-Capillarity. Torque. Satellites and their uses in communication. Up thrust. Excess Pressure inside a bubble. impulse. Power and Energy. Effect of friction. a pendulum. Elasticity :. Pressure at a depth. Angular momentum. Mirages. The heat engine and refrigerator. Transfer of heat: conduction. UNIT 5 Light Propagation of light. Carnot cycle. shadows. First law and Second law of Thermodynamics. quality and loudness. total internal reflection. isothermal and adiabatic processes. The azimuth mirror. Concept of entropy. Expansion of solids.features. liquids and gasses and their effect on liquid cargoes. refraction through a prism. convection and radiation. Interference – coherent beams and lasers. pitch. Compound Pendulum – period of oscillation 4. LIST OF EXPERIMENTS 1. principle of the telescope and prism binoculars. limit of resolution. effect of pressure. the decibel. Equation of state for gasses. mist. interference of two traveling waves – beats. 6. relative and absolute humidity. optical fiber. 3. temperature and humidity on velocity of sound. Dew point and effect on weather – frost. Echo – principle of Radar and Echo sounder. Propagation of radio waves. haze and cloud formation. phase comparison – use in Decca and Loran systems. Moment of Inertia of Flywheel and frictional torque 7. Youngs Modulus – Non-uniform bending – pin & microscope. vapour pressure and SVP. rotation of a plane mirror. image formation. eclipses. UNIT 4 Heat and Thermodynamics Hygrometry. Sound: Velocity of Sound. Doppler Effect. principle of the marine sextant. Spectrometer – i – d curve 5. Use of CRO to study the characteristics of an audio oscillator (frequency. Diffraction due to a single slit and a circular aperture. effect of wind and temperature. Youngs Modulus – Uniform bending 2. Refraction. reflection of light on plane and curved surfaces. 229 . lenses. Refraction of sound waves. Surface Tension of a liquid by capillary rise method. period. Sound Mandir 5. Heat & Thermodynamics SEMESTER -II 230 . Principles of Physics Fredric J. Nelkon R.K. Khurmi Young Sears & Zemansky Khanna & Bedi Brijlal & Subramaniam Ratan Prakashan Megraw-Hill Narosa Publishing 3. Bucche 4. Thermistor as a Thermometer 9. Fundamentals of Physics 4. Gaur Brownson & Ferguson Ltd. Engineering Mechanics Zemansky R. University Physics 3.H. Clough-Smith M. Basic Applied Physics Additional reference books: 1.amplitude) 8. Applied Physics J. Heat & Thermodynamics 6.S. Spectrometer – Prism 10. Physics Classical & Modern Gettys Keller Stove 2. Newton’s Rings – Interference Books recommended for reference: 1. Hart-Davis Megraw-Hill 2. Variation of parameters and method of undetermined coefficients. center of Mass. sin ( ax+b). ( i ) Linear Equations and reducible to linear ( Bernoulli ) equations. which can be made exact use of integrating factors by inspection. Cax V(x). is Cax. Evaluation of double integrals by change of order and change to polar form Applications of double & triple integrals to areas and volumes.S.H. ( ii ) Method of substitution to reduce the equation to one of the above forms. Legendre’s Linear equation. Xm.CORE – III NAUTICAL MATHEMATICS II UNIT 1 Differential Equations Exact differential equations and those. Applications of integration to the evaluation of first and second moments of areas and volumes. Cauchy’s Linear equation ( homogeneous). their geometrical interpretation and evaluation. UNIT 4 Beta & Gamma Functions 231 . Moment of Inertia. UNIT 3 Integral Calculus Double & Triple integrals. UNIT 2 Liner Differential Equations Linear Differential Equations of the nth order with constant coefficients Complimentary function and Particular integral when the function of the independent variable on R. ( 0.a+2L) must be treated ]. Complex form of Fourier series. half range Fourier series. b.N 2.S. Beta & Gamma functions & their properties. Text Book of Applied Mathematics SEMESTER II CORE IV 232 . & Wartikar J. Differential Equations 4. Differentiation under integral sign.E. Flourier coefficients. π). relation between Beta & Gamma functions. b) [ Fourier series over ( -π . Ship Stability for Masters And Mates 5. expansion of functions in Fourier series. Integral Calculus 7. Advanced Calculus 3. c. REFERENCE BOOKS 1 Higher Mathematics For Engineers.I. UNIT 5 Fourier Series Definition of Trigonometric and Fourier series. statement of Dirichlet’s theorem.a. Higher Engineering Mathematics 6.S Wilfred Kalpan Raisingania Derret D.2π ) and for arbitrary range ( a. And Physicists AUTHOR Sokolnitoff.N.R Grewal B. Shanti Narayan Wartikar P. Even and Odd functions. Differentiation and Integration of Fourier Series. Error Functions.S & Sokolnikoff. Fourier series with respect to a set of orthogonal functions over ( a. Dirichlet’s conditions. Cells. Magnetic effect:Magnetic field due to a stationary coil. Thermistors Use in temperature control. series and parallel resonance. earthing. power factor. precautions. fuses arc lamps.Electrostatic charging of petroleum precautions during loading and unloading. 3 Terminal IC voltage regulator. The induction motor UNIT 3: ELECTRONICS P and N types semiconductors. reactance. impedance. Magnetism of the ship and its components. energy. Average and effective values. Work.DC circuits. Faraday Lenz’s law. Cathodic protection. DC motors – series and shunt wound. 3 modes of operation. circular lifting magnet. its uses as a voltage regulator. Ripple. full wave & bridge rectifiers. photo diode. insulation. L and C (series and parallel). batteries.npn. Electrical appliances on board a ship. photo 233 .voltage regulation. current gains α and β Photoelectric effect Opto-electronic devises – LDR.Effects of motion of the ship and latitude on the compass UNIT 2: ELECTRICITY AC and DC voltages dangerous level. LED. transformer. The AC generator AC sinusoidal voltage and current. Transistors pnp. Heating effect of electric current – heaters. Care and rating of accumulators. welding. accumulators. magnetic elements and their variation. p-n junction diodes – their characteristic Half-wave.NAUTICAL PHYSICS AND ELECTRONICS II UNIT 1: MAGNETISM Earth as a magnet. Chemical effect – corrosion and electrolysis. Review of electro magnetic induction. 7 –segment transistor. capacitor filter. power in a circuit. Electromagnet. displays. Static electricity and its hazards. AC circuits composed of R. zener diode. Three phases AC. Detection of radiation GM counter.UNIT 4: MODERN PHYSICS Radioactivity. LCR – Series circuit to find the resonance frequency. Effect of a capacitor filter 7. 3. Basic concept of Programming of microprocessors.Universal building block half adder. Determination of quality factor for different R combinations. Nuclear fission and Fusion. emissions from natural radioactive nuclei. UNIT 5: DIGITAL ELECTRONICS & MICROPROCESSOR Binary number systems. Determination of α and β 6. Integrated circuits – fabrication. Binary to decimal Conversion. Logic gates Boolean Algebra DeMorgan’s theorem. Determination of α and β. Nuclear Powered ships. CE characteristics of an NPN transistor. Half wave Rectifier – Voltage regulation and ripple. Forward and Reverse characteristic of Rectifier Diode and a Zener Diode 5. Nuclear Reactors. 2. radioactive series. Nuclear hazards and precautions.Evolution of microprocessors. Effect of a capacitor filter 234 . Applications of Microprocessor LIST OF EXPERIMENTS – PAPER II 1. Bridge rectifier – Voltage regulation and ripple. Comparison with color code value 4. radiation units. CB Characteristics of an NPN transistor. Use of multimeter (analog and digital) to determine resistance. Binary addition and subtraction. Block diagram and functional organization of 8085. Radiation damage. full adder. L. 12.Printice Hall India 3.8.Murugeshan 2.Study of Logic gates – Universal building block. integrater and differentiator. LED and LDR characteristics 9. Physics – Classical & Modern – Gettys. Electricity & Magnetism Brijlal & subrahmaniam Ratan Prakashan Mandir 4.OPAMP – Non inverting and inverting amplifier. Physics Part II – Halliday & Resnick 5. Ripple to be obtained on CRO 10. Modern Physics – B.L.Microprocessor – Addition.R. Theraja 235 . Basic Electronics – B.Sears and Zemansky – Narosa Publishing 3. Electronics Devices and Circuits Additional References: 1. Skove – MCGraw-Hill International Edn 2. substractor and summing amplifier. Electronics Princples Malvino-TataMcGraw Hill Boylestead & Nashelsky . Modern Physics . University Physics – Young. Theraja 6. Keller. Demorgan’s theorem 11. voltage follower. Substraction and square root Books Recommended for Reference 1. specific. Diurnal and seasonal variation of water vapour. dew point temperature. Radiation budget of the earth/atmospheric system. The tephigram and its uses. Ogborn ELBS 2. S. Energy Budget – Temperature : Diurnal. reflection. Solar and terrestrial radiation. Vertical layers of the atmosphere. greenhouse effect and global warming.N.Books for Practicals: 1.M. Stability analysis. absolute and relative humidity. UNIT 3 236 . Environmental lapse rate and inversion. potential temperature.Nelkon &J. UNIT 2 Water Vapour in the Atmosphere : Changes of state. Electronics – A Text Lab Manual – Zabar 3. unsaturated and saturated states. humidity mixing ratio. Radiation laws: Emission. equation of state for dry air and moist air. absorbtion and scattering. frost point. super cooling. R. ozone depletion. Adiabatic Processes : Dry and saturated lapse rates. Heat exchange processes. seasonal and geographical variation of temperature. Balasubramanian.Ranganathan ALLIED – I ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE – I UNIT 1 Physical Meteorology Characteristics of the Earth’s Atmosphere – Composition. Density variation. A Textbook of Practical Physics – M. Advanced level Practical Physics – M. Srinivasam. 237 . during ship visit. Sub – Surface Circulation: Formation . forms and types. Tide – producing forces. PRACTICALS Meteorology: The principles. fog. The currents of pacific. Salinity and Density : Distribution in surface layers of the ocean. salinity density and pressure – their relationship and measurement. Oceanography: use of main instruments and observational methods in the sea environment Sensors for temperatures. Types of tides. Anemometer. haze and clouds.Condensation and Precipitation Phenomena : Condensation and freezing nuclei. Causes of ocean currents. Development and classification of clouds. Controlling processes. frost. The Energy Budget of the Oceans: Spatial variation of temperature and evaporation Heat balance. 2. Tide prediction and analysis. condensation forms: Dew. Physical properties of Sea Water : Temperature. Colour of the Sea water. Atlantic and Indian ocean. 2. UNIT – 5 1. constuction and uses of various meteorological instruments maximum and minimum thermometers. mist. depth. Ocean Waves and Tides : Types of waves. Free and co. Visibility.oscillations in basins. sound and light in the sea.. Behaviour of waves in deep and shallow waters. Precipitation : Processes. 3. Principles and methods of surface UNIT – 4 OCEANOGRAPHY 1. meteorological observations. Oceanic Circulation System : Causes and spatial distribution of surface circulation seasonal changes. Wind vane barometers (aneroid and mercury) and barograph visit to the nearest surface observation. tidal streams. psycrometer / hygrometer. source region and movement of water masses 3. Optical Properties. wave energy. velocity etc. Co-tidal charts. & Emery . London HMSO Marine Observer’s HMSO.Pickard Pergamon Press Journals Mausam Weather Vayu Mandal Published by India Meteorological Society.G. Pond & G. London Academic press Handbook Elementary Meteorology HMSO.& Emery.R.Allahabad Introductory Dynamical Oceanography Stephen.R. published by Royal Meteorological Society.G. London HMSO An Introduction to Meteorology James.WPergamon Press Oceanography for Geographers Sharma.A General Oceanography Deitrich.G Descriptive physical Oceanography Pickard.W Chaitanya Publish House. Published by India Meteorological Society.L. Oceanography Physical Oceanography Vol 1& 2 Defant.R.C. Weather Berry.H.B.R. 238 .Subramaniam Vijaya publications Atmosphere. Holoton Academic Press Introduction to Meteorology Petterson.& Chorely.Meteorology Title Author Publishers Marine Meteorology Capt.J Metheun – London Meteorology for Mariners HMSI. UNIT – 3. etc. mangroves. salinity and density – Their vertical and horizontal distribution – ocean currents: factors and patterns – Ocean deposits: types and their work – NIO and its activities. power generation. -Spatial pattern of feasibility – Oceanic islands and their strategic significance – Indian Ocean islands. Materials of the earth’s crust: minerals and rocks – rock types and their form action – lithological characteristics and their impact on land form development – Tectonic land forms: folds. Oceanic water as a resource: navigation. c. source of drinking water etc.Bottom relief of Indian. Basic pattern of air movement. Formation of the earth and its structure – Evolution of continents and ocean basins Continental drift hypothesis – concept of isotasy and its application to surface phenomena – recent ideas on drift: plate tectonics – practical significance of recent information. Abiotic resources: types – Oceanic mineral modules and placers –Oil and natural gas. UNIT . faults and associated features – Volcanic and seismic activities: associated land forms.2 UNIT . c. Atlantic and Pacific oceans properties of ocean water: temperature.1. b.2. Factors affecting atmospheric motion and the resulting winds. b. 239 .SEMESTER –II ALLIED – II ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE . Exogenic forces : denudation – weathering. mass wasting and erosion – Marine land forms – Sea level changes – classification of coasts. Distribution of biotic resources – problems of their exploitation – Environmental and other stresses – Remedial measures – Mariculture : merits and limitations. OCEANS Major relief features of the ocean floor .. LAND a. corals.. Biotic resources of the ocean : fish. a. UNIT – 4 ATMOSPHERE a. Thomhury. UNIT – 5 Dynamics of the Indian monsoon. Barry. Plotting of weather detail of surface stations. 'Oceanography: Exploring the Ocean'. Readings and interpretation of topographical maps for coastal areas. E. Interpretation of upper charts. Recent advances in the knowledge of general circulation: upper air waves and jet stream.H.C. Practicals: a. R. ' Continental Drift'. Brikland.Weather and Climate'. Preparation and interpretation of tidal charts. 1. Bhatt.W.C and Vatal M (1970).J..'The Oceans: Realities and Prospects'. and Tarling. e. New York 6. h. i. f.'Atmosphere. 4. Estimation of geostrophic winds speed from geostrophic scale Reading and interpretation of I. M. c. Birla Economic Research Foundation (1992) ' The Oceans' Allied Publications. Horizontal and vertical distribution of atmospheric pressure and the resulting circulation.P. Allahabad 7. London 2. Plotting of tephlgrams and their interpretation.'Oceanography for Geographirs'. R. Constraints in accurate forecast in tropical areas. R.D synoptic maps..Mehthuem.(ed) (1985).mson.(1960). New York 240 . G Bell and Sons Ltd. Sharma. New York 5. 'Principles of Geolorphology' John Wiley. (1971). Weather forecasting: methods and techniques.E (1978). Monk House.M.D. Chaitanya. J. (1971)' ' Principles of Physical Geography' University of London Press.S. b. New Delhi 9. Sharma. W. R. BOOKS RECOMMENDED FOR READING .ELBS. and Chorley.(1978). and I.J. d. Identification of common rocks and minerals.b. Oxford University Press. Tracking of cyclones.(1971). 'Puthnam's Geology'. g. D.J. Tarling. NewYork 3. New Delhi 8. Von Norstand.F. Rajesh Publications. P. John Wiley. Flohn.'Introduction to Meteorollogy'. 'Climate and Weather'. (1969). D. Barrett. J. (1974). 11 (1969).Methuen.'World Weather and Climate' Cambridge University Press 16.Columbus (Ohio) 14. Cole. World University Library 11. 'Climatology from Satellites'.O.10. Ayoade. E.Charles E Merrill.'Introduction to Climatology for the tropics' John Willey.' Introduction to Meteology'. Petterssen.W. and Spolton I (1974). A. Riley.et. New York 241 .(1983). Anthes.A.C. (1970). F.al (1978).' The Atmosphere'. R. New York 13. Megraw Hill London 12.London 15. Elastic constants – Expressions for Poisson’s ratio interms of elastic constants – workdone in stretching and twisting a wire – twisting couple on a cylinder – rigidity modulus by static torsion – torsional pendulum – rigidity modulus and moment of inertia. B. Unit 3 : Elasticity Hooke’s Law – Stress – Strain .14. solid and hollow hemisphere – Centre of pressure – vertical rectangular lamina – vertical triangular lamina. Unit 2 : Centre of gravity and centre of pressure Centre of gravity of solid and hollow tetrahedron.101 – MECHANICS AND PROPERITIES OF MATTER Unit 1 : Impulse and Impact Impulse – impact – Laws of impact – direct impact and oblique impact between two smooth spheres – loss of kinetic energy – motion of two interacting bodies – reduced mass.Sc DEGREE COURSE IN PHYSICS Syllabus Semester – I Core Paper – 1 P. 242 . Hydrodynamics Equation of continuity of flow – Venturimeter – Euler’s equation of unidirectional flow – Torricelli’s theorem – Bernoulli’s theorem and its applications. Rigid body dynamics Compound pendulum – theory – equivalent simple pendulum – reversibility of centers of oscillation and suspension – determination of g and k – center of mass – velocity and acceleration of centre of mass – determination of motion of individual particle – system of variable mass. Chand & Co. Chand & Co. Mechanics by P. S. S.Chand & Co.Mathur. 2. S. Halliday.J.. 4. S. R. 3.Chand & Co.Murugeshan. (2001). S. Mechanics by D. 5. Fundamentals of General Properties of Matter by H. Wiley. 243 . Unit 5 : Fluid dynamics Surface tension-Definition – Excess of pressure over curved surface – Application to spherical and cylindrical drops and bubbles – variation of surface tension with temperature – Jaegar’s method Viscosity-Definition – Coefficient of viscosity – Rate of flow of liquid in a capillary tube – Poiseuille’s formula – variation of viscosity of a liquid with temperature – Application Books for Study 1. 2nd Edition (2001). Mechanics and General Properties of Matter by P. 6th edition.Subramaniam.Gulati. Books for Reference 1.K.R. Orient Longman Publishers (1960).Unit 4 : Bending of beams Cantilever – expression for bending moment – expression for depression – cantilever oscillations – Expression for time period – Experiment to find Young’s modulus – Non uniform bending – Experiment to determine Young’s modulus by Koenig’s method – uniform bending – expression for elevation – experiment to determine Young’s modulus using microscope. Books and Allied (P) Ltd. Duraipandian. Chakrabarthy.. Fundamentals of Physics by D. NY (2001). Properties of Matter by Brij Lal and N.S. Chand & Co. Laxmi Duraipandian. General Properties of Matter by C. Properties of Matter by R. New Delhi (1994).. New Delhi (1988).. Smith.. 3. Muthamizh Jayapragasam. Walker. National Publishing Company. New Delhi (2001). 2. Mechanics – Part I and II by Narayanamoorthy. New Delhi (1982). 4.Rensick and J. 102 – THERMAL PHYSICS AND ACOUSTICS Unit 1 : Thermometry and Calorimetry Platinum resistance thermometer – Calendar and Griffith’s bridge – Thermistor – Specific heat capacity – Specific heat capacity of solids – Dulong and Petit’s law – Specific heat capacity of liquid – method of mixtures – Barton’s correction – Specific heat capacity of gases – Cp and Cv by Regnault’s and Callendar & Barne’s methods – variation of specific heat capacity of diatomic gases Low temperature physics : Joule-Kelvin effect – porous plug experiment – liquefaction of gases – Linde’s method of liquefying air Unit 2 : Thermodynamics Thermodynamic equilibrium – zeroth law of thermodynamics – first law of thermodynamics – Reversible and irreversible processes – second law of thermodynamicsHeat engine – Carnot’s engine – Carnot’s theorem – Internal combustion engines – petrol and diesel engines – thermodynamics scale of temperature.Semester – II Core Paper 2 P.Entropy – entropy and available energy – temperature – entropy diagram for Carnot’s cycle . damped. forced oscillations and resonance – intensity and loudness of sound – intensity level – decibel – noise pollution.III Law of thermodynamics – Nernst’s heat theorem. Unit 4 : Waves and oscillations Simple harmonic motion . 244 .combination of two SHMs in a straight line – at right angles – Lissajous’s figures – free. Unit 3 : Conduction and Radiation Thermal conductivity – rectilinear flow of heat – thermal conductivity of a good conductor – Forbe’s method – thermal conductivity of a bad conductor – Lee’s disc method – radiation – blackbody radiation – Wien’s law – Stefan’s law – Newton’s law of cooling from Stefan’s law – Solar constant – Pyrometer – Pyroheliometer. . New York. New Delhi (2001). Heat and Thermodynamics by Brijlal and N.Unit 5 : Ultrasonics Ultrasonics – production – piezo electric crystal method – magnetostriction method – applications Acoustics of buildings – reverberation – Absorption coefficient – Sabine’s formula – Acoustics aspects of halls and auditoriums. 2.S. Heat and Thermodynamics by J. New Delhi (2000). New Delhi (1976).. Fundamentals of Physics by Resnick Halliday and Walker. Subramanyam. New Delhi (1965).Leonard.Rajam and C. Inc. 1st edition. 2. 3. 6. 4.Ltd. Vikas Publishing house.. Triveni Publishers. S. Heat and Thermodynamics by D.Chand & Co. New Delhi (1996). Text book of Sound by V. Books for Reference 1. Principles of Thermodynamics by Jin Sheng Hsieh. 8th edition. McGraw – Hill Book Co. Meerut (1998).B. Fundamentals of Thermodynamics by Carroll M. Heat by Narayanamoorthy and KrishnaRao. S. 5. 6th edition. Tokyo (1975). . New Delhi (1978). Asia Pvt. Singapore. Waves and Oscillations by Brijlal and N. Madras (1969). Subramanyam. 245 . McGraw – Hill Kogakusha Ltd. S.Khanna and R. 3rd edition Sulthan Chand & Sons. Books for study 1. Ltd. Heat and Thermodynamics by Zemansky. 5.Chand & Co.. 1st edition.Chand & Co. Kedharnaath Publish & Co. 4.R.Arora.Mathur. 3.L.. Text book of Sound by Ghosh. John Willey and Sons.Bedi.S. Prentice-Hall of India (P) Ltd. P. Spectrometer – refractive index of a liquid 14. Core Practical – I (PR 1) (At the end of the Second semester) 1. Potentiometer – Internal resistance Note : Use of Digital balance is permitted 246 . R and refractive index of a concave lens 13. Thermodynamics by Warren Giedt. Power. Rigidity modulus – Torsional pendulum (without identical masses) 4. Surface tension and interfacial surface tension – drop weight method 6.O. Specific heat capacity of a liquid – Newton’s law of cooling 10. Rigidity modulus and moment of inertia – Torsional pendulum (With identical masses) 5. Van Nostrand Reinhold Company. Young’s modulus – Uniform bending – Optic lever 3. Sonometer – Verification of laws and frequency of tuning fork 8. Young’s modulus – Non-uniform bending – Pin & microscope 2. Focal length. Box – Temperature coefficient of resistance 15. Coefficient of viscosity of liquid – Graduated burette (radius of capillary tube by Mercury pellet method) 7. Specific heat capacity of liquid – Method of mixtures (Half-time correction) 11. 1st edition.6. Sonometer – Relative Density of a solid and liquid 9. NewYork (1971). Focal length. Power. R and refractive index of a long focus convex lens 12. Chemistry. Unit 3 : Thermal Physics Joule-Kelvin effect – Joule-Thomson porous plug experiment – theory and application – liquefaction of gasses – Linde’s process – Helium I and II – adiabatic 247 . Unit 2 : Properties of matter Elasticity : Elastic constants – bending of beam – Young’s modulus by nonuniform bending – energy stored in a stretched wire – torsion in a wire – determination of rigidity modulus by torsional pendulum – static torsion.The following procedure is to be followed for internal marks(40 marks) Attendance : 5 marks Practical test – best 2 out of 3 : 30 marks Record : 5 marks . Surface tension : Molecular theory of surface tension – excess of pressure inside a drop and bubble – variation of surface tension with temperature – Jaeger’s method.c frequency using sonometer (steel and brass wires) – ultrasonics – production – application and uses – reverberation – factors for good acoustics of hall and auditorium.burette method – Stoke’s law – terminal velocity – viscosity of highly viscous liquid – lubrication. etc) ALLIED PHYSICS PAPER – I Unit 1 : Waves and Oscillations Simple harmonic motion – composition of two simple harmonic motion at right angles (periods in the ratio 1:1) – Lissajou’s figures – uses – laws of transverse vibrations of strings – Melde’s string – transverse and longitudinal modes – determination of a. Syllabus for Allied Physics Papers (For students majoring in Mathematics. Viscosity : Coefficient of viscosity – Poissuelle’s formula – comparison of viscosities . S. Optics and Spectroscopy by R. Books for Reference 1. Atma Ram & Sons. average and RMS values of ac current and voltage – power factor and current values in an ac circuit – circuit control and protective devices – switch and its types – fuses circuit breaker and relays. 10th Edition. New Delhi (1983). Gulati. New Delhi (2005). Unit 4 : Electricity and Magnetism Capacitor – energy of a charged capacitor .Rajam and C. Waves and Oscillations by Brijlal and N.Ltd.. Properties of Matter by Brij Lal and N. S. 8th edition. Chand & Co. S.demagnetization.Subramaniam. New Delhi (1979). Chand & Co. 1st edition.S. Subramanyam.S.Khanna and R..L. 4. John Willey and Sons.R.S... Books for study 1. Kedharnaath Publish & Co. Srivastava. S. New Delhi (1976). Meerut (1998). New Delhi (2005). 3.B. New Delhi (1994). 2. Khare and S. Optics by D. Murugesan.R.Arora. Fundamentals of Physics by Resnick Halliday and Walker. S.R. Allied Physics by R. 4. 5. Murugesan. .Chand & Co.Chand & Co.loss of energy due to sharing of charges – magnetic field due to a current carrying conductor – Biot Savart’s Law – Field along the axis of the coil carrying current – peak.Chand & Co. Thermodynamic equilibrium – laws of thermodynamics – entropy change of entropy in reversible and irreversible processes. Unit 5 : Geometrical optics Refraction – Refractive index by microscopy – air cell – refraction at grazing incidence and grazing emergence in prisms – combination of two small angled prisms to produce dispersion without deviation and deviation without dispersion – direct vision prism – constant deviation prism – defects of images – coma – distortion – spherical and chromatic aberration in lenses. 248 . New Delhi (2001). Asia Pvt. Vikas Publishing house. Electricity and Magnetism by N.Bedi. Singapore.Text book of Sound by V. Heat and Thermodynamics by J. 2. 3. Ltd. Khanna and H. 6th edition. LSI and VLSI – Half adder. Unit 2 : Atomic Physics Atom model – vector atom model – electron.shell model – nuclear energy – mass defect – binding energy. Unit 3 : Nuclear Physics Nuclear model – liquid drop model – magic numbers . Digital Electronics : NAND and NOR gates – Universal building blocks – Boolean algebra – Demorgan’s theorem – verification – elementary ideas of ICs – SSI . Interference : Colours of thin films –air wedge – determination of diameter of a thin wire by air wedge – test for optical flatness – Diffraction – Fresnel’s explanation of rectilinear propagation of light – theory of transmission grating – Normal incidence – polarization – double refraction . Full adder.optical activity – polarimeter. Unit 5 : Electronics Basic Electronics: Zener diode – voltage regulator – LED – Transistor RC coupled amplifier – feedback principle – condition for oscillation – phase shift oscillator – Wein’s bridge oscillator. spin.ALLIED PHYSICS – PAPER II Unit 1 : Physical Optics Velocity of light – Michelson’s method. Radiation detectors – ionization chambers – GM Counter – Fission Controlled and Uncontrolled chain reaction – nuclear reactor – thermonuclear reactions – stellar energy. quantum numbers – Pauli’s exclusion principle – electronic configuration of elements and periodic classification of elements – various quantum numbers – magnetic dipole moment of electron due to orbital and spin motion – Bohr magneton – spatial quantisation – Stern and Gerlach experiment. Unit 4 : Elements of relativity and quantum mechanics Postulates of theory of relativity – Lorentz transformation equations – derivation – length contraction – time dilation – mass energy equivalence – uncertainty principle – postulates of wave mechanics – Schrodinger’s equation – application to a particle in a box. Books for study 249 . Half Subtractor and Full subtractor. MSI. Chand & Co. 6th edition. 4. 2. Singapore. Rigidity modulus by torsional oscillations without mass 5. Rigidity modulus by Static torsion method 4. Subramaniyam. New Delhi (2002). Modern Physics by R.Chand & Co. 2nd Edition. Allied Physics by K. Asia Pvt. S.. 3. S. Specific heat Capacity of a liquid – Half time correction 8. Books for Reference 1. Murugesan. Optics by D. Surface tension and interfacial tension – Drop Weight method 6.R.Beiser. S.Chand & Co. Newton’s rings .. Gulati. Popular Book Depot. 3. . S. Fundamentals of Physics by Resnick Halliday and Walker. New Delhi (2005).Floyd. 5.R. ALLLIED PHYSICS – PRACTICALS (Practical Examination at the end of even semester) 1. Applied Electronics by A. 2. Ltd. Concepts of Modern Physics by A. New Delhi (1997). Allied Physics by R. Sonometer – Determination of a. Subramanyam. Khanna and H.Radius of curvature 10. National Publishing Co. Comparison of viscosities of two liquids – Burette method 7.1. Air wedge – Thickness of a wire 250 . 4. Young’s Modulus by Non-uniform bending using Pin and Microscope 2. New Delhi (2005). Tata McGraw Hill Publication.Ltd.c frequency 9. Chand & Co. New Delhi (1979). Chennai (2004). Digital Fundamentals by Thomas L. Jayaraman. Murugesan.. Chennai (2001). Thangaraj and D. Universal Book Stall – New Delhi (1998). Text book of Optics by Brijlal and N. Young’s Modulus by Non-uniform bending using Optic lever – Scale and telescope 3. John Willey and Sons. Construction of AND.O. P. NAND gate as a universal gate Note : Use of digital balance is permitted The following procedure is to be followed for internal marks (40 marks) Attendance : 5 marks Practical test – best 2 out of 3 : 30 marks Record : 5 marks 251 . Spectrometer – Grating – Wavelength of Mercury lines – Normal Incidence 12.G. NOT gates – using diodes and Transistor 16. Box – Specific resistance 14. – Figure of merit 15.11. B. Potentiometer – Voltmeter Calibration 13. Zener Diode – Characteristics 17. OR. 15. B.Sc. DEGREE COURSE IN PLANT BIOLOGY AND PLANT BIOTECHNOLOGY SYLLABUS SEMESTER – I PAPER –1 - PHYCOLOGY Hours :6 UNIT 1 Classification of Algae – F.E.Fritsch 1945 UNIT 2 General characters of selected algal groups( Cyanophyceae,Chlorophycea, Bacillariophyceae, Phaeophyceae and Rhodophyceae.) UNIT 3 Detailed study of distribution, habit, pigmentation, plastids, food reserves, flagellation, reproduction and life cycles of the following forms of Cyanophycease Bacillariophyceae and Chlorophyceae (No developmental studies) CYANOPHYCEAE – Anbaena and Nostoc. CHILOROPHYCEAE – Chlorella (unicellular), Scenedesmus (colonial), Coleochaete (heterotrichous) and Caulerpa (thalloid). BACILLARIOPHYCEAE – Diatoms – Navicula UNIT 4 Detailed study of distribution, habit, pigmentation, plastids, food reserves, reproduction and life cycles of the following forms of Phaeophyceae and Rhodophyceae. (no developmental studies) PHAEOPHYCEAE – Sargassum 252 RHODOPHYCEAE – Gracilaria UNIT 5 Economic importance of Algae – Algae as food (SCP), fodder, bio-fertilizer, oxidation ponds and medicines. Industrial uses of Algae (alginates, agar and diatomaceous earth PRACTICAL : 4 hours A detailed study of the genera included in the theory. BOOKS 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Bilgrami K.S. and Saha L.C. – A text book of Algae – CBS publishers and distributors 1992 Bold. HC and Wyne.M.J. 1978, - Introduction to the Algae, Printice Hall of India. Chapman. V.J. and Caphman.D.J. 1973 – The Algae (2nd Edition) Macmillan. Fritsch. F.E. 1935 and 1945 - Structure and Reproduction of Algae Vol.1 and 2 – Cambridge Univ. Press. Kumar. H.D. and Singh. H.N. 1976 – A text book of Algae, Affiliated East West Press Pvt. Ltd. Smith.G.M., 1955 – Cryptogamic Botany Vol.-I, McGraw Hill. Trainor.F.A. 1978 – Introductory phycology, John Wiley. Vashishta. B.R., 1970 – Text book of Botany – Algae, S.Chand. Venkatesvaralu.V. – Text book of algae, Maruthi Publishers. I Year - II SEMESTER PAPER - II MYCOLOGY, VIROLOGY & BACTERIOLOGY Hours 6 MYCOLOGY : UNIT 1 Fungi – General Characteristics, and broad classification of Alexopoulos. UNIT 2 A detailed study of the structure and reproduction in the following genera:- Pythium, Albugo, Yeast, Peziza, Aspergillus, Puccinia, Colletotrichum, UNIT 3 Bacteria – Ultrastructure, classification reproduction and their economic important nutrition, respiration , UNIT 4 Plant Viruses – Salient features, structure classification, replication,mode of transmission and disease caused by them. 253 UNIT 5. Lichens – Occurrence, structure and reproduction of Fruticose LichenUsnea (No developmental studies) PRACTICAL : I Hours: 4 A detailed study of the following genera mentioned in the theory : Fungi : Pythium, albugo, Yeast, Peziza, Aspergillus, Puccinia, Colletotrichum, Bacteria : Grams staining – Demonstration only Lichens : A general study of Fruticose type Lichen ( Usnea). BOOKS 1. Webster.J., 1970 - Introduction to Fungi, Cambridge University Press. 2. Biswas. S.B. and Biswas. A, 1976 – An Introduction to Viruses, Vikas Publishing House Pvt. Ltd. 3. Misra.A.S. and Agarwal.R.P., 1978 – Lichens : A preliminary text, Oxford and IBH Publishing Co. 4. Hawker.I.E., 1966 – Fungi, Hutchinson University Library. 5. Salle.A.J., 1974 – Fundamental principles of Bacteriology, Tata McGraw Will 6. Alexopoulos.C.J., 1962 – Introductory Mycology, John Wiley. 7. Vashista.B.R., 1969 – Botany (for degree students) Part-II Fungi, S.Chand&Co. 8. Qube.H.C., 1978 – A text book of Fungi, Bacteria and Viruses, Vikas Publishing House (P) Ltd. Allied Subject : Unit 1 : Cell Biology BOTANY PAPER – I (4 HOURS) Prokaryotic and Eukaryotic cell (animal & plant cell) Cell organelles – structure and function of chloroplst, mitochondrion and nucleus. Cell division : Mitosis and Meiosis Unit 2 :Anatomy Tissues – meristematic and permanent tissues. Primary structure of dicot stem and dicot root structure of dicot leaf. Structure of monocot root. Normal secondary thickening of dicot stem. Unit 3: Bacteria and Viruses Bacteria – general characters – shape – flagellation – grams staining – structure of E.coli-reproduction – (vegetative and asexual) Economic importance. Viruses – general characteristics – generalized structure of viruses – structure of Tobacco mosaic virus, structure of bacteriophage – its multiplication. Unit 4: Structure and Life History of a)Nostoc, Chlorella, Sargassum and Gracilaria b)Albugo, Yeast, Penicillium and Agaricus 254 Unit 5 : Structure and Life History of a)Funaria b)Lycopodium c)Cycas Economic importance of Nostoc, Chlorella, Saccharomyces, Penicillium and Agaricus. PAPER – II ( 4 HOURS) Unit 1 : Taxonomy General outline of Bentham and Hooker’s system of classification study of the range of characters and plants of economic importance in the following families : Annonaceae, Fabaceae, Rubiaceae, Apocynaceae, Euphorbiaceae and Liliaceae Unit 2 : Embryology Structure of mature anther. Structure of mature ovule – its types. Structure of pollengrain. Development of male gametophyte. Fertilization. Unit 3 : Plant Physiology Absorption of water physiological role of micro and macro elements – their deficiency symptoms Photosynthesis – light reaction – Calvin cycle respiration – Glycolysis – Kreb’s cycle – electron transport system. Nitrogen cycle. Growth hormones – auxins – gibberellins and cytokinins – their applications – tissue culture – its significance. Unit 4: Ecology Ecosystem – definition – basic components of ecosystem examples of ecosystem – fresh water ecosystem. Energy flow in ecosystem – trophic level. Food chain – food web. Environmental pollution. Major pollutants – types of pollution – air pollution, water pollution, soil pollution – control measures. Unit 5 : Genetics Mendelism – monohybrid and dihybrid crosses – inbreeding and outbreeding. Practical (4 Hours) Each Semester 2 hours 1. To describe in technical terms, plants belonging to any of the families prescribed and to identify the family. 2. To dissect a flower, construct floral diagram and write floral formula. 3. To make suitable micropreparations, describe and identify materials of algae, Fungi, Bryophyte, Pteridophyte, Gymnosperm and Angiosperm, prescribed. 4. To describe simple experimental setup in plant physiology section of the syllabus. *** 255 16. B.SC. DEGREE COURSE IN PSYCHOLOGY SYLLABUS I YEAR I SEMESTER Core GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY- I UNIT I INTRODUCTION Definition of Psychology, Psychology as a science: Methods of psychology, Different schools of Psychology and modern perspectives of psychology - Scope and branches of psychology. UNIT II SENSATION AND PERCEPTION General Properties of Senses, subliminal stimuli, Selective Attention, Physiological correlates of Attention, Internal influences on Perception- Learning, Set, Motivation and Emotion; External influences on perception- Figure Ground separation, Movement, organization, illusions, Perceptual constancies, Depth perception, Binocular and Monocular Depth, Perception; Perceptual defense and perceptual vigilance, sensory deprivation, sensory bombardment. UNIT III CONSCIOUSNESS: Fundamental Process, Active and passive roles of consciousness, Sleep and Dreams, Meditation, Hypnosis, Psi Phenomena, Alternate states of consciousness; Natural and Drug induced. UNIT IV LEARNING Definition of learning, Theories of learning, Classical conditioning, Operant conditioning, Cognitive Learning, Social Learning. UNIT V MEMORY Meaning and nature of memory, Theories of memory: Information processing theoriessensory register, short term memory, rehearsal; Levels of processing theories, Long term memory-organizations, TOT, semantic and episodic memory, encoding and storing long term memories, role of organization, role of imagery, role of constructive processes; Retrieval from long term memory; Forgetting- Motivated forgetting, Interference, Decay through disuse, Techniques of improving memory. 256 REFERENCES: 1. Morgan, C.T., King, R.A., Weisz, J.R., & Schopler, J.(2007). Introduction To Psychology,7th Edition. Singapore: Mcgraw- Hill. 2. Myers, D.G. (2004). Psychology.5th Edition, Worth Publishers: New York. 3. Baron, R.A.. (2002) Psychology, 5th Edition, Prentice Hall, India. 4. Kalat, J. (2007) Introduction To Psychology, 8th Edition, Wordsworth Pub.Co. 5. Hilgard ,E.R., Atkinson,R.L.,R.C.,(2003) Introduction To Psychology.14th Edition Wordsworth Pub. Co EXTRA READINGS: Feldman, R.S. (2006) Understanding Psychology, 6th Edition, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi Kosslyn, S.M., & Rosenberg, R.S. (2006) Psychology In Context, 3rd Edition, Pearson Education Ltd. Core Biological Basis of Behaviour I UNIT I Biopsychology as a Neuroscience: What is Biopsychology? Approaches to relate brain and behavior, relation between Biopsychology and the other disciplines. Divisions of Biopsychology; History of research on the brain and Behavior; Scope : Understanding of psychiatric disorders, Laboratory Clinical Approaches and Animal research contributions; Genetics and Psychological Differences. Foundations of Biopsychology: Evolution of the Human Brain, Research methods of Biopsychology: Ethical issues in research with animals; careers in neuroscience. UNIT II Structure of the nervous system: Basic features of the Nervous System – meninges, ventricles, cerebro spinal fluid blood brain barriers, Structure of the neuron – Peripheral Nervous System; The 257 Central Nervous System, Cerebral localization of function: Tests of Cerebral localization, sex differences, Anatomical Asymmetries of the brain – theories. UNIT III Neural Conduction and Synaptic Transmission: The Neurons Resting Membrane Potential, Conduction of Action Potentials, Synaptic transmission, the Neurotransmitters. Hormones, Hormones affect behavior, Homeostasis: Temperature regulation, fluid regulation, regulation of salt, food and energy regulation, UNIT IV Biopsychology of Emotions, Aggression And Stress: Individual differences in their responsiveness; neural circuit, Hormones and synaptic transmitters, mediate violence and aggression; Relationship of Stress and Emotions to human diseases. UNIT V Learning, Memory and Amnesia : Amnesic effect of bilateral medial temporal Lobectomy, Neuro-anatomy of object – reorganization memory, the hippocampus and memory for special location, where are memories stored? Synaptic mechanism of learning and memory. REFERENCE: 1. Neil. R. Carlson (2007) Foundations of Physiological Psychology, 6th Edition, Pearson Education, New Delhi,. 2. John. P.J. Pinel (2007) Biopsychology, 6th Edition ,Pearson Education, New Delhi. 3. Rosenzweig.R. Mark, Breedlove.S. Mark, Leiman.L.Arnold ( 2002) Biological Psychology, 3rd Edition, Sinauer Associates, Inc., Sunderland. 258 social integration 259 . UNIT I: Introduction to Sociology: Scope of Sociology – Sociology as a science – Basic definitions in Sociology – society. Modernization. problems of stratification. Economic factors for social change.Relation between Sociology and Psychology. Parsons – Social System.Stratification systems in India – Caste systems . Dynamics of stratification systems – Roles of stratifications. Industrialization – Pace of social change UNIT V: Sociology of India & Indian Society: Structure of Indian Society . community. social role. science technology.Durkheim – Division of Labour. Suicide. Political initiatives. accommodation.Social mobility – Sanskritisation. Industrialization in Indian Society . institution. Westernisation. stratification. UNIT II: Social Thoughts and Thinkers: Basic Concepts. culture. class struggle . modern trends in social change Multicultural society in India . UNIT IV: Social Change : Theories of social change – Agencies of social change – Instruments of social change– Education.Allied PRINCIPLES OF SOCIOLOGY OBJECTIVES: To introduce the basic concepts of Sociology as related to psychology. deprivation. religion and society – Weber – Social Action. competition.Social Processes – Assimilation.Marx – Alienation.Social Change in India – Social Movements. Ideal types. social systems. groups. cooperation. conflict. Pattern Variables – Mead – Self And Identity UNIT III: Social Stratification: Caste. Family and kinship .Social classes in India . Class. and social norms. association. social motives.Coser (1979) Masters of Social Thought. Emotions: Gender and Culture. biological motivation.Emotional Intelligence. Frustration and conflicts of motives.REFERENCE: 1. Class and Power: Changing Social Stratification. T. (2003) Social Change in Modern India. Louis A.Theories of motivation. UNIT III EMOTION Definitions of Emotions: Components of emotions. facial expression and emotion. Responses to emotion. Creative Thinking. UNIT IV PERSONALITY 260 . Regulations of emotions. Andre Beteille: Caste.B. Harcourt Brance Jovanoviti. Orient Longman Pvt Ltd. motives to know and to be effective. Bombay. Subjective experience and emotion. Blackie & Son Publishers Pvt Ltd. Srinivas M. U. Anthony Giddens (2006) Sociology. Problem solving and Decision making. Motivation and Behavior . Polity Press. Assessment of Emotions. 3. New Delhi. Recent theory of Multiple Intelligence . New Edition. bodily changes and emotion.Assessment of intelligence.N.Determinants of Intelligence . UNIT II MOTIVATION Definition of Motivation. Theories of intelligence: Factor theories and cognitive theories. Cognitive appraisal and emotion. Core . (1985) Sociology. New Delhi. 2. 4. 5. Bottomore. New Delhi.GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY II UNIT I THINKING AND INTELLIGENCE Thinking process.Management of emotions . OUP. Concepts and categorization.K. . R.(2007). Core Biological Basis of Behaviour II UNIT I: Development of the Nervous System: Phases of neurodevelopment. REFERENCES: 1. & Rosenberg.5th Edition. UNIT V PSYCHOLOGY OF SELF Perspectives on the notion of self..A.Co. (2004).T. Humanistic approach. Traditional and Contemporary approaches. R. D. Introduction To Psychology.. Atkinson.C.G. India.. Determinants of personality. (2006) Psychology In Context.S.7th Edition. J.Hill.R. Morgan. 8th Edition. Psychology. C. 4. Cognitive approach. Myers. Co EXTRA READINGS: Feldman.M.R. Pearson Education Ltd. Behaviouristic approach. 6th Edition. Basis of self knowledge.L. R. Weisz. self as an object and as a process. R. Baron. Singapore: Mcgraw. Neuro-plasiticity in Adults. Wordsworth Pub. Kalat.(2003) Introduction To Psychology. Autism and Williams’ Syndrome. (2006) Understanding Psychology. 2. & Schopler.. (2007) Introduction To Psychology.A. 261 . New Delhi Kosslyn. postnatal development in Human Infants.14th Edition Wordsworth Pub. Measurement of personality.. 5th Edition. J. (2002) Psychology. J.. S. Evolutionary approach. Hilgard . Prentice Hall. Worth Publishers: New York.. 3rd Edition.S.R.E. 5.Concepts of Personality: Psychoanalytic approach. Tata McGraw Hill. King.R. Proximal and distal. 3.Disorders of Neurodevelopment. UNIT III: Sleep. control of movements. UNIT IV: Sensory System: Visual System: Audition..J. Amnesia of Korsakoff’s Syndrome. 262 . the chemical senses: smell and taste. Neil. 6th Edition. Carlson (2007) Foundations of Physiological Psychology. Breedlove. intra cranial stimulation and the pleasure centers of the brain. spinal cord or brain. Amnesia after concussion. REFERENCE: 1. circadian clock: neural and molecular mechanisms. Cortical Mechanisms. New Delhi. Alzheimer’s Disease. Rosenzweig. Sunderland. touch and pain. REM sleeping and dreaming. four areas of brain involved in sleep. UNIT V Motor Control and Plasticity: Different views. psychopharmacology. Pinel (2007) Biopsychology. 2.. disruption of movement by disorders of muscles.L. New Delhi. Leiman. R.UNIT II: Brain Damage and Neuroplasticity: Causes of Brain damage..Arnold ( 2002) Biological Psychology. Dreaming and Circadian Rhythms: Physiological and behavioral events of sleep. John.R. 3. 3rd Edition. Mark. Somato sensation: Touch and pain. Circadian sleep cycles. Bio psychological theories of Addiction. Pearson Education. Inc. Mark. Pearson Education. 6th Edition. P. treatment of nervous system damage.S. effects of sleep deprivation. neuro plastic responses to nervous system damage. Sinauer Associates. Matriarchal and Patriarchal systems. and emphasis will be laid on the basic social institutions. Unit – V Belief System and Political Institution Concept and definition. preferential and prescribed marriages – endogamy. Integrating the various cultural groups . Descent: unilinear descent. and other forms of exchanges. and cognatic descent groups-bilateral groups. religion. Political institution concept and definition –feature and types-youth organizations among Indian tribes. crime. Its social-cultural significance. and kindred-rules regarding inheritance. its social-cultural significance. and punishments in different societies. double descent. 263 . Unit . and criteria of differentiation – typology of kinship systems and social structure. Its socio-cultural significance. Unit – II Family Concept and definition-features-typology. Clan and its socio-cultural significance.Allied FUNDAMENTALS OF SOCIAL ANTHROPOLOGY Syllabus This course is meant to provide a basic understanding about the Social Anthropology. and their variant forms – marriages rules. bride price. Unit-IV Kinship Concept and definition-terminology.I Introduction Basic concepts – Definition and scope of social Anthropology. and organization. exogamy.elements. polyandry. Unit –III Marriage Concept and definition – characters – ways of acquiring a spouse. and incest taboos – polygyny. Its social-cultural significance. and sciencedifferent theories regarding the origin of religion-sacred and profane-tradition-ritualmyths-symbols. dowry. and structural principles. Relationship of Social Anthropology to Psychology and other Social Sciences.social control and law-rewards. and forms-magic. its working. References:   Beals. Lucy ( 1972). H. 17.N. New Delhi: Rawat Publications  Murdock. California: Ethnographic Arts Publications  Mair.(2002).(2001). D. R. Introduction to Social Anthropology.N. and Hoijer.P. Introduction to Social Anthropology. and Jain.C. G. Social Structure in South East Asia. B. 2nd Edition. and Majumdar.Sc. S. USA: Oxford University press. (1960). T. Bombay: Asia Publishing House  Doshi. Introduction to Anthropology Madan. A.L. Introduction to Social Anthropology. DEGREE COURSE IN SOFTWARE ENGINEERING 264 . P. (1960). 265 . V.Counters – Ripple Counters – Synchronous Counter – Design of Counters Unit-5 : Adders – Subtractors – Decoders – Encoders – Multiplexer Demultiplexer – Design of Circuits using decoders/Multiplexers – ROM – PLA – Designing circuits using ROM/PLA Core Objective of the course Course outline 1.Mc-Clausky tabulation method Unit-4: Sequential logic – RS. D and T Flip flops .Truth table simplification of Boolean function .Conversion from one number system to another . Third Edition.Computer Architecture and logical Design.Registers – Shift Registers .Truth tables. 2. ii.map method (upto 5 Variables) .Reference Books i .Bartee.Binary codes .2002.1991.SYLLABUS Title of the Course/ Paper Fundamentals Of Digital Computers I Year & First Credit: 4 Semester This course introduces the basic concepts of computers and fundamentals of Digital Principles Unit 1: Fundamentals of computers – Characteristics of computers – Computer Language – Operating Systems – Generation of Computers. Unit-2: Number systems . JK.Logic gates . New Delhi.Axioms . Fundamentals of Computers.C.Binary logic .Recommended Texts i. Pearson Education .compliments . McGraw Hill. Unit 3: Boolean Algebra . Mano. M.T.M. Digital Logic and Computer Design. PHI.Rajaraman. Lab. Karnaugh’s map reduction and logic circuit implementation 3. Implementation of logic circuits a. Implementation of Full-adder and full-subtractor d. EX-OR gates with only NAND gates d. NAND. Verification of truth table for AND. serial transfer b. OR. Verification of Demorgan’s law b. Logic gates using discrete components b. NOT. OR. Four bits binary subtractor using 1s and 2s complement 4. AND .Lab. I Year & First Credit: 4 Semester This course gives training on the experiments of Digital Electronics 1. OR GATES b. Study of logic gates a. Verification of associative law for AND. 4 – bit binary counter d. Counters for arbitrary sequence Core Objective of the course Course outline Title of the Course/ Paper Programming in C 266 .PRACTICAL – I : Digital . Implementation of Half-adder and Half –subtractor c. Title of the Course/ Paper Digital . NOR and EXOR gates c. BCD Counter e. Shift registers a. Four bit binary adder e. Ring counter c. Realisation of NOT. Realisation of NOT. Implementation of shift register. AND . EX-OR gates with only NOR GATES 2. OR. Adder and subtractor a. Relational and logical. Ltd. Schildt.Operation in Pointers .Declarations .Pointer and Arrays . 2004. Reference Books i.Pearson Education . TMH Pub. go to statements .Balaguruswamy. Unit-2:Data input output functions . Kamthane.2002. Unit-5:Pointers-Declarations. New Delhi 267 . New Delhi. TMH ii Gottfried. break and continue.Variables .Passing pointers to Functions . Let us C.Automatic. New Delhi . Nested control structures . if-else.S. Second Edition.Structures and Pointers – Files. for loop. Processing . First Edition. iii.Passing arguments – Recursions.Identifier and keywords .Programming with ANSI & Turbo C .User defined data types .if. iv. 1.Simple C programs .Core Objective of the course Course outline I Year & Second Credit: 4 Semester This course introduces the basic concepts of C programming Unit 1: Fundamental Character set . Programming with C. 4th Edition.Self-referential structures – Unions . TMH Publishing Company Ltd. Assignment and Conditional Operators .Storage Classes . Unit-4: Arrays . The Complete Reference. do-while ..Flow of control .Comma operator.Creating . Unary. BPB Publications.proto-types .Arrays of Pointers .data types constants . External.H.Defining and Processing . 1995.Passing arrays to functions – Multi-dimension arrays . Recommended Texts i. Co..Library functions.Arrays and String. 1996.Kanetkar Y. 2.Opening and Closing a data file.E.B. Register Variables – Multi-file programs.Programming in ANSI C.1999.Statements Arithmetic.Switch. Unit 3: Functions –Definition .Passing structures to functions .Bit wise operations. Structures .Expressions . while. Static. Cos(x). Sin(x).Addition & Subtraction 2. and trace of a matrix 4. white spaces in a line of text and array of lines 6. Exp(x) ( Comparison with built in functions ) String Manipulation : 5. 8.Title of the Course/ Paper Programming in C Lab I Year & Second Credit: 4 Semester This course gives hands on training in C programming I Summation of Series : 1. 7. 2.Multiplication 3.Inverse of Matrix V Sorting and Searching : 5. n Pr. Finding and replacing substrings III Recursion : 6. Reverse a string & check for palindrome.Determinant of a Matrix 5. consonants. Maximum & Minimum 10. of vowels.Transpose. Insertion Sort Bubble Sort Linear Search Binary Search Core Objective of the course Course outline II 268 . 3. 6. Towers of Hanoi. Counting the no. Fibonacci sequence 9. words. Substring detection. count and removal 8. GCD of two numbers 8. IV Matrix Manipulation : 1. 7. nCr 7. Sc. DEGREE COURSE IN ZOOLOGY Refer the syllabus in B. Advanced Zoology and Biotechnology for I & II semester only (COMMON SYLLABUS) 269 .Sc.18. B. DEGREE COURSE COMPUTER APPLICATIONS SYLLABUS Title of the Course/ Paper Fundamentals Of Digital Computers I Year & First Credit: 4 Semester This course introduces the basic concepts of computers and fundamentals of Digital Principles Unit 1: Fundamentals of computers – Characteristics of computers – Computer Language – Operating Systems – Generation of Computers. New Delhi.Recommended Texts iii.Conversion from one number system to another .compliments . Digital Logic and Computer Design.Logic gates .Truth tables. V. JK.1991.Computer Architecture and logical Design.Rajaraman. D and T Flip flops . Mano. iv.Reference Books i .Axioms . 2. Unit-2: Number systems . Unit 3: Boolean Algebra .19.Bartee. McGraw Hill. Third Edition.Counters – Ripple Counters – Synchronous Counter – Design of Counters Unit-5 : Adders – Subtractors – Decoders – Encoders – Multiplexer Demultiplexer – Design of Circuits using decoders/Multiplexers – ROM – PLA – Designing circuits using ROM/PLA Core Objective of the course Course outline 1. Fundamentals of Computers.A. Pearson Education .Binary logic . PHI.2002.T.Binary codes . 270 .C.C.M.Truth table simplification of Boolean function .Registers –Shift Registers . M.Mc-Clausky tabulation method Unit-4: Sequential logic – RS.map method (upto 5 Variables) . B. using templates. and Find & Replace.SOFTWARE Title of the Course/ Paper PC Software Lab I Year & First Credit: 4 Semester This course gives an exposure to Various Software of Office Package MSWORD 1. File Manipulations 13. Usage of Auto Formatting POWER POINT 17. Usage of Numbering. Cell Editing 11. Frame movements of the above 19. Creation templates Mail Merge Concepts Copying Text & Pictures from Excel MS-EXCEL 10. Usage of design templates Core Objective of the course Course outline 271 . Insertion of new slides 20. Drawing Graphs 16. Text Formatting. 6. Presentation using Wizards 22. Text Manipulations. 3. Usage of Spell check.PRACTICAL – I : PC . Inserting Clip arts and Pictures 18. 4. 2. Footer and Headers. Preparation of Organisation Charts 21. Creation of documents. Picture insertion and alignment. Worksheet Preparation 15. Bullets. 7. Data Sorting (both number and alphabets) 14. 8. Usage of Formulae and Built-in Functions 12. 9. 5. Processing .Bit wise operations. Programming with C. New Delhi 272 . for loop.User defined data types . Static.Simple C programs .Comma operator. Second Edition.Creating . New Delhi.Passing pointers to Functions . Schildt. iv..if. Unit-2:Data input output functions . Let us C.Defining and Processing .Expressions .Kanetkar Y. Unit-4: Arrays .Passing arguments – Recursions. 4th Edition.S. iii. 2004.Switch.Self-referential structures – Unions .Programming in ANSI C.Library functions.Flow of control . break and continue. New Delhi . go to statements .H.proto-types .2002.Identifier and keywords . 1996.Arrays and String. Relational and logical. Kamthane.Balaguruswamy.Pointer and Arrays . Structures . TMH Pub. Unary.data types constants .Variables . while. Register Variables – Multi-file programs. if-else.Operation in Pointers .Automatic.Structures and Pointers – Files. 2. TMH Publishing Company Ltd.Programming with ANSI & Turbo C . BPB Publications.Passing structures to functions .Declarations . TMH ii Gottfried.E. The Complete Reference.Statements Arithmetic.Passing arrays to functions – Multi-dimension arrays . do-while . Unit 3: Functions –Definition . Ltd..Opening and Closing a data file.Storage Classes . Nested control structures . Reference Books i. Co.Pearson Education . Assignment and Conditional Operators . Unit-5:Pointers-Declarations. First Edition. Core Objective of the course Course outline 1. Recommended Texts i.Title of the Course/ Paper Programming in C I Year & Second Credit: 4 Semester This course introduces the basic concepts of C programming Unit 1: Fundamental Character set .B.Arrays of Pointers .1999. External. 1995. Finding and replacing substrings III Recursion : 11. Insertion Sort 20. Maximum & Minimum 15. count and removal 12. GCD of two numbers 13. Reverse a string & check for palindrome. consonants. IV Matrix Manipulation : 1. Counting the no. Linear Search 22. 2. Cos(x).Inverse of Matrix V Sorting and Searching : 19.Addition & Subtraction 2.Determinant of a Matrix 5. Sin(x). white spaces in a line of text and array of lines 10.Multiplication 3. Towers of Hanoi. 3. Fibonacci sequence 14. Bubble Sort 21. of vowels. 11. Substring detection. Binary Search Core Objective of the course ourse outline II 273 . words.Transpose.Title of the Course/ Paper Programming in C Lab I Year & Second Credit: 4 Semester This course gives hands on training in C programming I Summation of Series : 1. Exp(x) ( Comparison with built in functions ) String Manipulation : 9. n Pr. nCr 12. and trace of a matrix 4. Uniqueness and Inversion theorems (Statements and applications only) . & Craig. Books for Study and Reference: Hogg. (1998): Introduction to Mathematical Statistics.Addition and Multiplication laws of probability . McGraw Hill. D. (1974): Introduction to theory of Statistics.5: Standard Distributions – Binomial.G. Quadratic and exponential curves-Simple problems.4: Concepts of bivariate distribution – Correlation:Rank correlation coefficient Concepts of Partial and Multiple Correlation coefficients – Regression: Method of Least squares for fitting Linear.1: Statistics.Skewness-Kurtosis UNIT – 2: Sample Space . & Boes.T. R. & Cochran W.V. (1967): Statistical Methods. UNIT .Conditional Probability . Inter relationship among distributions.M. Definition of Probability (Classical.Mathematics Allied paper I.UNIVERSITY OF MADRAS Syllabi for Allied subjects in Statistics for BA/BSc degrees Choice Based Credit System (Effective from the Academic Year 2008-2009) Disribution of Marks for Theory papers for University Examination and internal assessment is 75:25 Disribution of Marks for Practical papers for University Examination and internal assessment is 60:40 For BSc Branch I. Snedecor. Characteristic function . Poisson. Macmillan. Mood A. A.probability generation functions Examples. Chebychev's Inequality .W. Statistical & Axiomatic) . G.Events.Geometric. UNIT . & Graybill F.Mathematical Statistics-I (4 credits) (6 Hrs theory+2 Hrs Practical) UNIT . Gamma and Beta distributions. 274 . Hyper geometric.Expected values & moments . Normal and Uniform distributions .Bayes' theorem .3: Random Variables (Discrete and Continuous).Simple problems.Cumulants.Moment generation function . UNIT .Simple problems.Functions-Applications-Complete Enumeration-Sampling Methods-Measures of central tendency-Measures of Dispersion. Distribution function .G.Independence .Definition.A. Exponential. (Statements and results only) simple problems.Oxford and IBH. Allied Paper II . Books for Study and Reference: Hogg.G. (1971): Introduction to Mathematical Statistics.Confidence Intervals for population mean. UNIT . D. Mood A. & Boes.4: Theory of attributes . Two way classifications.Pearson Lemma . variance and correlation coefficient.G.Standard Error . A.Mathematical Statistics II (4 credits) (6 Hrs theory+2 Hrs Practical) UNIT .V. proportion. R. (1998) : Introduction to Mathematical Statistics.Inter-relationship among the distributions.A. Snedecor. Chi-square and F distributions.Applications.1: Sampling distributions .M.3: Tests of hypothesis: Type I and II errors . Macmillan.Likelihood ratio tests . & Cochran W.T. moments and minimum chi-square and their properties. (1974): Introduction to theory of Statistics.Cramer Rao inequality .Methods of estimation: Maximum likelihood.2: Point estimation .Power of test – Neyman.G (1967): Statistical Methods. Hoel P.Tests of independence of attributes based on contingency tables Goodness of fit tests based on Chi-square. Hoel P. Wiley. Exact tests based on t. UNIT . UNIT . proportions and variance based on Normal.W. (1971): Introduction to Mathematical Statistics. McGraw Hill.Large sample tests. (Statements only). F distributions. Wiley.Concepts of unbiasedness. G. consistency. UNIT .Sampling distribution based on Normal distribution: t.Concept of standard error . 275 . t and Chi-square. & Craig. & Graybill F. Test of significance .Concepts of most powerful test . efficiency and sufficiency .G.Analysis of Covariance. Interval estimation . Oxford and IBH.5: Analysis of Variance-One way. Chi-square and F distribution with respect to population mean. 2. Numerical problem involving derivation of marginal and conditional distributions and related measures of moments. 3. (i) y = ax+b . 11. Measure of location and dispersion (absolute and relative). 10. t and Chi-square statistics. Curve fitting by the method of least squares. Fitting of Binomial. variance and coefficient of correlation. 9. 276 . and earth sciences. natural. Poisson and Normal distributions and tests of goodness of fit. Diagrammatic and graphical representation of data and frequency distribution. Statistical and Mathematical tables are to be provided to the students at the examination hall. with specific reference to problems in physical. 12. For BSc Branch V Botany and Br XII Computer Science Allied Paper I . 7. (ii) y = ax2 + bx + c . 1. Skewness and Kurtosis. Cumulative frequency distribution . 4.Ogives -Lorenz curve. Rank correlation coefficient. Asymptotic and exact tests of significance with regard to population mean. 5. 6. Construction of univariate and bivariate frequency distributions with samples of size not exceeding 200. Confidence Interval based on Normal.Allied Paper III: Practical (2 credits) (based on Mathematical Statistics I and II ) NOTE: Use of scientific calculator may be permitted for Mathematical Statistics practical examination. proportion. Computation of correlation coefficients and regression lines for raw and group data. Analysis of Variance and Analysis of Covariance .Statistical Methods and Their Applications I (4 credits) (6hrs theory+2 hours practical) Note: The emphasis is solely upon the understanding and practice of statistical methods. Test for independence of attributes based on contingency table. (iii) y = aebx (iv) y = axb 8. B.Bayes' theorem. median. mode.Finitely additive probability space addition and multiplication theorems .G. Croxton. quartile deviation.: Elementary Statistical Analysis .conditional probability .Oxford and IBH Snedecor.and their properties.W. & Cochran. Geometric mean. UNIT .Simple random sampling. I.: Statistics in Research. quantiles and their uses.Graphical determination of percentiles.J.Prentice Hall Wilks. F.curve fitting by the method of least squares. D. Harmonic mean and their properties . Oxford and IBH Simpson and Kafka: Basic Statistics Burr. UNIT .Independence of events .3: Measures of location .scatter diagram – Correlation and Regression lines linear prediction .1: Nature and scope of statistical methods and their limitations . Oxford & 1BH.Rank correlation coefficient . Stratified and systematic random sampling procedures . G. UNIT .Classification. S.: Applied Statistical Methods. mean deviation. 277 . Prentice Hall Ostleo.5: Bivariate frequency table and its uses . UNIT .Partial and multiple correlation coefficients.Arithmetic mean. skewness and kurtosis .S. standard deviation. Lorenz curve.: Elements of Statistics .2: Sampling from finite population ..4: Probability of an event .(1967): Statistical Methods. Academic Press.UNIT . Concepts of sampling and nonsampling errors. tabulation and diagrammatic representation of various types of statistical data .: Applied General Statistics. coefficient of variation. Books for Study References: Mode.W. Measures of dispersion .Range. B.Frequency curves and Ogives .-merits and demerits.E. W.Estimation mean and total and their standard errors. E. and Cowden. Statistical Methods and Their Applications II (4 Credits) (6hrs theory+2 hours practical) Note: The emphasis is solely upon the understanding and practice of statistical methods. UNIT .Biostatistics. S.Paper II . Sydney Siegel.2: Standard distributions . & Cochran.One way and two way classification Analysis of CRD and RBD .simple problems.Wilcoxon signed Rank test.3: Concept of sampling distributions . G.: Elements of Statistics . Oxford and IBH Simpson and Kafka: Basic Statistics Burr.Mathematical expectation .Sign testRuns test for one and two sample problems. Concepts of factorial experiments (without confounding). Oxford & IBH.Prentice Hall Wilks. Academic Press.Comparison between parametric and Non-parametric tests.Chebycheff's inequality . Books for Study and References: Mode.Tests of significance based on t.G.1: Concepts of random variable .: Applied General Statistics.J. 278 . replication.B.Non-parametric Methods for Behavioural Sciences.Moment generating function .distributions with respect to mean.W. Theory of attributes and tests of independence in contingency table.: Statistics in Research. and Cowden. UNIT .Moments of random variable (raw and central moments) . and earth sciences.Fitting of distributions. E. B. UNIT – 5: Non parametric tests.Mann Whitney U test.Randomization. with specific reference to problems in physical.standard error . Daniel. variance and correlation coefficient.Latin square designs.W. W W. I. Chi-square arid F .Binomial. and local control Analysis of variance . FE.: Statistical Methods. W.: Applied Statistical Methods. Croxton. Prentice Hall Ostleo.4: Principle of scientific experiments .Allied . UNIT .: Elementary Statistical Analysis -Oxford and IBH Snedecor. Poisson and Normal distributions . D. UNIT .. natural.S. Analysis of variance . 7. Cumulative frequency curve and Lorenz curves. 14. 2. Curve fitting by the method of least squares. stratified and systematic random sampling procedure. Computation of correlation coefficients . Partial and Multiple Correlation coefficients. RBD and Latin square designs. 8.1: Nature and scope of statistical methods and their limitations and their applications in Geography . Diagrammatic and graphical representation of various statistical data and frequency distributions. 9. 10. Chi-square. (iii) y = aebx (iv) y = axb 6. 13. and F distributions with regard to mean.spatial data and statistical methods classification.tests for proportions.correlation coefficients. 1. (ii) y = ax2 + bx + C.Allied Paper III: Practical (2 credits) (based on Statistical Methods and Their Applications I and II ) NOTE: Use of scientific calculator may be permitted for Statistics for practical examination. Exact test based on t. 5. For BSc Branch VIII Geography Allied Paper I – Applied Statistics I (4 credits) (6hrs theory+2 hours practical) Note: The emphasis is solely upon the application understanding and practice of statistical methods. dispersion. Estimation of mean and r total and their standard errors in simple. moments. (i) y = ax + b. UNIT . 11. variance and correlation coefficients. 3. Analysis of CRD. Poisson and Normal distributions and testing goodness of fit. 12. with specific reference to problems in earth sciences. Construction of univariate and bivariate frequency distribution with samples of size not proceeding 200. skewness and kurtosis. Computation of various measures of location.one-way and two-way classifications.Non-parametric tests. Fitting of Binomial. Statistical and Mathematical tables are to be provided to the students at the examination hall. 4. tabulation and diagrammatic representation of various 279 . Large sample test .regression lines (raw data and grouped data) . & Cochran. London. standard deviation. Gregory. Concept of sampling and nonsampling errors. Books for Study: Wonnacott. Longman.Finitely additive probability space addition and multiplication theorems .4: Measures of dispersion . mode. Lorenz curve.: Applied Statistical Methods. (1985): Introductory Statistics.5: Probability of an event.Bayes’ theorem . H. David Ebdon (1977): Statistics in Geography . Academic Press. T. UNIT . 4th edition John Wiley & Sons.conditional probability . Hammond. and Mc Cullah.W. An introduction. Harmonic mean and their properties . R.P. I.simple problems. Burr. mean deviation.A practical approach Basil Blackwell. Clarendon Press.Graphical.merits and demerits. (1977): Statistical methods in Geographical studies. New Delhi. median.frequency curves and Ogives . Books for Reference: Snedecor. Oxford and IBH. W. Geometric mean. S.. Rajesh publications.Independence of events . (1974): Quantitative Techniques in Geography. (1964): Statistical Methods and Geographer. 280 . Oxford. quartiles and their uses.2: Sampling from finite population .G. Aslam Mahmood and Moonis Raza. UNIT . & Wonnacott. coefficient of variation.and their properties.Range. UNIT -3: Measures of location .Simple random sampling. Oxford.Arithmetic mean. G.: Statistical Methods.R. skewness and kurtosis . UNIT .J. quartile deviation.type of statistical data . determination of percentiles.W. . Stratified and systematic random sampling procedures .Estimation mean and total and their standard errors. Theory of attributes and tests of independence in contingency tables. S.scatter diagram – Correlation.: Statistical Methods.Moment generating function .J. An introduction.Rank correlation coefficient -curve fitting by the method of least squares. Academic Press.W. London. (1977): Statistical methods in Geographical studies. Gregory.P. Oxford.. New Delhi.Regression lines .standard error .4: Concept of sampling distributions . G. I. Rajesh publications.2: Concepts of random variable . Chi-square and F distributions with respect to mean. (1985): Introductory Statistics. UNIT . (1964): Statistical Methods and Geographer.Tests of significance based on t. Poisson and Normal distributions .Randomization.Fitting of the distributions. UNIT .Mathematical Expectation . &Cochran.For BSc Branch VIII Geography Allied Paper I – Applied Statistics I (4 credits) (6hrs theory+2 hours practical) Note: The emphasis is solely upon the understanding and practice of statistical methods.R. Burr. BOOKS FOR REFERENCE Snedecor. Hammond.A practical approach Basil Blackweil. variance and correlation coefficient. Books for Study: Wonnacott. & Wonnacott.Analysis of CRD and RBD .linear prediction . H.G. and Mc. UNIT . R. Longman. 281 .3: Standard distributions .Moments of random variable . Oxford.: Applied Statistical Methods.simple problem.One way and Two way classifications .Binomial. Aslam Mahmood and Moonis Raza.Latin square design. Clarendon Press. Cullagh. with specific reference to problems in earth sciences. 4th edition John Wiley & Sons. T. W. UNIT .5: Principles of scientific experiments . UNIT . (1974): Quantitative Techniques in Geography.W. Oxford and IBH.Analysis of variance .1: Bivariate frequency table and its uses . David Ebdon (1977): Statistics in Geography .Distribution function . replication and local control . Numerical computation of measures of central tendency Measures of Dispersion (relative and absolute) . 3. 5. 1. (ii) y = ax2 + bx + C . 4. Statistical and Mathematical tables are to be provided to the students at the examination hall. Chi-square test for independence of attributes and its applications to Biological studies.Measures of Skewness. 7. Analysis of CRD. t and F distributions.One-way and Two-way classifications. RD and LSD. Computation of correlation coefficients . Curve fitting by the method of Least . (iv) y = axb 6. Analysis of variance . (iii) y = aebx .Squares. Asymptotic and exact tests based on Normal. 8.regression lines . (i) y = ax + b . 9. 282 .Allied Paper III: Practical (2 credits) (based on Applied Statistics I and II ) NOTE: Use of scientific calculator may be permitted for Mathematical Statistics for practical examination. 2. Construction of Univariate distribution with sample size not exceeding 200. Diagrammatic & Statistical representation of data. Fitting of Binomial and Poisson distributions and testing of goodness of fit.rank correlations coefficients. merits and demerits. Random genetic drift – H –W for Xlinked genes. Zar.Statistical Methods.C. Sokal and Rohif. Bio-statistics.G. (1969)-Statistics for Biological Sciences. Scholer. .regression lines .Bio-statistics.Bio-statistical Analysis. mean deviation.uses of frequency table . Daniel. Books for Study Reference: Sunder Rao-Bio-Statistics Snedecer. Bancrof. J. Selection .curve fitting by the method of least squares.sample space .E. W. G. A. (1982).addition and multiplication theorem on probability . standard deviation. median. Geometric mean.Range.O gives and frequency curves. UNIT . Measures of location Arithmetic mean.: Introduction to Bio-statistics. UNIT – 5: Applications of Probability in Genetics – Random mating population – Handy – Weinberg law – Allele frequencies – Genotype frequencies – Evolution process affecting H – W equilibrium – Mutation. UNIT . Prentice Hall of India. Lewis. Harmonic mean and their properties . Oxford press.For BSc Branch VI Zoology/Bio-Chemistry Allied Paper I – Bio-Statistics I (4 credits) (6hrs theory+2 hours practical) UNIT. and Cochran.IARSI Publication.Biometry. UNIT . W.2: Measures of dispersion . 2nd ed. W. mode.4: Bivariate frequency table and its uses . H.1: Nature and scope of statistical methods and their limitations-compilation.W. .conditional probability and independence of events. Addison Wesley. Prem Narain – Statistical Genetics. Wiley publishing company.and their properties..scatter diagram . quartile deviation. (1971). Migration.concept of probability . 283 . skewness and kurtosis . classification and tabulation of statistical data. & IBH.linear prediction . coefficient of variation.3: Events and sets .Covariance and coefficient of correlation . E.Standard distributions Binomial Poisson and Normal distributions and their applications.asymptotic and exact tests based on Normal. Scholer. G.Birth rate and Life tables.Applications in Testing Mendelian Ratios. Daniel.1: Concepts of random variables and distributions . 2nd ed. Lewis. Bio-statistics. Oxford press. W.randomization.2: Concepts of sampling distributions . replication and local control .One way and Two way classifications CRD. Sokal and Rohlf . Addison Wesley. Zar.Bio-statistics. Mann-Whitney.W.Analysis of Variance . W. UNIT .. UNIT . t. UNIT . J. . & IBH. Books for Study and Reference: Sunder Rao-Bio-Statistics.Bio-statistical Analysis.3: Principles of Scientific experimentation . . 284 . Median. (1982).Statistical Methods.Biometry. LSD. Wiley publishing company. (1969) . and Wilcoxon-signed rank test. W. Prentice Hall of India.G.For BSc Branch VI Zoology/Bio-Chemistry Allied Paper I – Bio-Statistics I (4 credits) (6hrs theory+2 hours practical) UNIT. RBD. Snedeer.Statistics for Biological Sciences. A. H. and Cochran.5: Introduction to Vital Statistics: Simple Mortality and Fertility rate . UNIT . Chi-square and F distributions.4: Non-parametric tests: Run. Bancrof.C. (1971) .: Introduction to Bio-statistics.standard error . Sign. 11. Construction of univariate distribution with sample size not exceeding 200. 1. 10. Statistical and Mathematical tables are to he provided to the students at the examination hall. RBD and LSD. t and F distributions. 3. 7. Analysis of variance .Allied Paper III: Practical (2 credits) (based on Bio-Statistics I and II ) NOTE: Use of scientific calculator may be permitted for Mathematical Statistics for practical examniation. Chi-square test for independence of attributes and its applications to biological studies. Curve fitting by the method of Least-squares (i) y = ax + b . (ii) y = ax2 + bx + c . ***** 285 . Non-parametric test. Measures of Dispersion (relative and absolute) .regression lines .Measures of Skewness. (iii) y = aebx . 5. Computations of correlation coefficients . Numerical computation of measures of central tendency. Applications in Genetics. Asymptotic and exact test based on Normal. Diagrammatic & statistical representation of data 2. (iv) y = axb 6.One-Way and two-way classifications. Analysis of CRD. Fitting of Binomial and Poisson distributions and testing of goodness of fit. 4. 8. 9.rank correlation coefficients. CHOICE-BASED CREDIT SYSTEM SYLLABUS FOR THE FOLLOWING COURSES WILL BE PUBLISHED 20. B. SC. VISUAL COMMUNICATION Semester 1: Core: (1) Introduction to Visual Communication (2) Drawing – I Allied: (1) Graphic Design – I Non-Major Elective: (1) International Media History (2) Indian Media History (3) History of Thamizh Journalism (4) History of Thamizh Cinema Semester 2: Core: (1) Communication Skills (2) Drawing – II Allied: (1) Graphic Design – II Non-Major Elective: (1) History of Indian Art (2) History of Western Art (3) History of South Indian Art (4) Great Artists 286 . SC. ELECTRONIC MEDIA Semester 1: Core: (1) History of Electronic Media (2) Principles of Audiography Allied: (1) Audiography Lab Non-Major Elective: (1) Understanding Television Medium (2) Understanding Radio Medium (3) Understanding Internet (4) Television in Thamizh Nadu Semester 2: Core: (1) Communication Skills (2) Radio Production Allied: (1) Radio Production Lab Non-Major Elective: (1) Introductory Sociology (2) Introduction to Culture Studies (3) Psychological Foundations (4) Introduction to Jurisprudence 287 . B.21. Sc.Sc. Plant Biology and Plant Biotechnology B.CHOICE BASED CREDIT SYSTEM NON-MAJOR ELECTIVES FOR UG COURCES (w. Nautical Science B. Advanced Zoology and Biotechnology and B.Sc.No.e.Sc.Sc. NAME OF THE BRANCHES B. B.Sc.Sc. Chemistry B. Human Science (Non-major Elective Syllabus ) Common for following Three Degrees B. Zoology (Common) B. Food Service Management & Dietetics V VI VII VIII IX X B. Nutrition.Sc. Microbiology II III IV 288 .Sc. Physics B.Sc. Clinical Nutrition and Dietetics. I.Sc. Software Engineering (Common) Bachelor of Computer Applications B.Sc.Sc.Sc. Electronics and Communication Science B. Computer Science and B.f 2008-2009) S. Interior Design and Décor B. Unit – IV Culture of air-breathing fishes (Mullet and Cat fish) Monosex culture of Tilapia – Culture of Mullet (Mugil sp. brooders pond. Environmental Bioprocessing History of aquaculture – Purpose and importance of aquaculture – Physical and chemical characteristics features of water bodies (Freshwater brackish water and marine water) – Types of culture systems (Traditional. nursery pond. semi-intensive and extensive) – Levels 0f management (Zerolevel. Aquaculture 2. Poultry Science & Management 3.NON-MAJOR ELECTIVES I. stocking pond and rearing pond) – Maintenance and management of different ponds. paddy cum prawn culture and Duck cum pig cum fish culture) – Induced breeding in Indian major carps – Live feed culture (Rotifers and Artemia) – Carp culture (poly culture / Composite fish culture). II level and III level) – Feeding habits of cultivable aquaculture species. B. 289 . Dairy Farming 2.Sc. Advanced Zoology & Biotechnology and Zoology (Common) etc. Wild Life Diversity & Conservation 1. hatchery unit. Public Health & Hygiene 4. I Year (2008-2009) B. supplementary and artificial feeds. intensive.Sc. I Semester (Any two subject of the following Non Major Elective chosen by the candidate) 1. Ilevel. Monosex-culture & Poly culture – Integrated fish farming (paddy cum fish culture. Vermitechnology 3. Unit – III Types of culture – Monoculture. Human Genetics & Genetic Counselling 4. Unit – II Selection criteria for cultivable species – Site selection for fish farming – construction of fish and prawn ponds – Types of fish ponds (breeding pond.) – Sewage fed fish culture – culture of pearl oyster and edible oyster. Aquaculture Unit – I II Semester (Any two subject of the following Non Major Elective chosen by the candidate) 1. Feeds for cultivable species – natural. John Wilay and Sons Inc. Jhingran – Fish and fisheries of India. common diseases affecting cultivable species. Mumbai. Acquire basic knowledge of various aquaculture systems.N. V. 3. Sinha – Acompendium of aquaculture Technologies for developing countries. . . Delhi.A manual of fresh water aquaculture. prevention and treatment of diseases. Ltd. 2. Competency 1. Oxford and IBH Publishing Co Pvt. . levels of management and feeding habits of cultivable species. 2. Mathew Landan. fishing technology and preservation and processing of aquaculture products.. 1993. Ltd. Daya Publishing House. 1991.G.Introduction to aquaculture. To have sufficient knowledge regarding prawn culture. B.R. Hindustan Publishing Corporation. 3. viral and parasitic) – Prevention and treatment – Fishing technology (Crafts and gears) – Preservation and processing of fish and prawn – Agencies involved in aquaculture. 4. 5.P.Unit – V Culture of marine and freshwater prawns – Common fish / diseases (bacterial.Fish and fisheries. Yadav. 290 . Books for reference 1. Santhanam. To have first hand information about the set up and management of different ponds and feeds of different species. Sukumaran and Natarajan. 4. N. To provide through knowledge about various culture farms. V. fungal. Oxford and IBH Publishing Company PVT. Delhi. 5. To adopt different culture practices and techniques. 1991. R. anacic. Pillay – Aquaculture principles and practives. Unit – IV 291 . Blackwell Science Ltd.6. chemical and biological features – soil types – soil formation – Soil organic matter – organic matter decomposition – humus formation. Fishery Biology and Aquaculture. Kurian and Sebastein – Prawn and Prawn fisheries of India.V. saproplagus and geoplegus worms. Shanmugam. K. New Delhi. 10. Oxford.R. 8. – Aquaculture systems and practices – A selected Review. 1984. Vermiculture Unit – I Earthworms: Classification – morphological and anatomical characteristics – reproduction – Biology of composting earthworms Eudrilus lugeniae and Lampito mauritii. humus form. 1990. endogic.. New Delhi. Fishing new Books. C. Vermitechnology A.N. Hindustan Publishing House. Daya Publishing House. B. Elvire Balugal. New Delhi. Unit – III Soil physical. Daya Publishing House.Yadav – Fish Endocrinology. 9. 7. Unit – II Ecological groups of earthworms – epigic. Less and humus feeders – earthworm burrows – earthworm casts – An outline of Earthworm importance in agriculture. A. 1995. New Delhi. fishing. T. therapeutics and pollution. 2. Corporation.V. Hindustan Pub. Unit – III Appreciation of Geological importance of soil farms and understanding of soil properties. C. Unit – V Application of vermicomposting in agricultural and horticultural practices – Economics of vermiculture – NABARD – Nationalised Banks. 4. Ranganathan. earthworm species – and microbes and earthworms.S. Lee G – Earthworm ecology. 3. Appreciating their economic importance.Vermicomposting. moisture. B. and Bother. Unit – IV Application of skill for economic development. KUB supports for vermiculture. 1996 Biology of Earthworm.A. – Vermitechnology. temperature. window method – Factors affecting vermicomposting: pH. 5.Organic wastes sources – problems in traditional composting – vermicomposting definition – types – small and large scale pit method. Edwards. L. Ismail M. nutritional value of feed. 292 . heap method. Human Genetics & Genetic Counselling. Unit –I Acquiring skill of identification of worms. Books for Reference: 1. 3. Unit – II Knowledge of earthworm community. Stevenson – Biology of earthworms. – 2006 – Vermicomposting technology – from soil health to human health.S. 2. cloning and gene arrangement. BRAC genes. Chromosome aromalies. AFP Test. age 35 threshold. Karyotype preparation. Pedigree charts. Unit – III Multiple allelic inheritance. Dermatoglyphics and genetic analysis. Human genome project. Diabetes and hypertension. Gene therapy. Chromosome painting. histocompatibliting. Cri-du-chat. self-multilation and Lesh Nyhan syndrome. Sex limited and sex influenced genes. alternative reproductive technologies. genetic screening. Sex determination – heterogametic theory. Books for Reference 293 . construction of pedigree charts for autosomal dominant and recessive traits. Teratogen. Philadelphia. Human chromosomes: preparation of human Chromosome complement. SRY genes. Modes of inheritance. Social ethical and legal implications. skin colour in man and Intelligence. G6PD and favism – Prinaaquine sensitivity. Cancer and genes. consanguinity. DNA polymorphism – DNA profiling and applications. Chromosome mapping. Turner. XYY. Unit – III Common genetic disorders: Metabolic blocks in phenylalaninemetabolism albinism. Unit – IV Genes and mental illness. diagnosis and treatment of the following disorders – thalassenia and sickle cell anemia. Rh blood group and significance. Jerotablity and Environment: Twin studies and impact of environmental factors on heredity. application. Unit – V Genetic counseling – Determining risk. Amniocentesis. Congenital defects – Critical period in fetal development chromosome anomalies and spontaneoces absorption. Klinefelter.Unit – I Introduction: The growth of Human Genetics. Polygenic inheritance. oncogenes and artincogenes. Genetic cause. Haemophilia. classification. stem cell therapy. Lyon hypothesis. Immunogenetics: Antibody diversity. Sex chromatin. Management of genetic disorders: Therapeutic measures. sex linked recessive traits and Y linked traits. protocogenes. muscular dystrophy. strategies – Prenatal diagnosis: Ultrasound scanning. options available. Triple test. Intersex. Hy antigens. Syndromes – Down. ABO blood groups. Schizophrenia and psychosis. Banding techniques. cytological maps. HLA genes. Chronic villus sampling. status and description. (1994) Human Genetics. Holt Reinhart and Winstan New York. Unit – III Aves: Selected families – distribution.G. Unit – IV Zoos. New York. Sam Singer (1985) Human Genetics. Elane Mangae and Mangae (1993). status description.1. Wildlife Diversity & Conservation Unit – I Wildlife definition(s) – values of wildlife – importance of wildlife – depletion of wildlife – world and Indian Scenario – need of wildlife conservation – methods. aims and management – account of sanctuaries of Tamil Nadu – role of Zoo – Wildlife diseases. WCB Publishers. Edlin. Toads and Caecilians distribution and status. Freeman and Company. 3. 4. Unit – II Wildlife diversity – fish diversity – Marine. 4. Jones and Bartlett publishers. Freeman and company. Sanctuaries. Ursula Good enough (1985) Genetics. 5. turtles. Unit – V Wildlife Management – Projects: Tiger Project – Crocodile – Musk deer – hangul – Elephant – wildlife census techniques – wildlife Protection Act – salient features –Forest conservation Act – Biodiversity act. Ricki. Amphibians – Frogs. Human genetics. Mammals: selected orders – distribution. (1984) Human Genetics. 2. crocodiles. Freshwaters – distribution Herpetology – reptiles – major groups – snakes. L. 294 . National parks: Definition. Boston. Anatomy and physiology of mammary glands – milk secretion importance of colostrums. Common cattle feed – their nutritive value – minerals. 2. Haemorrhagic – septicaemia. Unit – III Live stock diseases: Viral diseases – rinderpest. Seshadri (1992) – Government of India. IWPA (192) – Government of India. ENVIS. Role of Co-operative societies in milk production& Marketing. Oxford Publications. V. Anthrax. Systems of breeding – Hybrid vigour – grading pure breeding merits and demerits of inbreeding and outbreeding. feed additives and silage preparation. 4. Nataraj Publications. Wildlife Techniques. 295 . Ration – its computation and qualities. 3. Foot and mouth disease and cow pox. Dehradun. Metabolic diseases – Milk fever and bloot. Dairy Farming Unit – I Dairy breeds & breeding: Scope of Dairy farming – Dairy breeds of India – both cows & buffaloes – Exotic cow breeds. 5. Butter and Ghee. A brief account of external and internal parasites. Glies (1990). 5. Unit – II Feeding and Nutrition: Structure of digestive system and physiology of digestion. IUCN – SSP.B.Books for Reference: 1. 6. Bacterial diseases – Mastitis. Tuberculosis. Computation of a balanced nation. Brucellosis. Unit – IV Dairy Technology & Marketing: Milk – composition and Nutritive value – Techniques to detect milk adultration – Spoilage of milk – pasteurization of milk – Preparation of Dahi.Saharia (1976) Wildlife in India. T. 6.K.M. Unit – IV 296 . . Van Vleck. Rai. Ltd. Unit – III Practical aspects of chick rearing – management of growers Management of layers – management of broilers – lighting. Ltd. 1. 1989. 1990. 1976. M. A. Poultry science and Management Unit – I External features of fowls – skeletal system – digestive system – endocrine system – feathers – Respiratory system – reproductive system.. 1982. .C. 1985. Dr. 3. New Delhi. 2. Books for Reference: G. 6. Unit – II Poultry industry in India a survey – choosing commercial layers and broilers – Poultry housing – The deep litter system – cage rearing – poultry methods.D.K.S. Banerjee – A Text book of Animal Husbandry – Oxford & IBH Publication. 5. Genetics of fowls: Breeds of fowls – inheritance of morphological characters (List of autosomal and sexlinked character – breeding methods – systems of breeding – modern method of breeding. Sachetic – Animal Reproduction and Artificial insemination: NCERT. N. – Feeding and Manamement of young calves – technique of producing quality milk – Artificial insemination – Semen collection.R. KAR – Handbook of Animal Husbandry. Sasting or C.. storage & insemination Techniques. summer winter management – debunking.Thamos – Farm Animal Management – Vikas Publishing House P. 4.Unit – V Farm management: housing and equipments for dairy cows. GH Schmidt.Dairy Chemistry and Animal Nutrition – Kalrant Publishers.Principles of Dairy science – Surget Pvt. parasitic disease – vaccination programme. Intestinal infections: Poliomyletis. Filariasis. First aid and Nursing: Methods –Dressing – 297 . fungal. Public Health and Hygiene. purification – water quality standards. Unit – II Environment and Health: water-sources. Unit – I Scope of Public Health and Hygiene – Concepts of Health and Disease – History of Public Health in India. Mechanical. 7. STD and AIDS Unit – IV Non-Communicable Diseases: Coronary heart Disease – Hypertension – Diabetes – Obesity – Blindness – stroke. Chemical. Biological and Psychological. Cholera. Arthropod infections: Malaria. Mumps. Pollution. Surface infections: Tetanus. Books for Reference: 1. Occupational Health Hazards: Physical.PoultryNutrition: Energy – protein and aminoacids – Vitamins – essential organic elements – Non – nutrition feed additives – feed stuffs for poultry – feed formation. Amoebiasis. bacterial. Dengue. Unit – V Diseases: Virus. Zoonosis: Rabies. Unit – III Communicable diseases: Respiratory infections: Measles. Veterinary books and Journals. Nutrition and Health: Classification of foods – Nutritional deficiencies – Vitamin deficiencies – Balanced diet – Nutritional requirements of special groups. Mental health: Causes of mental ill-healthalcoholism and Drug dependence. Plague Japanese encephalitis. Air: Ventilation – Air pollution – Noise pollution – Radiation effects – Solid waste and excreta disposal – Sewage treatment. Leprosy. typhoid. Diptheria. Unit – V Health Education: Health planning in India – Health programmes in India – WHO – Nongovernmental Voluntary Health Organizations. Rubella. care – Duties – Preparations. Books for Reference: 1. Microbial bioremediation. New Delhi. M/S. San Diego. MJP Publications. Unit – II Biological waste treatment: Materials that need treatment – Primary treatment – Secondary treatment – Aerobic decomposition – Types of Aerobic treatment of waste – Active sludge – Aerated Lagoons and stabilization ponds – Anaerobic sludge digestion – Anaerobic reactors for wastewater treatment. MJP Publications. P. 8. Park and Park. Kalaichelvan and I. Rajendran and P. Medical Zoology. 2. M. Rastogi Publications. Banarsidas Bhanot Publishers.T. 1994. 2007. Jabalpur. Alexander. Arul Pandi. Academic Press. Gunasekaran. 298 . Text Book of Preventive and Social Medicine. 2007. 3. Chennai – 5. Biodegradation and Bioremediation. CA. Tertiary treatment – Disinfection of waste water – Chlorination – Ozonation of waste water – Advantages and Disadvantages of ozonation – Disinfection using Ozone – other uses of Ozone in waste-water treatment – Ultraviolet light for disinfection. Bioprocess Technology. P. Chennai – 5. 1998. 2. Books for Reference: 1. Verma S. Environmental Bioprocessing Unit – I Bioremediation and Transformation: Advantages and Disadvantages of Bioremediation – Implementing a Bioremediation process – Biodegradation and Metabolism – Methods of Bioremediation – Composting Biofiltration – Biotransformation and Remediation of Compounds – Herbicides and Pesticides – Bioremediation of Pesticides – Chemical Degradation of Pesticides – Microbial Degradation of Pesticides – Nitrogen compounds – Metals – Metal Chelation – Metal Precipitation. 1995. Web Applications Lab 3. FLASH Lab 4. HTML II Semester (Any one subject of the following Non Major Elective chosen by the candidate) 1. HTML 4. Software Engineering (Non-major Elective syllabus Common) Non – Major Elective I Semester (Any one subject of the following Non Major Elective chosen by the candidate) 1. Web Applications 3. HTML Lab Bachelor of Computer Application Non – Major Elective I Semester (Any one subject of the following Non Major Elective chosen by the candidate) 1. MS ACCESS 3. Computer Science & B.Sc. MS ACCESS 2. HTML Lab 4.Sc. MS ACCESS Lab 2. FLASH II Semester (Any one subject of the following Non Major Elective chosen by the candidate) 1. Business and Office Applications Lab 2. FLASH 4. MS ACCESS Lab 3. FLASH Lab 299 . B. Business and Office Applications 2.II. Reference Books 1. The O'Leary Series. Sanjay Saxena. Ffirst course in Computers . Content Development Group: Working with MS Office 2000. Mail merging – find & replace – spell check – auto text – book marks – headers & footers – word tools. Vikas Publishing house Pvt Ltd. 6.sorting – freezing panes – inserting objects & pictures. Unit – IV : Working with fill methods – data analysis – charts – types of charts – converting data to chart – macros – forms – pivot table – goal seek – auditing . 2. 4.K. Tata Mc Graw Hill. Bott and Leonhard: Using Microsoft Office 2000. BPB Publications. Tata McGraw Hill.Features – Understanding slide types – creating & viewing slides – creating slide shows. Unit – II : Advanced Formatting Techniques – Alignment – Tab settings – creating tables – working with table views. R. Open & Save Ms Word Documents. Courter: Mastering Office 2000.Title of the Course/ Paper BUSINESS AND OFFICE APPLICATIONS Credit: 2 This course introduces to the PC packages Unit – I : Word Processor – Introduction – Features of MSWord – components – create . Unit – III : Spread sheets – Introduction – concepts – excel features – entering and editing data – addressing techniques – simple formulas & functions – formatting cells – aligning cells – copying and linking cell and sheets.New Delhi Core Objective of the course Course outline 300 . Navigation & Selection in MS Word – editing Documents – printing documents – formatting .. 3. Tata Mc Graw Hill. Taxali: PC Software for Windows. Applying special object – including objects & pictures – adding navigation buttons – slide transition – animation effects –timing. Unit – V : MS Power point – Introduction to MS Power point . Prentice Hall of India. Mocrosoft Word 2000. 5. 3. 28. Creation of documents. 26. Usage of Spell check. Bullets. Cell Editing 33. Data Sorting (both number and alphabets) 36. 24. using templates. 25. Usage of Formulae and Built-in Functions 34. Text Manipulations. Inserting Clip arts and Pictures Frame movements of the above Insertion of new slides Preparation of Organisation Charts Presentation using Wizards Core Objective of the course Course outline 301 . Usage of Auto Formatting POWER POINT 1. 4. Mail Merge Concepts 31. Usage of Numbering. Text Formatting. Footer and Headers. Worksheet Preparation 37. Drawing Graphs 38. and Find & Replace. Picture insertion and alignment. 27. 5. Creation templates 30.Title of the Course/ Paper BUSINESS AND OFFICE APPLICATIONS LAB Credit: 2 This course gives an exposure to Various Software of Office Package MSWORD 23. 2. File Manipulations 35. Copying Text & Pictures from Excel MS-EXCEL 32. 29. re-arrange columns. Determining Relationships)Integrity Rules (Primary/Foreign Key. One-to-Many. set a rule for Referential Integrity. UNIT – III : Setting up Relationships. find unmatched record with query. change the join type..Access UNIT.save and change query. fiend record with select query. Types of Basic Reports: Single Column. add fields to form.combo box.Define relationships.I : Introduction to database . Field Properties . Edit a Tables. Overview of database design – Data Normalization(Determining tables. filter/select. Datasheet. UNIT – V : Introduction to Reports .New Delhi 2. find/replace. Determining Fields.Data Types. Wizard Reference Books 1. delete. One-to-One) Introduction to MS Access .OR . add headers and footers.Title of the Course/ Paper MS ACCESS Credit: 2 This course introduces to the MS. Fields:names. Create Template. UNIT – IV : Introduction to Forms Types of Basic Forms: Columnar. properties--default values. find duplicate record with query . validation rules Data Entry Add record delete recode and edit text Sort. single table report multi table report preview report print report.copy. format. advance filter Queries create Query with one table . Vikas Publishing house Pvt Ltd. list box Forms Wizard. delete a relationship. Ms Office XP complete BPB Publications 3. Manyto-Many.Tabular Report Groups/Total. Ms Access 2002 fast and easy by Faithe Wempen PHI Core Objective of the course Course outline 302 . A first course in Computers . Why use a Relational Database. add a relationship. add text to form use label option button. UNIT. Sanjay Saxena. Creating Reports and Labels. modify table structure find replace. import. Tabular. caption. run query . check box .What is a Database .II : Create a Table in MS Access . Main/Subforms. freeze columns . types. save relationship Queries & Filter – difference between queries and filter . filter using multiple fields AND. K. K. Unit – III : Flash tweening – suing masking techniques – layers and frames. 2. Thyagharajan. K. B. “Flash 2004” .K. Unit – V : Introduction to scripting . A. 3. Robert Reinhardt. Flash 5 Bible Core Objective of the course Course outline 303 .buttons Unit – II : Controlling drawing object – creating symbols – instancesmaking use of Library – painting – motion guide path.publish flash movies – importing. Pay Bill Electricity Bill Mark list preparation of a student Inventory report preparation Invoice report preparation Income tax preparation Core Objective of the course Course outline Title of the Course/ Paper FLASH Credit: 2 This course introduces the techniques used in FLASH Unit – I : Introduction to Flash – simple drawing techniques – adding some easy animations – learning the tools . 4. . Anbumani.P. Unit – IV : Overview of animation -Animating your production – sound – video ..Title of the Course/ Paper MS ACCESS LAB Credit: 2 This course gives an exposure to MS ACCESS MS-ACCESS 1.Action script applications Books for Reference : 1.4 2. 6. 5. Mr. Creating smudge effect for an image using Hybrid Tweening.Title of the Course/ Paper Flash Lab Credit: 2 This course introduces the techniques used in FLASH Core Objective of the course Course outline 1. five pointed star using . 9. Changing on objects shape using shape tweening . a flower by changing the center coordinates 2. a sine wave . Tweening a using the shape hints . animating the button 5. buttons with action scripts 304 . Usage of textbox. 24 spokes on a wheel. text tweening. An application to show the masking effect in Flash 7.Applications using Action scripts 10. 4. dynamic text box. Application using buttons. 3. motion tweening 6.Slide show presentation (minimum 5 slides) 8.Placing a text along a curved path.Drawing a Semi Circle by snap tool. Create your own painted images – Edited scanned images – import rendered visuals – Working with images and colors Unit – III : Using tools and palettes – selection tools. Dream Weaver – Complete reference Core Objective of the course Course outline 305 . Painting and editing tools – menu commands – creating type – change the type settings – styles Unit – IV : Methods and Techniques of Adobe photoshop . Unit – II Introduction to digital Image editing .filters Unit – V : Getting started with Dreamweaver – creating web applications with Dreamweaver. Books for Reference : 1.Layers – working with layers – merging layers –linking layers –transforming layers and layer effects. Photoshop – The Complete reference – Greenberg – TMH 2.Title of the Course/ Paper Web Applications Credit: 2 This course introduces the tools and menus to master PHOTOSHOP and Dream Weaver Unit – I : Basics of Adobe Photoshop – Getting started with Photoshop – title bar – Menu bar .option bar – tool box – screen modes. Isolating a Complex Image 10. Applying Transformations 15.Removing an element from an image 11. Adding an arrowhead. Creating a supernova 8.Creating an edge mask 14. Captain kirk myopia effect 12. 306 .Using multichannel mode 5. Correcting brightness and contrast.Testing lab mode 4.Drawing Watch using custom shapes 3.Using the sponge Tool 6. Antique framing 7. 9.Title of the Course/ Paper Web Applications lab Credit: 2 This course introduces the techniques used in Photoshop Core Objective of the course Course Outline 1. Adjusting the focus 13.Working with the clone stamp tool 2. italic. HTML Complete Reference. strike. Block level text elements: Headings paragraph(<p> tag) – Font style elements: (bold. Select. Body Tag). font. small. UNIT . UNIT . Unordered – Nesting Lists – Other tags: Marquee. Core Objective of the course Course outline 307 . HR.V : Frames: Frameset – Targeted Links – No frame – Forms : Input. Table elements. strong.Using Images – Creating Hyperlinks. Textarea.I : Introduction :Web Basics: What is Internet – Web browsers – What is Web page – HTML Basics: Understanding tags.Title of the Course/ Paper HTML Credit: 2 This course introduces to the tags used in HTML UNIT . Teach Yourself Web Publishing with HTML – Laura Lemay. Caption – Table and cell alignment – Rowspan.II : Tags for Document structure( HTML. big tags) UNIT . Colspan – Cell padding. Head. Recommended Texts (i). HTML – E Stephen Mack. Option.IV : Tables: Creating basic Table. Reference Books (i). Janan Platt. UNIT.III: Lists: Types of lists: Ordered. BR. 07. Core Objective of the course Course outline 308 . 08. (user is not required to click on the link) 04. Create an HTML file which is the main page with an image and some text messages along with hyperlinks which is linked to various pages. it should load the linked document on its own. Create a simple calculator using form fields. 02. Create a HTML page to demonstrate the usage of Frames. minus. The navigation should be such that the links take you to the appropriate page and then back to the main page. Have two fields for number entry and one field for the result.Title of the Course/ Paper HTML LAB Credit: 2 This course introduces to the programming in HTML 01. Design an application for pay slip through HTML forms. Design an HTML page that includes document structure tags. Create a document and add a link to it. line break. multiply and divide. 03. Choose the content of the page on your own. address bar or a status bar that unloads itself after one minute. multiple headings and link to e-mail address. Write a script to create an array of 10 elements and display its contents. 06. When the user moves the mouse over the link. title. Create a document which opens a new window without a toolbar. Allow the user to be able to use plus. 05. kesari. learn simple and scientific methods of cooking. b. ragi puttu. methods of cooking and cooking terminology.Measures and volumes. 3.III.Creche organisation 3. masala vadai.Interior decoration 4.Cereal cookery a. oats porridge.Sc. 2.Guidance and counselling 3. 2. sweet kozhukattai. idly and dosai. curd rice. Wheat and cereal preparations. 4. ragi adai. apply the knowledge gained in the preparation of various food items.Basic cookery 2. Human Science I Semester (Any two subjects of the following nonmajor electives chosen by the candidate) 1.Sugar cookery a. Preparations.Hand embroidery BASIC COOKERY Semester: I 2hrs. /week Credits: Objectives To enable the students to 1.Introduction to sanitation and hygiene in the kitchen. coconut burfi. Unit II: 309 . Practical Unit I: 1. rava upuma. chapathi. B.The use and care of simple kitchen equipment. Rice preparations – lime rice. egg and peas fried rice. Pulse Cookery a.pongal.Food Preservation 4. 3. Mysore pak. tamarind rice.Textile designing II Semester (Any two subjects of the following nonmajor electives chosen by the candidate) 1. 2. green gram payasam.Fundamentals of bakery 2.Aims and objectives of cooking. Hours: Theory 1. standardization and writing of recipes. poori. sprouted green gram patchadi. cow peas sundal. Pulse preparations – brinjal Sambhar. Fundamental Recipes and Variations. potato fry. Finch. William Heinemann Ltd.Milk and milk products a. Unit III: 7. 4th ed. scrambled eggs. Peckham. poached egg. Vegetable preparations-cauliflower Manchurian.E. tomato chutney and carrot halwa. D. baked apple and pineapple upside down cake. Egg preparations – boiled egg. Lady Irwin College (1986) Basic Food Preparations. cream of tomato soup. London. Mutton curry. C. H. Beverages and soups a. (1984) Food preparations.. New Delhi. stewed apricots. fruit juice (any two). and Welsby. grape jam. fruit salad. New York. Fruits a. 8.. Keerai maseel. fruit punch.Flesh foods a. G. New York 5. chicken fry. 2. banana fritters.. CRECHE ORGANISATION 310 . coffee. J.4.C. lassi. (1984) On food and cooking.H. Macmillan Publishing Co. Mc Gee. morkulumbu. 4. Milk preparations – banana milk shake. omelette. 6. fruit jelly. Preparation of tea. vermicelli payasam.Vegetable cookery a. (1980) Basic Cookery. and egg kozhambu. 9. vegetable kurma. Charles Scribners and Sons. baked macaroni and cheese. cabbage pugath. Plymouth. R. banana with custard. thayir vadai. Mac Donald and Evans Ltd. 5.Eggs: a. avial. plain vegetable soup.F. Different types of serving oranges. Inc. 3. (1979) Foundations of Food Preparation. Martland. ridge gourd kootu. egg curry.A. fish fry and prawns fry References 1. and Freeland-Graves. stuffed dates. Balwadi. Metrkoff. A. accident prevention. out door and indoor play area Unit II: Equipment. Schrag. Department of Human Development & family studies.out door. Simon & Semester Ltd. Organizing & Integrating Infant Daycare. A great place to work .(1974). cooking.k. Co. 6. INTERIOR DECORATION 311 . 4. Ltd. George Atten & Unwin Ltd. N. floor plan of model creche.Bloom. National Association for the Education of young children. serving. L. Furniture for different rooms. building-office/staff room. selection of toys and creative materials. P. Referen ces: 1. /week Credits: 2 1. New Delhi 5.Semester: I Objectives To enable the students to Hours: 2hrs. Ltd. bedroom. (1987-1988) Setting up for infant creche. kitchen. M. Isaacs. The growth of understanding in the young child. and rhymes. (1981) Child Education & Training. 2. Faculty of Home Science. (1996). Unit III: Curriculum.A Laboratory nursery school.recurring and non-recurring expenditure. habit formation in hygiene. understand the different aspects related to toddlers and young children's needs 2. Budget. Cneton. toilet training.C. (1971). acquire the organizational and administrative skills in running a creche Course outline: Unit I: Selection of a site for a creche. indoor. food habits etc. Mohite.E. 3. Godwin. National association for the education of young children. H & Hathway. P. Taylor.Guidelines for centre and family day care homes. Pvt. A. New Delhi. Metropolitan Book. Eisenberg. story telling. London. first aid. (1988). What to expect-The toddler years. Jorde. J. Ambady G. N.C. classroom. Kapoor. K. S. Parekh. Washington D.S. Washington D. medical facilities-doctor's visits. University of Baroda.qualities and qualification. Personnel. 7. creative activities.informal talk. music songs. Allied Publishers Pvt. toilets and wash rooms. store room. UK. London. Unit III: .Semester: I Hours: 2hrs. (1968) Art in everyday life. Goldstein. Conran Octopus Ltd. Intensity scale 4.. Theory Unit I: Introduction to Interior decoration. Standard color schemes 5.Principles of design . (1976) Home Decorating for You. Townshend. Unit II: Design. Floor decorations 10. Value scale 3. Flower arrangement 9. London 3.and Goldstein. Oxford and IBH Publishing Co. Guild. Prang color chart 2. New English Library. /week Credits: 2 Objectives To help students learn the art of decorating a room so that it is attractive. V. Napkin folds 6. J. Practicals 1. R. easy to use and function well. New Delhi. Arranging various areas in interiors applying art principles. H . (1991) Complete Home Decorator.definition and means of achieving. Soft window treatment 8. Table setting 7. 2. Elements of design and its application in interiors to bring illusions and to determine moods.Types. References: 1. TEXTILE DESIGNING 312 . learn the principles of designs. Hours: 2hrs. Corbman. their role and importance. Saddler. Goldstein & Goldstein. Unit I: 1. References: 1. silk and synthetic – designing fabric through dyeing – Tie & Dye. /week Credits: 2 .Semester: I Credits: 2 Objectives To enable the students to 1. 3. acquire knowledge of various ingredients used in the baking process. 313 Hours: 2hrs. Wheat. Holt. Various bakery ingredients. 2. 2. Batik. understand the types of printing. Introduction to bakery -Aims and objectives. varieties. discharge and resist method. New York. Mc Graw Hill. Marjory. (1968) Art in everyday life The Macmillan Company. FUNDAMENTALS OF BAKERY Semester:II Objectives To enable students to 1. Textiles. /week Course outline: Unit I: Introduction to textile designing – principles of designs – elements of design – colour concepts. New York. 2. The Macmillan Company. Unit II: Printing – Introduction – types of printing (hand and machine method) styles of printing – direct. L. Block printing and screen-printing. grading. Reinbart and Winston. 4. New York. 3. Norma. 2. develop skills in baking procedures.Type. Unit III: Dyeing – difference between dyeing and printing – dyes suitable for cotton.J (1977) Introductory. Hollen. B. 1973.Textile sciences. provide avenues for self-employment. a.P (1975) Textiles Fibre to Fabric. New York. Technology production management. crackers.Role in Bakery. Sugar. Unit II: 1. assessment. Yeast-types. effects of fermentation b. Applied Science Publishers Ltd. New Delhi. Orient Longman. creams.(1972) Biscuits.Types and uses.W. References: 1.cookies. biscuits. Manay S. pastries etc. types and basic procedures in production. Milk products. (1987) Foods facts and principles. function. England Philip T. cakes. Fats – Functions and effects of cooking. cookies. (1998) Modern cookery. Unit III: Variety of baked products . dried fruits.Type of flours. f. e. 2.Breads. Smith. c. their classification.H. emulsifiers. Hours: 2hrs. and other leavening agents. /week Credits: 2 Course Outline Unit I: 314 .Essex. Vol 1 . enzymes. Bakery questions answered. acquire the techniques of individual management. 3. 4. Eggs. learn the principles of guidance and counseling. Wiley eastern Limited.Essex England. New Delhi 2. GUIDANCE AND COUNSELLING Semester: II Objectives To enable the students to 1. 1 and 2. Vol. Flour .b. Applied Science Publishers Ltd. Other ingredients used in baking a. 7th edition. S.V. Guidance and Counselling. Role of Counsellor. Kuppuswamy (1980). S. Prakashan Kendra. Vikas Publishers. Tata McGraw Hill Book Co. P.R. Kale.E.Berk. FOOD PRESERVATION Semester: II /week Objectives Hours: 2hrs. (1987). Pvt. Counselling . Functions and Principles of guidance and counselling. Jayaswal. Unit II: Guidance-types. Counselling and guidance. types of spoilage.. New Delhi.personal. 3rd edition. Qualities of a good Counsellor. 3. 3. S. Child Development. understand the basic principles of food preservation. Child Psychology and Child Guidance. References: 1. (1998).(2000). learn the food preservation techniques.types-direct and indirect. educational. 315 . Tata McGraw Hill Book Co. Shanmugam.. Need and scope.Guidance and Counselling – Meaning. Himalaya Publishers. 2. Rao. 5. prevention and need for preservation. 2. vocational (job placement) and marital. Abnormal Psychology. New Delhi.personal. 3rd edition. Unit III: Techniques of individual management. New Delhi. Laura E. 4. New Delhi. 5th edition. Child Behaviour and Development. Areas of counselling. Family therapy and psychotherapy.. (1981). Prentice-Hall of India. (1991). educational and vocational. Ltd. food deteriorationagents causing spoilage. prepare preserved foods Unit I: Importance of preservation – basic principles of preservation. 6. 4th edition. Credits: 2 To enable the students to 1. process. Tools and supplies. effect on microorganisms. /week Credits: 2 Theory 1. Wiley Eastern Ltd. New Delhi. Traditional and modern embroidery. adorn their clothes and beautify their homes with embroidery. New Delhi. Outline stitches. display their creative skill in hand embroidery. 3. freeze and osmotic drying. laced running. 2. mechanical. Food processing and preservation. 316 . d) Preservation by use of preservatives –sugar. salt.units. CBS Publishers & Distributors. running stitch. sterilization. HAND EMBROIDERY Semester: II Objectives To help the students to 3.Manay. Prentice Hall of India (p) Ltd. effect of irradiation overdose on foods. Food Facts and Principles.Unit II: Food preservation techniques a) Preservation by heat – blanching.sun.stem stitch.Cordials. Unit III: Preparation of preserved food products (any 3) Fruits – Jams. marmalades. Jellies.(2002). Pekinese stitch. References: 1. back stitch.Basic embroidery stitches: a. 4. B. New Delhi. (1987). c) Preservation by ionizing radiations.S and Shadaksharaswamy (1997). pasteurization. candy Vegetables – Pickles. 3. Norman Potter. Food Science. concentration. Introduction to needle work. Practicals Unit I: 1. Hours: 2hrs. 3rd ed. chemicals.Sivasankar. factors to be considered in low temperature preservation. N.. Changes during drying b) Preservation by low temperature – Refrigeration & freezing. Squashes. Drying methods. 2. (1996) The DMC Book of Embroidery. Great Britain 6. Bullion knot. C. (1963) The complete book of needle work. Roumanian.French knot. 5. cut work. d.(1992)Novemberflowers:Needleworkandembroidery. Broderie. double back stitch. Ida. C. c. The reader’s digest association New York 3. couching – Roumanian and Jacobean couching. London 2.Mary’s. fly stitch. mirror work. P. Irene Hirst. Cross stitch. Loop stitches. Chevron. Melinda. Fern stitch. Wardlock and Co Ltd.Blanket stitch. Herring bone. Long and short stitch. satin stitch. References: 1. Knotted stitch.chain stitch. cross-stitch.b. Madras.M. buttonhole stitch. cable chain. Katrin. beadwork and Kantha work. Assisi work.straight stitch. lazy daisy. shadow work. (1989) Reader’s Digest complete guide to needle work. KD (1949) The complete book of needlecraft. wheatear chain. feather stitch. fish bone. The Readers Digest Association. London. Chain stitch. Unit III: Indian embroidery Gold and silver embroidery. 317 . Chequered chain. Michelin house. sequins or chumki work. Colin and Brown. (1995) Embroidery. 4.St. e. Flat stitches. Live Right Publishing Corporation. Unit II: Types of embroidery Applique work. Edvinsing. IV. B.Sc., PLANT BIOLOGY AND PLANT BIOTECHNOLOGY I Semester (Any one subject of the following Non Major Elective chosen by the candidate) 1 2 3 4 Microbiology Environmental Biotechnology Seed Technology Nursery and Landscaping II Semester (Any one subject of the following Non Major Elective chosen by the candidate) 1 Computer application & Bioinformatics 2 Herbal Medicine 3 Mushroom cultivation 4 Renewable Energy Sources LIST OF NON – MAJOR ELECTIVE SUBJECTS SYLLABI FOR I SEMESTER AND II SEMESTER (PART IV) TO BE CONDUCTED BY THE DEPARTMENT OF PLANT BIOLOGY AND PLANT BIOTECHNOLOGY. THE STUDENTS HAVE TO CHOOSE ONE IN THE FIRST SEMESTER AND ONE IN THE SECOND SEMESTER I SEMESTER 1) Microbiology UNIT I : Microbiology – definition- Microbial diversity – General features of Protozoa, Algae, Moulds, Yeasts, Bacteria and Viruses, UNIT II: Bacteria cell structure -Nutrition of bacteria, Culture, Growth and , multiplication, Genetics of microbes. UNIT III: Control of microorganisms – Use of physical and chemical agents – Antibiotics and chemotherapeutic agents. UNIT IV: Host pathogen interaction. Brief account on antigens and antibodies. 318 UNIT V Microbes and Biotechnology – Importance of microbes in food –in medicine, industry, agriculture. Books for Study 1) Dube, H., 1978, ‘A text book of Fungi, Bacteria and Virus, Vikas publishers. 2) Rangasamy, G. Diseases of Crop Plants of India, Prentice Hall. Books for References 1) Prescott, Harley and Klein, 1996, Microbiology, McGraw Hill Publications – IV edn. 2) Ingraham J.L. and Catherine A. Ingraham Thomson, 2002, Introduction to Microbiology, Brooks and Cole – II edn. 3) Kathaleen Talaro and Arthur, 1976, Foundations in Microbiology, Brown Publishers – II edn. 4) McKane and Kannel, 1996, Microbiology, Essentials and Applications, Mc Graw Hill. 5) Pelazar, Chan and Reid, 1986, Essentials of Microbiology. 6) Adams M.R. and Moss M.O., 1995, Food Microiology, New Age International Ltd., 7) A.K. Chattergi Biotechnology. Prentice Hall, 2002, Introduction of Environmental 2) Environmental Biotechnology UNIT I : Introduction The environment-soil, water and air, Pollution and its causes (outline only), - 319 UNIT II : Source and treatment of polluted waters and effluents Pollution of water bodies by heavy metals and pesticides – removal of heavy metals and pesticides by Biosorption. Removal of oil spills by using microbes.Biological treatment of sewage – characteristics of sewage and objectives in seawage treatment – Anaerobic digestion. UNIT III : Soil and air pollution and their treatment Soil pollution by xenobiotics. Degradation of xenobiotics – pathways of phenol, pentachlorophenol and polychlorinated biphenyl degradation. UNIT IV : Bioremediation. Introduction to bioremediation, exsitu and insitu bioremediation. UNIT V: Biometallurgy and related topics. Biomineralization – bioleaching - bioflims and biocorrosion. Books for Study: 1. Alan Scragg, 1999, Environmental Biotechnology. Pearson Education Limited. 2. Dubey R.C. 2004, A text book of Biotechnology aspects of microbiology, British Sun Publication. 3. Joseph C. Deniel, 1996, Environmental aspects of microbiology, British Sun Publication. 4. Keeshav Thehan, 1997, Biotechnology, New age international )P) Limited, New Delhi. 5. Sharma, P.D., 2005, Environmental Microbiology, Narosa Publishing House Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi. Book for reference 1. Raina Maier M., Iran Pepper L., Charles P. Gerba, 2000, Environmental Microbiology, Academic press, U.K. 2. Alexander N. Glazer and Hiroshi Nikaido, 1994, Microbial Biotechnology. 3. Special issue on Bioremediation and biodegradation. Experimental Biology, September 2003. Vol. 41(9). Indian Journal of National Institute of Science Communication and Information Resources, CSIR New Delhi. 320 3) Seed Technology UNIT I : Seed – Classification based on structure – storage products of the of seeds. UNIT II : Seed Dormancy – Types of seed dormancy – factors affecting dormancy. Seed Germination – physiology of seed Germination – UNIT III : Seed longevity – Factors affecting seed longevity – seed storage – dry storage – aeration – cold storage . UNIT IV : Seed Testing : – Determination of purity and genuiness of varieties. UNIT V : Seed Viability, vigour, Seed certification, Books for Study 1) Ramamurthy, 2006, Seed Technology – Ready Reckoner, International Book Distributors, Dehradun. Books for Reference 1) Agarwal, R.L. 1996, Seed Technology Oxford IBH Publishing Co. P. Ltd. 2) Khan A.A. 1977, Physiology and Biochemistry of seed dormancy and germination. 3) Donald Mc and Copeland, 1964, Seed Science and Technology. 321 4) Nursery and Landscaping . UNIT I : Introduction, prospects and scope of Nursery and landscaping, UNIT II: Methods of Propagation – cutting, layering, grafting, budding, Floriculture – Rose, Chrysanthemum, Jasmine – cultivation. UNIT III : Gardening – formal garden, informal garden, vegetable garden, landscaped layout designing – formation and maintenance of lawn. UNIT IV : Nursery structures – Green house – shade house, Mistchamber – topiary, Bonsai culture. UNIT V : Manures, composting – vermicomposting, Books for Study 1. Kumar N. Introduction to Horticulture, Raja Lakshimi Publication, Nagercoil, India. 2. Edmond Musser and Andres Fundamentals of Horticulture McGraw Hill Book Co., 3. Amarnath V., 2006, Nursery and Lanscaping, M/s IBD Publishers, New Delhi. 4. Manibushari Rao K. Text Book of Horticulture, MacMillon India Ltd. Books for Reference 1. Edmond Muser and Andres. Fundamentals of Horticulture, McGrawHill Book co., 2. Gardener, Basic Horticulture Mac Millon N. 3. Lex Lauries and victor H. Rise, Floriculture Fundamentals and practices, McGrawhill publishers. 4. Mukherjee D. Gardening in India, Oxford IBH publishing co, New Delhi. 5. Randhawa, Ornamental Horticulture in India Today and Tomorrow Publishers, New Delhi. 6. Sandhu M.K., plant propogation, willey Easter Ltd., New Delhi. 7. Sundararajan, J.S., Muthuswamy J, shanmugavelu, K.G., and 322 Balakrishnan R., A Guide to Horticulture, Thiruvenkadam Printers, Coimbatore. II SEMESTER 1. Computer application and Bioinformatics UNIT I : Introduction to computers and Bioinformatics. Types of hardware and software operating systems. Fundamentals of networking, operation of networks, telnet, ftp, www, Internet. UNIT II : Biological Research on the web:- Using search engines, finding scientific articles, UNIT III : public biological databases searching biological databases. Use of nucleic acid and protein data banks – UNIT IV : NCBI, EMBL, DDBJ, SWISSPORT. UNIT V : Protein prediction and Gene finding, tools Books for Study 1. Baldi P. and Brunak, Bioinformatics, A machine approach, MIT press. 2. Khan imtiyaz Alam, 2006, Elementary Bioinformatics (HB), Dehradun. Books for Reference 1. Gibas and Jamback, Developing Bioinformatics computer skills, O’ Reilly Associates. 2. Misenes S and Cravete S.A., Methods in molecular biology Vol. 132, Bioinformatics methods and protocols. 3. Harshitha D., 2006, Techniques of Teaching Computer Science, International Book Distributor, Dehradun. 2. HERBAL MEDICINE 323 UNIT I : Importance and Relevance of Herbal drugs in Indian System of Medicine, Pharmacognosy – Aim and scope;. UNIT II : Medicinal gardening – Gardens in the Hills and plains; House gardens; plants for gardening – Poisonous plants – Types of plant poison; action of poisions; treatment for poisons, some poisonous plants; their toxicity and action. UNIT III: Adulteration of crude drugs and its detection – methods of adulteration; types of adulteration. Medicinal plants of export values; rejuvenating herbs; Medicinal uses of Non-flowering plants. UNIT IV : Botanical description and active principles of Root drugs; Rhizomes woods and bark drugs (Two examples for each plant organs.) UNIT V: Botanical description and active principles of leaves; Flowers; Fruits seed and entire plants as drugs. Taxonomic study of some selected herbals (Two examples for each plant organs.) Books for Study 1. Somasundaram, S. 1997, Medicinal botany (Maruthuvar Thavaraviyal) – (Tamil Medium Book). 2. Wallis, T.E., 1967, Text Books of Pharmacognosy. 3. Jains, S.K., Medicinal Plants. 4. Srivastava, A.K. 2006, Medicinal Plants, International Book Distributors, Dehradun. Books for Reference 1. Agarwal, O.P., 1985, Vol. II, Chemistry of organic – natural products. 2. Gamble, J.S. and Fisher, 1921, CEC I, II, III Flora of the Presidency, Madras Volumes. 324 M/s. A. 1965. and Chopra. Botanical Survey of India. 6. N.. Dr. Indigenous drugs of India.. fungal competitors and other important diseases. lifecycle of common edible mushrooms. 5. 4. Agaricus spp. 1999. viruses. I. R. Sebastian Rajesekaran Reader in Botany Bishop Heber College.. nematodes. Chopra. UNIT II: Mushroom cultivation. 7. Unit III: Life cycle of Pleurotus spp. Chopra. India. 3. growth media. and Kapur L. Nair. I.3. Nita Bahl. Ltd.. UNIT V: Diseases and post harvest technology Insect pests.L. Flora of the Tamilnadu and Carnatic. Mathew K. and Henrry. Mushroom Cultivation Processing and Uses.K. TNAU publication.. Chopra. Suman.N. Chopra. 1994.N. 2002. Types of Mushroom.. UNIT IV : Spawn production. Handa..N.C. Handbook on Mushroom 4th edition vijayprimlani for oxford & IBH publishing co. Poisionous plants in India. Trichy – 17. Books for Study 1. spawn running and harvesting of mushrooms..L. Badhuvar R.. Handbook of Mushroom Cultivation. Nutritive values.D. mites.C.. 2.. 1988. G. Nagar S. Glossary of Indian Medicinal Plants.. R. Flora of Tamil Nadu.. prospects and scope of Mushroom cultivation in small scale Industry. 1983.M. 2005.N.C.. IBD 325 . New Delhi. 3) Mushroom Cultivation UNIT I : Introduction: Morphology.. R. Pvt. & Gosh.L. identification of edible and poisonous mushroom..C> 1956. Yadav N.. V. 4. Mushroom culture (Tamil). Sing. M/s.. Jodhpur. Text Book of Horiculture..Energy crisis . Dehradun. Mushroom growing. UNIT III: Sun and its energy – Solar energy utilization in India – Solar gadgets future prospects for solar energy. Pathak. Books for Study 326 . Handbook on Mushroom. 3. and Gaur. Sharma.N. 2006. Mushroom cultivation. New Delhi. Sharma V. New Delhi. Agrobios (India). Diseases and Pests of Mushrooms. 5. 2005. Mushroom production and processing Technology Agrobios (India).Future prospects of Wind Energy UNIT V : Bioenergy – Substrate available for biogas production – Factors affecting biogas production – vegetable oils and alcohols as energy sources. 4. N. M. Manibushan Rao.P. Handbook of Edible Mushroom Today and Tomorrows printers and publishers. International Book Distributors.Energy requirement in relation to population and industrial growth – Need to tap more energy from various non-conventional sources. 6. Jodhpur.. New Delhi. 7. Tata McGrawHill Publishing Co. Kapoor J. K. Krishi Bhavan. 9...P.. Dey S.N. UNIT IV : Wind energy – Basic components of a Wind Energy Generating System (Wind mill) – Transmission and control . IBD Publishers and Distributors. 4) Renewable Energy Sources UNIT I: Definition – Introduction – Present energy scenario – Available Energy sources for future – Renewable Energy sources ... Mac Millan India Ltd. New Delhi.. Malathi and Bala Mohan. UNIT II: Non-conventional energy sources – Solar Energy – Wind energy – Ocean energy – Tidal energy – Wave energy – Geothermal energy –. O. Books for Reference 1. 2. 8. Parthiban.Publishers and Distributors. Textbook of Fungi. New Delhi. Bahl. Modern Mushroom Cultivation. Oxford and IBM.C. Control. 11. 395-396. Published by Co-ordinating cell on RES. New Castle. 9.. CIAE. Khendelwal. Ripple Road. B. Kumaresan and Bhagavathi. Berasia Road. 10. Bacterial fermentation. Biogas Achievements and challenges. Symposium on treatment of wastes from food and Drink Industry. Vol. R. Methane production from Agricultural and Domestic Wastes. 1986. Inc. Microbial aspects of pollution.. published by Central Agricultural Engineering.K.L. 4. Methods on wood chemistry. Biogas – Retrospect and prospect. 1967. U. 1975. Water. Report of an Ad Hoc Panel of the Advisory committee on Technology Innovation Board on Science and Technology for International Academy of Science. Published by Sri Parasakthi College Press. and A.A. 1974. Borda). Hobson P. 3.A.. Bousfield S. S. Aquatic weeds utility and Development. Anaerobic Biological treatment. Inst.SC. Majid F. Bhopal. Washington. Sathianathan. 2003. 8. Implementation strategies (Ed. Agro Botanical Publishers India.. New Delhi – India. Browning. 1974. and Summers.. 2005.. Shyam. 7.. Interscience Publishers.K.... and Skinner F.L. New York.1.E. VI.C>. B. M. Nabi bagh.Z. Skyee G. 1981. New York. II.. 5. Barker H. 1989.. Proceedings of the International conference held at Pune on Biogas Technology. 2. John Wiley and sons. P. Biology and control. Pandey. King J. Renewable energy Technologies for rural sector.A. M. Madhya Pradesh... Weeds of the world. England. New Dehi. Udaichand Mar. Making Aquatic weeds useful – some perspectives for developing countries. K. Poll. Applied Science Publishers Ltd. Eds.C. Tyne. Academic Press London and New York. Bhopal.. Books for Reference 1. Biennial Report on Renewable Energy Sources.. 1990. ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION SCIENCE NON-MAJOR ELECTIVE SUBJECTS 327 . Dubey. 6.. 1956. 1976.. D. Shyam M.N. Mossy F. Ubon. Barking Complex. Courtallam.C. Wiley Eastern private Ltd. K. Sagar printers and publishers. weakness. (Reference Materials are available from www sites) PAPER II: MARKET ANALYSIS Introduction: Market types in Electronics Industry – Consumer product market – Need for Market Analysis – Market Analyses Process: Market Segmentation – (segment) classification techniques – Market factor identification – factors in Electronics industry Market survey and Analysis: Survey and its Importance forms of survey – Questionnaire design – Data extraction from survey – analysis techniques: cross tabulation. Marketing Research – An applied approach. 2003 PAPER III: SUCCESS STRATEGIES FOR STUDENTS: Introduction: Understanding Yourself: Strength. analysis of variance regression analysis – model building – prediction Reference Book: David Brooks. Prentice Hall.SYLLABI FOR SEMESTERS I & II SEMESTER .Legden Far-Thomson experiments – Graham Bell’s experiments. Electronics in 21st Century: Miniaturization – Multipurpose gadgets – Microprocessor control in other industries. and Naresh Malhotra. understanding the society. Electronics in 20th Century: Vacuum tubes – semi conductors – Diodes – Transistors – Simple calculating Machines – Evolution of Communication – Radio – for communication and entertainment – Integration of circuits – Microprocessors – Electronic controlling Instruments – Mobile communication – Satellite communication – Internet revolution. automobile etc – GPRS – Embedded Technologies – Electronic storage media – Nanoscience in Electronics. threats.I PAPER I: HISTORY OF ELECTRONICS Electronics in 19th Century: Lightening and Electricity . correlation. 328 . opportunities. g. self-management (including time management) – inter dependence – self – awareness (as above in introduction) – Emotional intelligence – selfconfidence. courseworkshop. memory – needs due to large consumer software – CPU trends – multiprocessors – removable storage – back up – multitasking and system memory – background – running programs: – antivirus. Hazards .eye care – limb movement exercise. shopping Trends in PC power: speed. web storage etc – virtual PC environment – online software usage – online entertainment etc 329 . Virtual PCs: Internet for computation – virtual storage – in mail boxes. storage volume.htm ) PAPER IV: PERSONAL HEALTH CARE FOR STUDENTS General health issues: common ailments.Success Factors: Self-motivation. Psychological health: Occupational Stress – methods to prevent stress – stress relief techniques – Competitive environment – techniques to handle competition and peer pressures (Reference materials available in appropriate www sites) SEMESTER – II PAPER I: TRENDS IN PERSONAL COMPUTERS: Recent PC evolution: from a computatimal machine to a multipurpose machine – Desktop / Laptop – special purpose PCs general purpose PCs – PC peripheral evolution – in storage entertainment.com / students success strategies. messengers etc. communication. www. printing etc. How to prevent / reduce their Occupational health issues: Laboratory handling of chemicals – safety procedures – First aids for possible (occupational) lab. Strategies: Analysis of requirements in evaluation – examination types and understanding your capabilities – choosing best exam type to enhance scores – compartmentalized learning for better success – Identification of effective study techniques exam preparation techniques (Reference Materials are available from www sites e. connectivity.possible health issues in computer usage / sedentary lifestyles . Nutrition and Health Madhu Garg. Oxford Book Co.Metabolism of Nutrients and Energy Balance Diet and Diseases: A balanced dietary requirement – Nutritional Deficiencies and impacts .Vegetarian Diets. and Sterols . Obesity.Categorising values – analysis of existing enterpreneurs. ISBN 8183760856 Diet Nutrition and Prevention of Chronic diseases WHO study report BRPC (India) Ltd..Cardiovascular Diseases – Role of diet in these diseases . – Mobilising resouces – Selling ideas / opportunities – Communication skills – Assembling required resources Risk analysis – Risk taking (Reference materials available in www sites : e.Dietary Reference Intakes and Diet-planning Guides .Diet and Cancer . Caffeine. ) http://www.The Lipids: Fats.Changes as a source of opoortunity – Examples of Indian entrepreneurs Understanding Customer Needs: Product – Product positioning –Product vs service market segmentation and target –market survey -customer feedback – its pitfalls – Customer habits and traditions – examples Value Creation: .(Reference Materials are available from appropriate www sites) PAPER II : ELEMENTS OF ENTREPRENEURSHIP Introduction: Definition of entreprenuership – Spotting Opportunities –Sources of business opportunities – Start-up vs big company.Value creation by Enhancements . Oils.it.Overview of Digestion and assimilation Nutritional Elements: (at introductory level only) The Carbohydrates: Sugar. and Sugar – The Healthiest Diet Books for Reference: Diet. Phospholipids. and Diabetes . Extensions and Specialisations – examples – Ideas to Opportunities – Screening of ideas Resources: Leveraging resources. Alcohol.Protein and Amino Acids .ISBN 8170186552 330 .iitb.in/~mg647 PAPER III: BASICS OF NUTRITION (This paper will be offered for common knowledge and to help its application to one’s own health) Introduction: Overview of Nutrition.g. Starch.Water and the Minerals . Assessment of Nutritional Status .The Vitamins . and Fibre .people involved banker etc.ac.Introduction to Chronic Diseases. NET: Windows form – Various Controls – Methods – Data types – Inheritance – Arrays – Loops – Classes and Objects – Database ASP.Diet and Nutrition B. DEGREE COURSE in BIOTECHNOLOGY Non-major elective papers for B.Mathews and S Jain PAPER IV: INTRODUCTORY DOT NET Introduction to net: net frame work – class – oops concept – Namespace – Assembly – managed code execution – Garbage collection VB. Pearl Books ISBN 8189 979132 Practical Manual of Basic Nutrition Author/Editor: S.Sc Biotechnology 331 .. B.Sc.NET: WEB form Designing – Various Controls – Master page – Datagrid – Validation Control – Login Controls – Web Services.N. Tiwari. .Bacterial. 332 .. dairy and non-dairy products. Orient Longman Ltd.J. Introduction to microbiology. USA. Biopesticides.Bacteria. Hansenula). 2001. and Paniker.Semester I Non-major elective .role of microorganisms in the productivity of ecosystemsRole of microorganisms in food production.bioconversions. C. N.).DNA analysis.Concepts and Applications. control and prevention. Tata McGraw Hill. Pelzar. and Ingraham.C.structure and functions of the cellular componentsGrowth and nutrition..Pharmaceuticals (antibiotics.K.II Classification of microbes. Chan.Molecular taxonomy. C.Streptomyces. Brooks/Cole.IV Medical Microbiology.J. 2nd edition. biopolymers. Ananthanarayan. Fuel (ethanol).media and culture. UNIT. 2000. yeasts (Saccharomyces.III Environmental Microbiology. Microbiology. 6. 8.A. Recommended texts: 5.. King. Protozoa and Viruses.methods of microbial identification. Cure. M.production of food (single cell protein). J. Spirulina and Penicillium.fermented foods and alcoholic beverages. New Delhi. Algae. R.V Industrial use of microbes. UNIT.products of industrial microbiology. 6th edition.R. Ingraham. biosurfactants. Fungi.I History and Scope of Microbiology. UNIT. Fungal and Protozoan diseases. Pelczar. Hyderabad. E.S. Viral. Ribosomal RNA analysis. Tata McGraw – Hill. 2000.Microbiology UNIT...L. 5th edition. A text book of Microbiology. Biofertilizers (BGA).Numerical taxonomy. New Delhi. Thomson Learning.Anatomy of Prokaryotes and Eukaryotes. 2000.fermentation products.Pathogenic microbes. Microbiology. 7. UNIT. vaccines etc. N. alternate oxidase. A. 333 . mechanisms of resistance to biotic stress and tolerance to abiotic stress. Microbiology. McGraw-Hill. New York.html Non-major elective : PLANT PHYSIOLOGY Unit I. Unit II. 2nd edition. Unit IV. Photosynthesis: Light harvesting complexes.nhmccd. C4 and CAM pathways. http://science. photorespiratory pathway. 4th edition. Web site: 2. amino acid biosynthesis. 1999. 6. 1999. 3rd edition. photoprotective mechanisms. Microbiology: A Laboratory manual.G and Sharman. Stress physiology: Responses of plants to biotic (pathogen and insects) and abiotic (water. Daniel Lim. Plant hormones: Biosynthesis. mechanisms of electron transport. Kathleen Park Talaro and Talaro. Cappuccino. 1998.Reference books: 4. Unit V. 5. J.. Respiration and photorespiration: Citric acid cycle. physiological effects and mechanisms of action. Foundation in Microbiology. plant mitochondrial electron transport and ATP synthesis. McGraw-Hill. CO2 fixation-C3. temperature and salt) stresses. New York. New York. storage. Nitrogen metabolism: Nitrate and ammonium assimilation. Unit III.edu/biol/microbio. breakdown and transport. Addition Wesley Longman Inc. 334 . Non-major elective: BIO-DIVERSITY Unit I. exchange of gases. plasma function. blood volume. haemoglobin. action potential. acidbase balance. anatomical considerations. waste elimination. specialized tissue. kidney. myogenic heart. Excretory system: Comparative physiology of excretion. neural and chemical regulation of all above. neural and chemical regulation of respiration. Nervous system: Neurons. micturition. regulation of water balance. blood volume regulation. Blood and circulation: Blood corpuscles. electrolyte balance. urine formation. blood volume. Unit II. Respiratory system: Comparison of respiration in different species. Unit III. heart as a pump. blood pressure. waste elimination.Non-major elective: ANIMAL PHYSIOLOGY Unit I. haemopoiesis and formed elements. neural control of muscle tone and posture. Unit V. haemostasis. blood groups. Principles and methods of taxonomy:Concepts of species and hierarchical taxa. urine concentration. Cardiovascular System: Comparative anatomy of heart structure. immunity. central and peripheral nervous system. Unit IV. transport of gases. gross neuroanatomy of the brain and spinal cord. blood pressure. cardiac cycle. ECG – its principle and significance. seasonality and phenology of the subcontinent. Outline classification of plants. domestic animals and crops. classical and quantititative methods of taxonomy of plants. animals and microorganisms. Unit IV.Subatomic particles.symbols for elements.concepts of atoms and molecules. 335 . Unit V.chemical bond. animals and microorganisms. evolutionary relationships among taxa. Unit III. birds.biological nomenclature. levels of organization of tissues. animals and microorganisms:Important criteria used for classification in each taxon. classification of plants. Natural history of Indian subcontinent: Major habitat types of the subcontinent.electronic configuration of atoms.periodicity.shapes of atomic orbitalsperiodical table.valency. comparative anatomy. common Indian mammals. geographic origins and migrations of species. Unit II. Structure of Atoms Dalton’s Atomic theory. organs and systems.isotopes. Organisms of health and agricultural importance: Common parasites and pathogens of humans. Semester II Non-major elective: CHEMISTRY UNIT I. Levels of structural organization: Unicellular. colonial and multicellular forms.periodic classification. Reference books: 7. Chemistry in living world Physical and chemical properties of amino acids and proteins.fuel from biogas. and Cox. B. 1995. Low Prize Edition.P. 1989. Delhi. New Delhi. Recommended texts: 5. F... J.classification.. Sony. compound. Taj Press.exothermic and endothermic reactions. Biochemistry. A text book of physical chemistry. 1996.. Inorganic Chemistry. Cotton. Maxwell Macmillan intl. 6.. Saunders College Publishing.condition of chemical reactions.Conductors and non-conductors. Voet. 2000.S. and Earnshaw.. 10. Mundy. bases and salts. UNIT III.mole concept and stoichiometry in chemical reaction. Advanced chemistry. Amend. coal. New Delhi.functional groups. and Armld. solid. John Wiley and Sons. 2001.A and Wilkinson.N.thermodynamics. New York.. Nelson D. mixtures. P. London. 2001. G... 336 . J. Inorganic Chemistry. 1990. 1993.properties and kinetics of enzymes.L. Chemistry of the Elements. M. 9. Inc. John Wiley and Sons.UNIT II. NewYork.reversible and irreversible reactions.aromatic. 7. General Organic & Biological Chemistry.D. 2nd edition. N. aliphatic. Materials on earth Properties of gas. Cambridge University Press. Mathews. Blackwell Science. CBS Publishers & Distributors. P. and Voet. UNIT V.T. 8. A. Lehninger.technique used to determine chemical reactions.M.G.alkanes in gasoline. 1989. 8. J.order of chemical reaction.Acids. solutions. Principles of Biochemistry. Sultan Chand & Sons. Greenwood.types of chemical reactions.R.L.L. suspension. Changes around us Slow and fast changes. A. Lee. Organic chemistry and energy Organic compounds.. and Anand. Negi.. D. hydrogen . London. 11. A text book inorganic Chemistry. heterocyclic compounds. Inc. 2nd edition. A. Ed. M. London. Oxford. UNIT IV. liquid.. colloids. evolution of unicellular eukaryotes. Websites: http://dir. Unit III. London. reciprocal altruism. Proximate and ultimate causation. periods and epoch. 1986. Unit II. Origin of cells and unicellular evolution: Evolution of prokaryotes. Unit II. abiotic synthesis of organic monomers and polymers.com/Science/Chemistry/ http://www. Approaches and methods in study of Behavior. Emergence of evolutionary thoughts: Lamarck.chemistry. Human evolution: Stages in primate evolution including human.L. Unit V. Volume 1 & 2.12.mcmaster. Non-major Elective: BEHAVIOURAL BIOLOGY Unit I. fitness and natural selection. Organic Chemistry. altruism and evolution-group selection. kin selection.. eras. major events in the evolutionary time scale. origin of eukaryotic cells.yahoo. Evolutionary history: The evolutionary time scale. 337 . Finar. ELBS. adaptation. Unit IV. I. Origin of molecules: Origin of basic biological molecules.ca/faculty/bader/aim/ Non-major elective: EVOLUTION Unit I. Darwin– concepts of variation. Concept of habitat and niche. interdemic extinctions. Unit V. Unit II. edges and ecotones. Sleep and arousal. Unit IV. Unit IV. cognition. 338 . changes involved in succession. Symbiosis. Unit V. Neural basis of learning. Development of behavior. biotic environment. Ecosystems: terrestrial (forest. Ecological succession: Types. biological clocks. grassland) and aquatic (fresh water. concept of metapopulation – demes and dispersal. Community ecology: Nature of communities. social dominance. life history strategies (r and K selection). Unit III. biotic and abiotic interactions.Unit III. population growth curves. levels of species diversity and its measurement. Use of space and territoriality. Population ecology: Characteristics of a population. age structured populations. Non-major elective : BASICS OF ECOLOGY Unit I. social communication. marine. concept of climax. eustarine). memory. community structure and attributes. population regulation. The Environment: Physical environment. mechanisms. estimation of fat.2 CREDITS 30 HOURS Unit 1: COMPOSITION OF MILK Milk .factors affecting the composition of milk . acidity.CHEMISTRY (Non-major elective) DAIRY CHEMISTRY . preservatives with neutralizer .Sc. odour.general composition of milk .examples and their detection . B. Unit 2: PROCESSING OF MILK 339 .physical properties of milk colour. viscosity and conductivity .VII.constitutents of milk lipids.definition . acidity and total solids in milk. vitamins and minerals . carbohydrates.Recrnaged effect . proteins. specific gravity.adulterants. salted butter estimation of acidity and moisture content in butter.humanized milk .reconstituted milk .percentage composition.Homogenised milk . composition and nutritive value.major constituents .composition .estimation of fat in cream. pasteurization types of pasteurization .definition .Vegetable toned milk .definition .prevention . conditions.definition .composition .physico chemical changes taking place in milk due to processing .definition .fermentation of milk .natural and synthetic.flow diagram of manufacture .Bottle. Batch and HTST ( High Temperature Short Time) Vacuum pasteurization .destruction of micro organisms in milk . Ghee .merits .flavoured milk .condensed milk .antioxidants and synergists . cultured milk .types 340 .desibutter . Unit 3: MAJOR MILK PRODUCTS Cream .Incitation milk .acidophilous milk .example.Microbiology milk .yoheer Indigeneour products .Ultra High Temperature Pasteurization.definition. Unit 5: FERMENTED AND OTHER MILK PRODUCTS Fermented milk products . Unit 4: SPECIAL MILK Standardised milk .vitaminised milk toned milk .khoa and chchana definition ..common adulterants added to ghee and their detection . Ice cream .rancidity .definition .cultured cream butter milk .boiling.definition of culture .definition .Bulgaxious milk .theory of churning . conditions .chemistry of creaming process gravitational and centrifugal methods of separation of cream .definition . Butter . advantages and disadvantages. 3.Common adulterants. Food adulteration contamination of Wheat.. Fundamentals of Dairy Chemistry. Malathion).need for making milk powder . FOOD CHEMISTRY (30 hours) 2 Credits Unit 1: FOOD ADULTERATION Sources of food. types. Common adulterants Ghee adulterants and their detection.ingredients . Detection of adultered Foods by simple analytical techniques. Applied Chemistry .drying process .types of drying BOOKS FOR REFERENCE 1.. 5. Springer. Principles of Dairy Chemistry. 341 . and Acharya K. Bagavathi Sundari . Indian Dairy Products.nephrotoxin) . water and toxic chemicals . Milk.Chemical poisons .First aid for Poison consumed victims.emulsifiers and their role milk powder . New York. Butter etc. Outlines of Dairy technology. with clay stones.K ..pesticides.T. 4. Unit 2: FOOD POISON Food Poisons . BHC. MJP Publishers Sukumar De. Rangappa K. Robert Jenness and Patom S. 2.natural poisons (alkaloids . Rice Alial. (DDT.S.P. Wond F. Wiley..definition .manufacture of ice-cream stabilizers . Ganesh and Company. Baking powder . Unit 5: EDIBLE OILS Fats. Swaminathan M.Cyclomate and aspartate. S. Chand & Co.alcholic beverages examples.iodine value . Saturated and unsaturated fats . Publishers.fruit juices .Sources of oils . BOOKS FOR REFERENCE 1.soda . Food Science and Experimental oods.Production of refined vegetable oils Preservation. Carbonation . Oils .leavening agents.yeast taste makers . Fundamental concepts of Applicated chemistry.Unit 3: FOOD ADDITIVES Food additives .soft drinks . Food flavours .esters. 2. saponification values and their significance. 342 .. Unit 4: BEVERAGES Beverages . Food colours -Emulsifying agents – preservatives .Saccharin . Jayashree Ghosh.addiction to alcohol – diseases of liver and social problems.MSG vinegar. RM value.role of MUFA and PUFA in preventing heart diseases .artificial sweetners . aldehydes and heterocyclic compound.determination of iodine value . writing deliberately modified .comparison of type written letters .inherent signs of forgery methods .simulated and traced forgeries .clinical symptoms .metal defector devices and other security measures for VVIP . Human bombs .checking silver line water 343 .different types of forged signatures . Cd) of sea foods .use of neutron activation analysis in detecting Arsenic in human hair.types and classification . Pb.possible explosives ( gelatin sticks and RDX) . FORENSIC CHEMISTRY (30 HOURS) -2 CREDITS Unit 1: POISONS Poisons .postmortem appearances. Heavy metal contamination (Hg.diagnosis of posions in the living and the dead .use of antidotes for common poisons. Text Books of applied chemistry for HOme Science and allied Sciences. Thanlamma Jacob. Treatment in cases of poisoning .3.uses of ultraviolet rays . Unit 2: CRIME DETECTION Accidental explosion during manufacture of matches and fire works (as in Sivakasi). Unit 3: FORGERY AND COUNTERFEITING Documents . Macmillan.composition of bullets and detecting powder burne. James. Unit 4: TRACKS AND TRACES Tracks and traces .mark in currency notes . Sopfestein. Arson .H. Stanley Thornes Ltd.natural fires and arson .misuse of scheduled drugs . saliva. Forensic Sciences. Criminalistics .residue prints. T. of barrel washing and detection of powder residue by chemical tests.Cranial anaysis (head and teeth) DWA Finger printing for tissue identification in dismembered bodies .blood.internal and terminal ballistics .tool marks .burning characteristics and chemistry of combustible materials .small arms .laboratory examination 1.detecting steroid consumption in athletes and race horses. CHEMISTRY IN EVERY DAY LIFE (30 hours) 2 Credits 344 . walking pattern or tyre marks . Unit 5: MEDICAL ASPECTS Aids .paints .detecting golsd plated jewels authenticity of diamond.causes and prevention .glass fracture .gas Ballistics chromatography. semen.small tracks and police dogs . 2. BOOKS FOR REFERENCE classification . 8th Edition.Analysis of biological substances .burns and their treatment by plastic surgery.foot prints .fibres . Metabolite analysis using mass spectrum . urine and hair .alloy analysis using AAs to detect counterfeit coins detection of gold purity in 22 carat oraments .costing of foot prints .An Introduction to Forensic Science ( College Version).miscellaneous traces and tracks . Richard. Printice hall.nature of combustion. 3 Water . polyesters.fertilizers . perfumes .examples and uses. soft and hard water. soaps and detergents.analgesics and antipyretics .Unit-I General survey of chemicals used in every day life. green house effect and their impact on our life style.2 Colour chemicals . photosynthetic reaction. 1. 4.balanced diet. 5. 345 . nail polish. bakelite. glass and refractories definition. nuclear fuel .need.Carbohydrates. composition and application only.classification . 2.1 1.paracetamol and aspirin.1 Pharmaceutical drugs .definition and their importance as food constituents. Unit-Ill 3. ceramics.Tooth pastes.1 Chemicals in food production .Calorie.Sources of water.2 Plastics polythene. air pollution. Fats . melamine formaldehyde resins -preparation and uses only.2 Unit-II 2. natural sources. face powder.pigments and dyes .minerals and vitamins (sources and their physiological importance). Unit-V 5. Unit-lV 4. Proteins.solid. urea. 1. shampoos.1 Building materials . Air-Components and their importance. NPK fertilizers and super phosphate. qualities of potable water.2 Fuel . methods of removal of hardness-water pollution.examples and applications. 3.1 Food and Nutrition . PVC. liquid and gaseous.cement.general formulation and preparationspossible hazards of cosmetics use.2 Cosmetics . one each for I & II semester.Sc.3) A.Physics (Non – Major Elective) Out of the following four elective papers two electives are to be chosen. Chemical Process Industries (4th Edition) 2.A. Basic Physics 4. B. Non-conventional Energy Sources PART IV (c) NON-MAJOR ELECTIVE PAPERS 346 . Perfumes. REFERENCES 1. Norris Shreve Joseph A. 1. VV. Cosmetics and Soaps Environmental Chemistry R.K. Brink. Everyday Physics 3.3 Explosives .Poucher (Vol.5. Astrophysics 2. 3.DE VIII.Jr.classification and examples. Neptune.Saturn. New Delhi (2002).. 2.Murugeshan.Kumaravelu. NY (1983).comets – meteors. New York (1964). Unit 4: Stellar evolution Birth and death of a star –brightness of a star – stellar distance.Moon – Bode’s law – asteroids. 4.physical and orbital data-photosphere-chromosphere-corona-solar prominences – sunspot . 2. ASTROPHYSICS Unit 1: Astronomical instruments Optical telescopes-refracting telescope-reflecting telescope.Krane. 9th edition. Janki Calendar Corporation. Astrophysics . New Delhi ( 2001).Supernovae. An introduction to Astro physics by Baidyanath Basu.the oscillating universe theory – Huble’s law.Chand & Company Ltd.types of reflecting telescopes – detectors and image processing. New Age International (P) Ltd. Unit 3: Members of the solar system Mercury – Venus.temperature of the sun. Chicago.Milky way Books for study : 1. Sivakasi (1993). New Delhi (2003). Illustrated World of Science Encyclopedia –Vol I to VIII.sources of solar energy-solar wind. 5.white dwarfs. Astronomy by Baker and Fredrick. 2. 3.solar flare. EVERYDAY PHYSICS 347 . Astronomy by S. John Wiley & Sons Inc. Galaxies – types of galaxies.solar constant.Krishnaswamy. Modern Physics by Kenneth S. Books for reference: 1. Creative World Publications. second printing.S.1.mass of the sun.the big bang theory.the steady state theory. Modern Physics by R.Uranus. 11th edition.Pluto. Van Nostrand reinhold Co. Prentice – Hall of India (P) Ltd. S.Chandrasekar limit.Neutron stars – black holes.Earth – Mars – Jupiter.a modern perspective by K. Unit 5: Theories of the Universe and Galaxies Origin of the Universe . Unit 2: Solar system The Sun. C. R. II. Voltage AC & DC Unit 5 Servicing of domestic appliances – iron box – mixie – grinder – motor – emergency lamp Books for Study 1.Unit 1 Physics behind Home appliances – Light bulb – Fan – Hair drier – Television – Air Conditioners – microwave ovens – Vacuum cleaners – Dishwasher – Washing machines Unit 2 How things work – Basic principles – Rape recorder – Taps – Lifts – Submarines – Jet planes – Helicopters – Rockets – fax machines – Pagers – Cellular phones Unit 3 Demonstration – making a switch board with multiple points – wiring – one lamp controlled by one switch/Two switches – fixing a fuse – soldering – P. R. 6th edition. II. Kasturi Ranga Publishers. The Learner’s series – Everyday science – Published by INFINITY BOOKS. New York (1994). Chennai Books for Reference 1.Krane.Resnick and K. Narosa. Walker. III by D. Capacitors and Transformers – multimeter – Basic principles – measurement of resistance. New Delhi 2.B Preparation Unit 4 Study of resistors.B.Rensick and J. Sands.P. 2. Wiley. Physics. Wiley. New Delhi (1998). Feynmann. The Hindu speaks on Science. NY (2001).S. The Feymann Lectures on Physics Vols I. 4th Edition. Vols I.Halliday. 3. Fundamentals of Physics by D. chokes. Halliday. R. 348 . Leighton & M. Vol I & II. III by R. The Hindu speaks on Science. The Learner’s series – Everyday science – Published by INFINITY BOOKS.3. Kasturi & Sons. Vol I & II. BASIC PHYSICS Unit 1 : Mechanics Force – Weight – Work – Energy – Power – Horsepower – Centrifuge – Washing machine Unit 2 : Heat Variation of boiling point with pressure – Pressure cooker – Refrigerator – Air conditioner – Principle and their capacities – Bernoulli principle – Aero plane Unit 3 : Sound and Optics Sound waves – Doppler effect – Power of lens – Long sight and short sight – Microscope – Telescope – Binocular – Camera Unit 4 : GeoPhysics and Medical Physics Earthquake – Richter scale – thunder and lightning – Lightning arrestors – Cosmic showers – X-rays – Ultrasound scan – CT scan – MRI scan Unit 5 : Space science and Communication Newton’s law of gravitaion – Weather forecasting and communication satellites – Indian satellites – Electromagnetic spectrum – Radio waves – AM and FM transmission and reception Books for Study 1. Chennai 349 . New Delhi 2. solar energy collectors.solar electric power generation. R. Vols I.Krane. Ltd. 4th Edition. Rai.Advantages and disadvantages of wind energy conversion systems (WECS) Energy storage.solar driers.P. Physics. II. Khanna Publishers. Book for reference 350 . Solar Energy. New Delhi (1996).power in the wind – forces in the Blades.Books for Reference 1. 3.solar pumping – solar cooking Unit 3: Wind energy Basic principles of wind energy conversion. NON-CONVENTIONAL ENERGY SOURCES Unit 1 : Solar energy Conventional Energy sources – Renewable Energy sources. Feynmann. Sands..P.Resnick and K. The Feymann Lectures on Physics Vols I.Applications of wind energy Unit 4: Oceanic energy Energy from the oceans.Sukhatme 2nd edition. 6th edition. Non-conventional sources of energy by G.wind energy conversion. III by D. Walker.parabolic collector. R. 2. Halliday.solar cells. Leighton & M. Fundamentals of Physics by D. Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Co.S. 2.B. II.Basic principle of tidal power – Utilization of tidal energy Unit 5 : Energy from other sources Chemical energy – Nuclear energy . Wiley.Energy from tides.D.solar distillation.Halliday. 4th edition. Narosa. III by R. Principles of thermal collection and storage by S. 4.Rensick and J.solar energy – solar radiation and its measurements.Energy storage and distribution Books for study 1.storage of solar energy Unit 2 : Applications of solar energy Solar water heater. R.Energy utilization. Wiley. New Delhi (1997). New York (1994). New Delhi (1998). NY (2001). Energy Technology by S. 4. Shipbuilding in India Indian inland waterways Maritime Security in India Multimodal trade in India 351 .Sc. 4.Rao and Dr. 2. 2. 3. 3. Parulekar IX.1. B. Environmental Studies Historical development of Indian Shipping Administration of Indian Shipping Historical development of Indian Ports SEMESTER – II 1. NAUTICAL SCIENCE NON-MAJOR ELECTIVES SEMESTER – I 1. 352 . Social issues and the environment Unit 5 a. b. ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES Unit 1 a. Benefits to the coastal states. b. Chary b) A text book on Ecology and Environmental Science – M. Unit 2 a. Human population and the environment Reference books: a) Environmental Studies . Environmental pollution Unit 4 a. Ecosystems Unit 3 a. Development of sea transport along coastal and overseas routes.Semester – I Non-major Elective I 1.N. Earliest marine fleet of coastal kingdoms – types of craft and their uses. Need for public awareness Unit 2 a. Natural resources b. Prasanthrajan 2.HISTORICAL DEVELOPMENT OF INDIAN SHIPPING Unit 1 a. Advantages of the extensive Indian coastline. Definition b. Scope and importance. c.S. Introduction of steel ships in the early 20th century Unit 4 a. in administration of shipping. and the Shipping Master – their respective portfolios.Unit 3 a. Unit 5 353 . Allied offices of the MMDs – Seaman’s Welfare Offices.S. Establishment of local dominions by foreign naval powers – the direct impact on Indian shipping.ADMINISTRATION OF INDIAN SHIPPING Unit 1 The role of the Ministry of Shipping. Unit 3 The Mercantile Marine Departments (MMDs) – their authority and role. Sanjeeva Rao 3. Unit 4 The Indian Register of Shipping (IRS) – role and authority. Government initiatives for growth of Indian Tonnage Unit 5 a. Unit 2 The formation of the Directorate General of Shipping – its role and authority. Post-independence development of Indian shipping b. Seaman’s Employment Offices. Government of India. Role of Indian shipping in the modern-day scenario Reference Books: a) History of Indian Shipping – Radhakumud Mookerji b) A short History of Modern Indian Shipping – T. b. c. Reference books: a) Ancient Indian Ports – Sharad Hebalkar b) Port Infrastructure and Economic Development – Pradeepta Kumar Samanta and Ashok Kumar Mohanty SEMESTER . Unit 5 a. Mitra 4. Organizational structure of ports b. Services offered by a port b. Primary and Secondary) Unit 2 a. HISTORICAL DEVELOPMENT OF INDIAN PORTS Unit 1 a. The different types of ports in India. Minor. Reference books: a) The Indian Merchant Shipping Act 1958 – Bhandarkar Publications b) Law relating to Merchant Shipping in India – B.II 1. The future development of Indian Ports as per the new government policy.C.Official Documents and Certificates issued to Indian seafarers – their legal significance and expiry periods. b. The Hinterland of a port – demography and attributes Unit 4 a. Administrative structure of ports Unit 3 a. The advantages of the extensive Indian coast. Factors influencing the location of a port. The ports of India – their development over the years and the cargoes that they handle. artificial. The different types of ports (Natural. Major. SHIP-BUILDING IN INDIA 354 . b. Unit 2 a. b. The future of the ship-building industry in India – Initiatives of the government and professional representative bodies. c. The development of Indian inland waterways since independence. Victor Rajamanickam b) Shipping and Shipbuilding industry in India since 1947 – Dev Raj 2. Distribution of inland waterways in India b. Technology – G. History. Definition of Inland waterways. Unit 4 a. Advent of steel ships in the early 20th century – the impact on ship-building practices. Unit 3 a. The different types of inland waterways. Changes in ship-building processes of the last 2 centuries Unit 3 a. b. Reference books: a) Traditional Indian Shipbuilding: Memories. Early ship-building practices in India – materials used and types of watercraft Unit 2 a. Constraints affecting the Indian ship-building industry Unit 5 a. b. Government initiatives in the development of inland waterways Unit 4 355 . Constraints to the development of inland waterways in India. c. Major Ship-building yards in India – their characteristics. INDIAN INLAND WATERWAYS Unit 1 a. Contribution of inland waterways to development. The importance of these inland waterways to the local commerce.Unit 1 a. Threat perception for Indian Maritime Assets within India and abroad Unit 4 a. Unit 5 a. Maritime security in times of conflict. Unit 5 a.S. Definition of National Assets. Maritime assets of India c. The future development of the Indian Inland waterways system. Reference books: a) Viability of Inland Water transport in India – Rangaraj Narayan & Raghuram G (IIM Hyderabad) b) Inland Waterways – Otis James 3.R. – case study. Comparative analysis of benefits of a well developed inland waterway system. b. Political relations with neighbouring countries and countries of the world – the direct impact on security of maritime assets. Singh 356 .a.A. Maritime Security in India b. b. Reference books: a) India’s Maritime Security – Rahul Roy Chowdhury b) Maritime Security for India: New Challenges and Responses – K. Unit 3 a. Evolving scenario of Indian Maritime Security concerns. MARITIME SECURITY OF INDIA Unit 1 a. Netherlands and U. Measures to counter threats to Indian Maritime security. c. b. b. Necessity of a country to defend its national assets. Disposition of the Indian sub-continent. Types of national assets Unit 2 a. Inland waterways of Norway. ion pumps. lipid bilayer and membrane protein diffusion. Vasudevan X. osmosis. b. Components of a multimodal transport system. MICROBIOLOGY NON MAJOR ELECTIVES NON MAJOR ELECTIVE 1. Impact of Multinational Corporations and foreign carriers on the multimodal trade in India b. Advantages of multimodal trade systems over conventional trade systems. b. ion channels.MULTI-MODAL TRADE IN INDIA Unit 1 a. 357 . Development of multimodal trade in India b.Sc. Unit 3 a. B. Unit 2 a.CELLULAR ORGANIZATION UNIT I Membrane structure and function: Structure of model membrane. Unit 5 a. Reasons and resultant benefits to the national economy. Multimodal transport – definition and characteristics. Constraints to development of multimodal trade in India Unit 4 a. The present day scenario of Indian multimodal trade Reference books: a) Multimodal transportation in India: An Overview – R. Necessity for multimodal transport in commercial trade. Outsourcing of components of multimodal trade components by foreign carriers to Indian agencies. active transport. unique and repetitive DNA. stress response. chloroplast. endoplasmic reticulum. yield and characteristics. interrupted genes. transposons. heterochromatin.CELL COMMUNICATION AND CELL 358 . nucleus. peroxisomes.mechanism of sorting and regulation of intracellular transport. gene families. lysosomes. UNIT-V Microbial Physiology: Growth. their regulation. structure of chromatin and chromosomes. euchromatin. and control of cell cycle. vacuoles. strategies of cell division. plastids. structure & function of cytoskeleton and its role in motility. steps in cell cycle. mitochondria. UNIT II Structural organization and function of intracellular organelles: Cell wall. UNIT-III Organization of genes and chromosomes: Operon. NON MAJOR ELECTIVE 2. Golgi bodies. UNIT IV Cell division and cell cycle: Mitosis and meiosis. electrical properties of membranes. signal transduction pathways. gap junctions. alteration of host cell behavior by pathogens. extracellular matrix. viruses into animal and plant host cells. cell-cell fusion in both normal and abnormal cells. cell adhesion and roles of different adhesion molecules. UNIT-IV 359 .SIGNALING UNIT I Host parasite interaction: Recognition and entry processes of different pathogens like bacteria. UNIT-II Cell signaling: Hormones and their receptors. UNIT III Cellular communication: Regulation of hematopoiesis. bacterial and plant two-component signaling systems. general principles of cell communication. neurotransmission and its regulation. second messengers. signaling through G-protein coupled receptors. integrins. virus-induced cell transformation. bacterial chemotaxis and quorum sensing. pathogen-induced diseases in animals and plants. regulation of signaling pathways. cell surface receptor. MHC molecules. B and T cell epitopes. the complement system. hypersensitivity response during and autoimmunity. immunogenicity. humoral and cellmediated immune responses. antigenantibody interactions. of antigenicity antibody and function molecules. activation and antigen processing and differentiation of B and T cells. presentation. cancer and the cell cycle. B and T cell receptors. interaction of cancer cells with normal cells. virus-induced cancer. immune 360 . oncogenes. tumor suppressor genes. apoptosis. structure and generation of antibody antigens. UNIT V Innate and adaptive immune system: Cells and molecules involved in innate and adaptive immunity. antibody engineering. Toll-like receptors.Cancer: Genetic rearrangements in progenitor cells. cell-mediated effector functions. diversity. primary and secondary immune modulation. monoclonal antibodies. inflammation. therapeutic interventions of uncontrolled cell growth. metastasis. cleavage. determination and differentiation. morphogenetic gradients. cell surface molecules in sperm-egg recognition in animals. mutants and transgenics in analysis of development.DEVELOPMENTAL BIOLOGY UNIT I Basic concepts of development: Potency. cell fate and cell lineages. establishment of symmetry in plants. induction. specification. UNIT-II Gametogenesis. gastrulation and formation of germ layers in animals. competence. embryonic fields. infections. stem cells. fertilization and early development: Production of gametes. embryogenesis. vaccines.bacterial (tuberculosis). congenital parasitic (malaria) and viral (HIV) and acquired immunodeficiencies. imprinting. blastula formation. commitment. NON MAJOR ELECTIVE 3. genomic equivalence and the cytoplasmic determinants. 361 . embryo sac development and double fertilization in plants. zygote formation. seed formation and germination. UNIT III Morphogenesis and organogenesis in animals: Cell aggregation and differentiation in Dictyostelium. eye lens induction. amphibia and chick. shoot and root development. 362 . transition to flowering. floral meristems and floral development in Arabidopsis and Antirrhinum. post embryonic development-larval formation. sex determination. UNIT-V Programmed cell death. leaf development and phyllotaxy. UNIT IV Morphogenesis and organogenesis in plants: Organization of shoot and root apical meristem. limb development and regeneration in vertebrates. environmental regulation of normal development. organogenesis – vulva formation in Caenorhabditis elegans. aging and senescence. axes and pattern formation in Drosophila. differentiation of neurons. metamorphosis. breakdown and transport. Respiration and photorespiration: Citric acid cycle. Plant hormones: Biosynthesis. UNIT III Sensory photobiology: Structure. C4 and CAM pathways. cryptochromes and phototropins. photorespiratory pathway. function and mechanisms of action of phytochromes. CO2 fixation-C3.PLANT PHYSIOLOGY UNIT I Photosynthesis: Light harvesting complexes. 363 . photoprotective mechanisms. mechanisms of electron transport. stomatal movement. storage. alternate oxidase. UNIT-II Nitrogen metabolism: Nitrate and ammonium assimilation. amino acid biosynthesis.NON MAJOR ELECTIVE 4. plant mitochondrial electron transport and ATP synthesis. physiological effects and mechanisms of action. across membranes. independent assortment.INHERITANCE BIOLOGY UNIT I Mendelian principles: Dominance. temperature and salt) stresses. solutes and macromolecules from soil. phenols and nitrogenous compounds and their roles.Biosynthesis of terpenes. UNIT V Secondary metabolites . through xylem and phloem. UNIT-IV Solute transport and photoassimilate translocation: Uptake. mechanisms of resistance to biotic stress and tolerance to abiotic stress SECOND SEMESTER NON MAJOR ELECTIVE 1. through cells. transpiration. Stress physiology: Responses of plants to biotic (pathogen and insects) and abiotic (water. 364 . transport and translocation of water. segregation.photoperiodism and biological clocks. deviation from Mendelian inheritance. mechanisms of loading and unloading of photoassimilates. ions. Extensions of Mendelian principles: Codominance. incomplete dominance. mutant types – lethal. mapping by using somatic cell hybrids. causes and detection. tetrad analysis. heritability and its measurements. lod score for linkage testing. QTL mapping. mapping with molecular markers. karyotypes. multiple alleles. pseudoallele. UNIT II Gene mapping methods: Linkage maps.Concept of gene: Allele. penetrance and expressivity. UNIT IV Mutation: Types. Human genetics: Pedigree analysis. Quantitative genetics: Polygenic inheritance. gene interactions. development of mapping population in plants. complementation tests. 365 . sex limited and sex influenced characters. transduction and sex-duction. genomic imprinting. linkage and crossing over. phenocopy. genetic disorders. Extra chromosomal inheritance: Inheritance of mitochondrial and chloroplast genes. mapping genes by interrupted mating. UNIT III Microbial genetics: Methods of genetic transfers – transformation. sex linkage. pleiotropy. fine structure analysis of genes. conditional. maternal inheritance. conjugation. NON MAJOR ELECTIVE 2-DIVERSITY OF LIFE FORMS UNIT I Principles and methods of taxonomy:Concepts of species and hierarchical taxa. ploidy and their genetic implications. UNIT II Levels of structural organization: Unicellular. UNIT V Structural and numerical alterations of chromosomes: Deletion. loss of function. animals and microorganisms:Important criteria used for classification in each taxon.biochemical. colonial and multicellular forms. germinal verses somatic mutants. site-specific recombination. comparative anatomy. biological nomenclature. Recombination: Homologous and non-homologous recombination. including transposition. animals and 366 . animals and microorganisms. gain of function. duplication. insertional mutagenesis. UNIT III Outline classification of plants. organs and systems. translocation. inversion. classical and quantititative methods of taxonomy of plants. levels of organization of tissues. classification of plants. 367 . eras. fitness and natural selection. photosynthesis and aerobic metabolism. birds. struggle. UNIT IV Natural history of Indian subcontinent: Major habitat types of the subcontinent. evolutionary relationships among taxa. experiment of Miller (1953). Darwin–concepts of variation. Origin of cells and unicellular evolution: Origin of basic biological molecules. abiotic synthesis of organic monomers and polymers. the evolutionary synthesis. evolution of prokaryotes. the first cell. domestic animals and crops. spontaneity of mutations. Mendelism. UNIT V Organisms of health and agricultural importance: Common parasites and pathogens of humans. adaptation.microorganisms. anaerobic metabolism. common Indian mammals. origin of eukaryotic cells. geographic origins and migrations of species. seasonality and phenology of the subcontinent. concept of Oparin and Haldane.EVOLUTION AND BEHAVIOUR UNIT I Emergence of evolutionary thoughts: Lamarck. evolution of unicellular eukaryotes. NON MAJOR ELECTIVE 3. UNIT II Paleontology and evolutionary history: The evolutionary time scale. adaptive radiation and modifications. gene pool. Behavior and Evolution: Approaches and methods in study of behavior. molecular divergence and molecular clocks. molecular tools in phylogeny. parental investment and reproductive success.periods and epoch. mating systems. kin selection. UNIT V Brain. origins of unicellular and multicellular organisms. Hardy-Weinberg law. major events in the evolutionary time scale. aggressive 368 . major groups of plants and animals. cognition. proximate and ultimate causation. sleep and arousal. protein and nucleotide sequence analysis. sexual selection. co-evolution. memory. UNIT III Molecular Evolution: Concepts of neutral evolution. concepts and rate of change in gene frequency through natural selection. parental care. neural basis of learning. use of space and territoriality. altruism and evolution-group selection. stages in primate evolution including Homo. gene duplication and divergence. social communication. isolating mechanisms. convergent evolution. gene frequency. classification and identification. reciprocal altruism. biological clocks. allopatricity and sympatricity. UNIT IV The Mechanisms: Population genetics – populations. social dominance. speciation. origin of new genes and proteins. development of behavior. migration and random genetic drift. isolation. protein sequencing methods. isolation of specific nucleic acid sequences. DNA sequencing methods. habitat selection and optimality in foraging. large scale expression analysis. phage. cosmid. RFLP. DNA and proteins by one and two dimensional gel electrophoresis. detection of 369 . animal and plant vectors. migration. separation and analysis of carbohydrate and lipid molecules. domestication and behavioral changes. such as micro array based techniques. molecular cloning of DNA or RNA fragments in bacterial and eukaryotic systems. generation of genomic and cDNA libraries in plasmid. strategies for genome sequencing. DNA (genomic and plasmid) and proteins. RAPD and AFLP techniques UNIT II Histochemical and immunotechniques: Antibody generation. orientation and navigation. in vitro mutagenesis and deletion techniques. NON MAJOR ELECTIVE 4-METHODS IN BIOLOGY UNIT I Molecular biology and recombinant DNA methods: Isolation and purification of RNA . analysis of RNA. expression of recombinant proteins using bacterial. methods for analysis of gene expression at RNA and protein level. different separation methods. detection of post-translation modification of proteins.behavior. isoelectric focusing gels. gene knock out in bacterial and eukaryotic organisms. BAC and YAC vectors. molecules using ELISA. resolving powers of different microscopes. RIA. structure determination using X-ray diffraction and NMR. analysis using light scattering. molecular imaging of radioactive material. safety guidelines. lesion and stimulation of brain. in situ localization by techniques such as FISH and GISH. UNIT V Electrophysiological methods: Single neuron recording. freeze-etch and freeze-fracture methods for EM. different fixation and staining techniques for EM. scanning and transmission microscopes. image processing methods in microscopy. different types of mass spectrometry and surface plasma resonance methods. their detection and measurement. floweytometry and immunofluorescence microscopy. immunoprecipitation. UNIT III Biophysical methods: Analysis of biomolecules using UV/visible. microscopy of living cells. ECG. circular dichroism. patch-clamp recording. incorporation of radioisotopes in biological tissues and cells. western blot. Brain activity recording. detection of molecules in living cells. fluorescence. Radiolabeling techniques: Properties of different types of radioisotopes normally used in biology. NMR and ESR spectroscopy. 370 . UNIT IV Microscopic techniques: Visulization of cells and subcellular components by light microscopy. MRI. web-based tools for sequence searches. Computational methods: Nucleic acid and protein sequence databases. 371 . PET. fMRI.pharmacological testing. motif analysis and presentation. data mining methods for sequence analysis. CAT . No.List of Courses on Soft-Skills for UG Course S. 1 2 3 4 Course Code UOM S 001 UOM S 003 UOM S 005 UOM S 007 Course Title ESSENTIALS OF LANGUAGE AND COMMUNICATION ESSENTIALS OF SPOKEN AND PRESENTATION SKILLS PERSONALITY ENRICHMENT COMPUTING SKILLS Credits 2 2 2 2 372 .  Hall and Shepherd. Prentice Hall Press. New Delhi.  Lewis. Business Communication Strategies. Pocket Books. Word Power Made Easy.tatamcgrawhill. 2001. M. Martin. 1991. UNIT 2: Fluency building. UNIT 1: Recap of language skills – vocabulary. Paul.UOM S 001 ESSENTIALS OF LANGUAGE AND COMMUNICATION Objectives  enable students to build a repertoire of functional vocabulary and to move from the lexical level to the syntactic level. Friends and Business Associates. New York.Listening. The Anti-Grammar Grammar Book: Discovery Activiies for Grammar Teaching. 11th Reprint. V and P.  Hewings. The Art of Talking So That People Will Listen: Getting Through to Family. Spoken English: A Self-Learning Guide to Conversation Practice. phrases relevant to the immediate communication tasks. Reprint 2003. 34th Reprint. Advanced English Grammar: A Self-Study Reference and Practice Book for South Asian Students.dictionary. UNIT 4: Types of Communication. Norman. 1999. phrase.  teach students the four basic communication skills. New Delhi. W. Longman Websites  www.  Sasikumar.org 373 .org  www.cambridge. Tata McGraw-Hill. clause. Tata McGraw-Hill.wordsmith. 1993.V. Recommended Texts  Monippally. sentence.  Swets. Speaking. UNIT 3: Principles of Communication. Reading and Writing. Matthukutty.  train students to summon words.  enable students to comprehend the concept of communication. 1983.com/digital_solutions/monippally  www. UNIT 5: LSRW in Communication. Cambridge University Press. New Delhi. Dhamija.  De Bono. Harper Business. Reprint. Market Leader. affect. 1998. tone.  Gardner. 2nd Edition. New Delhi.  Pease. Cotton. UNIT II: Acquisition of Oral and Aural Skills.   374 . critical. UNIT V: Models of Presentation. Howard. creative aspects of articulation. Longman.  prepare students to evolve metal models for intra-personal and inter-personal transactions. Body Language: How to Read Others Thoughts by their Gestures. 1993. Penguin Books. 2000. Allan. Edward. UNIT I: Thinking and Articulation – cognitive. Basic Books. gesture. Edward. facial expression.  De Bono. In Company. Multiple Intelligences: The Theory in Practice: A Reader. 1993.  make students reflect and improve their use of body language – posture. Recommended Texts Powell. et al.UOM S 003 ESSENTIALS OF SPOKEN AND PRESENTATION SKILLS Objectives  train students to become aware of their thinking style and to enable them to convert thinking into performance. Serious Creativity. New York. UNIT III: Communication Boosters – body language. UNIT IV: Function of Cultural Codes in Presentation – etiquette. MacMillan. Sudha Publications. Six Thinking Hats. 5. • Causes of forgetting. • Determinants of Personality. • Seven rules of motivation. To bring out creativity and other latent talents with proper goal setting so that self-esteem gets enhanced. • Need for personality development. 4. National and International events. • The rational decision making process. psychological and socio-cultural factors. • Techniques and strategies for self motivation. political and historical facts. To enable students to keep themselves abreast of general knowledge and current information. Unit II. thereby to apply the acquired knowledge to themselves and to march towards excellence I their respective academic careers. Unit IV.UOM S 005 PERSONALITY ENRICHMENT Objectives 1. Unit III. decision making and study skills • Definition and importance of memory. 3. To give training for positive thinking which will keep the students in a good stead at the time of crisis. • Information on sports and other recreational activities. To make students understand the concepts and components of personality. • Basic knowledge with regard to health and health promotion. • Geographical. • How to forget (thought stopping). 2.Memory. • Assessment of Personality – observation. Unit I. 375 . • Misconceptions and Classifications. • Elements of motivation.biological. • Motivation checklist and Goal setting based on the principle of SMART.Self-Awareness and Self Motivation • Self analysis through SWOT and Johari widow.General Knowledge and current affairs • Regional. To sharpen memory skills and other study skills which are vital for academic excellence. how to remember (techniques for improving memory) • The technique of passing exams. • Self motivation and life. interview and psychological tests.Introduction • Definition of Personality • Components of Personality – structural and functional aspects. • Improving creativity in decision making and components of creativity. • Enhancement of concentration through positive thinking. 376 . Pravesh Kumar. E.seven steps for dealing with doubt.Unit V. Ice-breaking. H. Delhi: Konark Press. 5. Double your learning power. 28th Reprint. Mile. (2004). 4. Thomas publishing Group Ltd. (2005). Brainstorming and stimulation exercises. G. Lorayne. Hurlock. • Traits of positive thinkers and high achievers.\ • Goals and techniques for positive thinking. PRACTICAL TRAINING The course would include the following practical exercises. 3. How to develop a super power memory. Delhi: Konark Press. (2006). 2. D. REFERENCES 1. Memory and study skills training. Dudley. New Delhi: Tata McGraw Hill. • Practicing a positive life style. Delhi: Rohan Book Company.Power of positive thinking • Thinking power. (2004).B. Personality Development.J. Thomas publishing Group Ltd. Power of positive thinking.A. Thought stopping. All about self-motivation. New Delhi: Goodwill Publishing House. (2004). Curt Simmons. saving – Bookmark – favorite. options. Tata McGraw-Hill. storage). need for languages. OS. Unit II: Word Processing – Open. backing of files. viewing. The course is highly practice oriented rather than regular class room teaching. subfolders – manipulate windows – maximize. skills. navigating. formatting and printing. at two levels based on their knowledge and exposure. Networking Basics. printing. Unix. Unit III: File Management – Understanding the importance of file management. Mouse. Note: Unit II to Unit V needs exposure thru practicals. header and footer. navigating thru My Computer and Windows Explorer. Charts – creating.UOM S 007 COMPUTING SKILLS Objective: The major objective in introducing the Computer Skills course is to impart training for students in Microsoft Office which has different components like MS Word. bullets. Guy Hat-Davis. 377 . create. CPU. templates. email – creating. document formatting – paragraph alignment. Unit V: Networks – Internet Explorer – components. Power point basics – terminology. memory. Linux). minimize. Internal assessment could be based on Theory and/or practicals. Role of Computers in society. delete – Printing a web page. MS Excel. Pre-requisite: NIL. renaming. Microsoft 2003 – Jennifer Ackerman Kettel. as most of the systems in any6 work place have MS Office installed for their day to day activities. (DOS. i/o. Spell Checker. Inside the Computers – Hardware (processing.. End semester is based on practicals. reading and sending messages. It provides essential skills for the user to get adapted to any work environment. Virus. numbering. deleting. entering text and data. retrieving. Windows. Software (systems. centering data. handling and copying. formatting. 2. headers and footers. 2. Files and Folders – editing. Power point etc. searching. Editing text – tools. Tata McGraw-Hill. indentation. formatting. Storage Devices. References: 1. browsing. Unit IV: Spreadsheets – MS Excel – opening. Formulas – entering. application). Save and close word document. www – working. printing – preview. Navigating in word – keyword. MS Access. Introduction to Computers – Peter Norton. Hacking. Programming – Overview. Examination: 1. receiving. Unit I: Introduction to Computers – Classification of Computers. 378 .